WO2003074726A2 - Immune response associated proteins - Google Patents

Immune response associated proteins Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2003074726A2
WO2003074726A2 PCT/US2003/006307 US0306307W WO03074726A2 WO 2003074726 A2 WO2003074726 A2 WO 2003074726A2 US 0306307 W US0306307 W US 0306307W WO 03074726 A2 WO03074726 A2 WO 03074726A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
polynucleotide
seq
polypeptide
sequence
acid sequence
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2003/006307
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2003074726A3 (en
Inventor
Narinder K. Chawla
Shanya D. Becha
Pei Jin
Uyen K. Tran
Amy E. Kable
Sally Lee
Joseph P. Marquis
Brooke M. Emerling
Craig H. Ison
Jayalaxmi Ramkumar
Hsin-Ru Chang
Original Assignee
Incyte Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Incyte Corporation filed Critical Incyte Corporation
Priority to AU2003212475A priority Critical patent/AU2003212475A1/en
Publication of WO2003074726A2 publication Critical patent/WO2003074726A2/en
Publication of WO2003074726A3 publication Critical patent/WO2003074726A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/46Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
    • C07K14/47Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals

Definitions

  • the invention relates to novel nucleic acids, immune response associated proteins encoded by these nucleic acids, and to the use of these nucleic acids and proteins in the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of immune system, neurological, developmental, muscle, and cell proliferative disorders.
  • the invention also relates to the assessment of the effects of exogenous compounds on the expression of nucleic acids and immune response associated proteins.
  • the cellular components of the immune system include six different types of leukocytes, or white blood cells: monocytes, lymphocytes, polymorphonuclear granulocytes (including neutrophils, eosinophils, and basophils) and plasma cells. Additionally, fragments of megakaryocytes, a seventh type of white blood cell in the bone marrow, occur in large numbers in the blood as platelets.
  • Leukocytes are formed from two stem cell lineages in bone marrow.
  • the myeloid stem cell line produces granulocytes and monocytes and the lymphoid stem cell line produces lymphocytes.
  • Lymphoid cells travel to the thymus, spleen and lymph nodes, where they mature and differentiate into lymphocytes.
  • Leukocytes are responsible for defending the body against invading pathogens.
  • Neutrophils and monocytes attack invading bacteria, viruses, and other pathogens and destroy them by phagocytosis.
  • Monocytes enter tissues and differentiate into macrophages which are extremely phagocytic.
  • Lymphocytes and plasma cells are a part of the immune system which recognizes specific foreign molecules and organisms and inactivates them, as well as signals other cells to attack the invaders.
  • Granulocytes and monocytes are formed and stored in the bone marrow until needed.
  • Megakaryocytes are produced in bone marrow, where they fragment into platelets and are released into the bloodstream.
  • the main function of platelets is to activate the blood clotting mechanism.
  • Lymphocytes and plasma cells are produced in various lymphogenous organs, including the lymph nodes, spleen, thymus, and tonsils. Both neutrophils and macrophages exhibit chemotaxis towards sites of inflammation. Tissue inflammation in response to pathogen invasion results in production of chemo-attractants for leukocytes, such as endotoxins or other bacterial products, prostaglandins, and products of leukocytes or platelets.
  • Basophils participate in the release ofthe chemicals involved in the inflammatory process.
  • the main function of basophils is secretion of these chemicals, to such a degree that they have been referred to as "unicellular endocrine glands.”
  • a distinct aspect of basophilic secretion is that the contents of granules go directly into the extracellular environment, not into vacuoles as occurs with neutrophils, eosinophils, and monocytes.
  • Basophils have receptors for the Fc fragment of immunoglobulin E (IgE) that are not present on other leukocytes. Crosslinking of membrane IgE with anti-IgE or other ligands triggers degranulation.
  • IgE immunoglobulin E
  • Eosinophils are bi- or multi-nucleated white blood cells which contain eosinophilic granules. Their plasma membrane is characterized by Ig receptors, particularly IgG and IgE. Generally, eosinophils are stored in the bone marrow until recruited for use at a site of inflammation or invasion. They have specific functions in parasitic infections and allergic reactions, and are thought to detoxify some of the substances released by mast cells and basophils which cause inflammation. Additionally, they phagocytize antigen-antibody complexes and further help prevent the spread of inflammation.
  • the mononuclear phagocyte system is comprised of precursor cells in the bone marrow, monocytes in circulation, and macrophages in tissues. Macrophages are monocytes that have left the blood stream to settle in tissue. Once monocytes have migrated into tissues, they do not re-enter the bloodstream. They increase several-fold in size and transform into macrophages that are characteristic of the tissue they have entered, surviving in tissues for several months.
  • the mononuclear phagocyte system is capable of very fast and extensive phagocytosis. A macrophage may phagocytize over 100 bacteria, digest them and extrude residues, and then survive for many more months. Macrophages are also capable of ingesting large particles, including red blood cells and malarial parasites.
  • Mononuclear phagocytes are essential in defending the body against invasion by foreign pathogens, particularly intracellular microorganisms such as Mycobacterium tuberculosis, listeria, leishmania and toxoplasma. Macrophages can also control the growth of tumor cells, via both phagocytosis and secretion of hydrolytic enzymes. Another important function of macrophages is that of processing antigens and presenting them in a biochemically modified form to lymphocytes. Humoral Immune Response
  • the immune system responds to invading microorganisms in two major ways: antibody production and cell mediated responses.
  • Antibodies are immunoglobulin proteins produced by B-lymphocytes which bind to specific antigens and cause inactivation or promote destruction of the antigen by other cells.
  • Cell-mediated immune responses involve T-lymphocytes (T cells) that react with foreign antigens on the surface of infected host cells. Depending on the type of T cell, the T cell either kills the infected cell itself, or secretes signals which activate macrophages and other cells to destroy the infected cell (Paul, supra).
  • T-lymphocytes originate in the bone marrow or liver in fetuses. Precursor cells migrate via the blood to the thymus, where they are processed to mature into T-lymphocytes. This processing is crucial because it involves positive and negative selection of T cells for those that will react with foreign antigen and not with self molecules. After processing, T cells continuously circulate in the blood and secondary lymphoid tissues, such as lymph nodes, spleen, certain epithelium-associated tissues in the gastrointestinal tract, respiratory tract and skin. When T-lymphocytes are presented with the complementary antigen, they are stimulated to proliferate and release large numbers of activated T cells into the lymph system and the blood system. These activated T cells can survive and circulate for several days.
  • T memory cells are created, which remain in the lymphoid tissue for months or years. Upon subsequent exposure to that specific antigen, these memory cells will respond more rapidly and with a stronger response than induced by the original antigen. This creates an "immunological memory” that can provide immunity for years.
  • T cells There are two major types of T cells: cytotoxic T cells destroy infected host cells, and helper T cells activate other white blood cells via chemical signals.
  • helper T cells activate other white blood cells via chemical signals.
  • T H 1 activates macrophages to destroy ingested microorganisms, while another, T H 2, stimulates the production of antibodies by B cells.
  • Cytotoxic T cells directly attack the infected target cell. Receptors on the surface of T cells bind to antigen presented by MHC molecules on the surface of the infected cell. Once activated by binding to antigen, T cells secrete ⁇ -interferon, a signal molecule that induces the expression of genes necessary for presenting viral (or other) antigens to cytotoxic T cells. Cytotoxic T cells kill the infected cell by stimulating programmed cell death.
  • Helper T cells constitute up to 75% of the total T cell population. They regulate the immune functions by producing a variety of lymphokines that act on other cells in the immune system and on bone marrow. Among these lymphokines are interleukins 2 through 6, granulocyte-monocy-e colony stimulating factor, and ⁇ -interferon.
  • Helper T cells are required for most B cells to respond to antigen.
  • an activated helper cell contacts a B cell, its centrosome and Golgi apparatus become oriented toward the B cell, aiding the directing of signal molecules, such as a transmembrane-bound protein called CD40 ligand, onto the B cell surface to interact with the CD40 transmembrane protein.
  • Secreted signals also help B cells to proliferate and mature and, in some cases, to switch the class of antibody being produced.
  • B-lymphocytes produce antibodies which react with specific antigenic proteins presented by pathogens. Once activated, B cells become filled with extensive rough endoplasmic reticulum and are known as plasma cells. As with T cells, interaction of B cells with antigen stimulates proliferation of only those B cells which produce antibody specific to that antigen.
  • Antibodies are the founding members of the immunoglobulin (Ig) superfamily and the central components of the humoral immune response. Antibodies are either expressed on the surface of B cells or secreted by B cells into the circulation. Antibodies bind and neutralize blood-borne foreign antigens.
  • the prototypical antibody is a tetramer consisting of two identical heavy polypeptide chains (H-chains) and two identical light polypeptide chains (L-chains) mterlinked by disulfide bonds. This arrangement confers the characteristic Y-shape to antibody molecules. Antibodies are classified based on their H-chain composition.
  • the five antibody classes, IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG and IgM, are defined by the ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , and ⁇ H-chain types.
  • IgG the most common class of antibody found in the circulation, is tetrameric, while the other classes of antibodies are generally variants or multimers of this basic structure.
  • H-chains and L-chains each contain an N-teiminal variable region and a C-terminal constant region.
  • the constant region consists of about 110 -irnino acids in L-chains and about 330 or 440 amino acids in H-chains.
  • the amino acid sequence of the constant region is nearly identical among H- or L- chains of a particular class.
  • the variable region consists of about 110 amino acids in both H- and L- chains. However, the amino acid sequence of the variable region differs among H- or L-chains of a particular class.
  • Within each H- or L-chain variable region are three hypervariable regions of extensive sequence diversity, each consisting of about 5 to 10 amino acids.
  • the immune system is capable of recognizing and responding to any foreign molecule that enters the body. Therefore, the immune system must be armed with a fuD repertoire of antibodies against all potential antigens.
  • Such antibody diversity is generated by somatic rearrangement of gene segments encoding variable and constant regions. These gene segments are joined together by site- specific recombination which occurs between highly conserved DNA sequences that flank each gene segment. Because there are hundreds of different gene segments, millions of unique genes can be generated combinatorially. In addition, imprecise joining of these segments and an unusually high rate of somatic mutation within these segments further contribute to the generation of a diverse antibody population.
  • Both H-chains and L-chains contain repeated Ig domains.
  • a typical H-chain contains four Ig domains, three of which occur within the constant region and one of which occurs within the variable region and contributes to the formation of the antigen recognition site.
  • a typical L-chain contains two Ig domains, one of which occurs within the constant region and one of which occurs within the variable region.
  • H chains such as ⁇ have been shown to associate with other polypeptides during differentiation of the B-cell.
  • Antibodies can be described in terms of their two main functional domains. Antigen recognition is mediated by the Fab (antigen binding fragment) region of the antibody, while effector functions are mediated by the Fc (crystallizable fragment) region. Binding of antibody to an antigen, such as a bacterium, triggers the destruction of the antigen by phagocytic white blood cells such as macrophages and neutrophils. These cells express surface receptors that specifically bind to the antibody Fc region and allow the phagocytic cells to engulf, ingest, and degrade the antibody-bound antigen.
  • an antigen such as a bacterium
  • the Fc receptors expressed by phagocytic cells are single-pass transmembrane glycoproteins of about 300 to 400 amino acids (Sears, D.W. et al. (1990) J. Immunol. 144:371-378).
  • the extracellular portion of the Fc receptor typically contains two or three Ig domains.
  • Antigen-presenting cells are important initiators and modulators of the immune response, and can include some helper T cells, macrophages, Langerhans cells of the skin, and importantly, dendritic cells in the peripheral tissues.
  • Dendritic cells constitutively patrol through the blood, lymph, peripheral tissues, and secondary lymphoid organs, taking up self and non-self antigens. These antigens are then processed into proteolytic peptides, which are loaded onto MHC (major histocompatibility complex) class I and II molecules and presented at the cell surface (Guermonprez, P. et al. (2002) Annu.
  • DCs can stimulate both B and T cells through this process of antigen presentation; in fact, T cells require antigens to be processed and presented to them by an APC in the form of antigen fragments bound to MHC molecules.
  • MHC class I proteins stimulate cytotoxic T cells, while MHC class II proteins stimulate helper T cells (Banchereau, J. and R.M. Steinman (1998) Nature 392:245-252).
  • DCs are important accessory cells that activate and promote cellular immune responses.
  • the complement system serves as an effector system and is involved in infectious agent recognition. It can function as an independent immune network or in conjunction with other humoral immune responses.
  • the complement system is comprised of numerous plasma and membrane proteins that act in a cascade of reaction sequences whereby one component activates the next. The result is a rapid and amplified response to infection through either an inflamrnatory response or increased phagocytosis.
  • the complement system has more than 30 protein components which can be divided into functional groupings including modified serine proteases, membrane-binding proteins, and regulators of complement activation. Activation occurs through two different pathways, the classical and the alternative. Both pathways serve to destroy infectious agents through distinct triggering mechanisms that eventually merge with the involvement of the component C3.
  • the classical pathway requires antibody binding to infectious agent antigens.
  • the antibodies serve to define the target and initiate the complement system cascade, culminating in the destruction of the infectious agent.
  • the complement system can be seen as an effector arm of the humoral immune system.
  • the alternative pathway of the complement system does not require the presence of pre- existing antibodies for targeting infectious agent destruction. Rather, this pathway, through low levels of an activated component, remains constantly primed and provides surveillance in the non-immune host to enable targeting and destruction of infectious agents. In this case foreign material triggers the cascade, thereby facilitating phagocytosis or lysis (Paul, supra pp.918-919).
  • Inflammation Another important component of host defense is the process of inflamation. Inflammatory responses are divided into four categories on the basis of pathology and include allergic inflammation, cytotoxic antibody-mediated inflammation, immune complex-mediated inflammation, and monocyte- mediated inflammation. Inflammation manifests as a combination of each of these forms with one predominating.
  • Acute inflamation is also mediated by cytotoxic antibodies and can result in the destruction of tissue through the binding of complement-fixing antibodies to cells.
  • the antibodies responsible are of the IgG or IgM types and resultant clinical disorders including autoimmune hemolytic anemia and thrombocytopenia as associated with systemic lupus erythematosis.
  • Immune complex-mediated acute inflammation involves the IgG or IgM antibody types which combine with antigen to activate the complement cascade. When such immune complexes bind to neutrophils and macrophages they activate the respiratory burst to form protein and vessel damaging agents such as hydrogen peroxide, hydroxyl radical, hypochlorous acid, and chloramines.
  • Clinical manifestations include rheumatoid arthritis and systemic lupus erythematosus.
  • macrophages are activated and process antigen for presentation to T cells that subsequently produce lymphokines and monokines. This type of inflammatory response is likely important for defense against intracellular parasites and certain viruses.
  • Clinical associations include granulomatous disease, tuberculosis, leprosy, and sarcoidosis (Paul, supra, pp.1017-1018). Disorders of the Immune System
  • AIDS Abnormal Immunodeficiency Syndrome
  • This disease depletes the number of helper T cells and leaves the patient susceptible to infection by microorganisms and parasites.
  • Leukemias are an excess production of white blood cells, to the point where a major portion of the body's metabolic resources are directed solely at proliferation of white blood cells, leaving other tissues to starve. With lymphogenous leukemias, cancerous lymphogenous cells spread from a lymph node to other body parts. Excess T- and B-lymphocytes are produced.
  • myelogenous leukemias cancerous young myelogenous cells spread from the bone marrow to other organs, especially the spleen, liver, lymph nodes and other highly vascularized regions.
  • the extra leukemic cells released are immature, incapable of function, and undifferentiated.
  • partially differentiated cells are produced, leading to classification of the disease as neutrophilic leukemia, eosinophilic leukemia, basophilic leukemia, or monocytic leukemia.
  • Leukemias may be caused by exposure to environmental factors such as radiation or toxic chemicals or by genetic aberration.
  • Leukopenia or agranulocytosis occurs when the bone marrow stops producing white blood cells. This leaves the body unprotected against foreign microorganisms, including those which normally inhabit skin, mucous membranes, and gastrointestinal tract. If all white blood cell production stops completely, infection will occur within two days and death may follow only 1 to 4 days later. Acute leukopenia can be caused by exposure to radiation or chemicals containing benzene. Occasionally, drugs such as chloramphenicol and thiouracil can suppress blood cell production by the bone marrow and initiate the onset of agranulocytosis. In cases of monoblastic leukemia, primitive monocytes in blood and bone marrow do not mature. Clinical symptoms reflect this abnormality: high lysozyme levels in blood serum, renal tubular dysfunction, and high fevers.
  • Impaired phagocytosis occurs in several diseases, including monocytic leukemia, systemic lupus, and granulomatous disease. In such a situation, macrophages can phagocytize normally, but the enveloped organism is not killed. There is a defect in the plasma membrane enzyme which converts oxygen to lethally reactive forms. This results in abscess formation in liver, lungs, spleen, lymph nodes, and beneath the skin.
  • Eosinophilia is an excess of eosinophils commonly observed in patients with allergies (hay fever, asthma), allergic reactions to drugs, rheumatoid arthritis, and cancers (Hodgkins disease, lung, and liver cancer).
  • allergies hay fever, asthma
  • allergic reactions to drugs rheumatoid arthritis
  • cancers Hodgkins disease, lung, and liver cancer.
  • the mechanism for elevated levels of eosinophils in these diseases is unknown (Isselbacher, K.J. et al. (1994) Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine, McGraw-Hill, Inc., New York, NY).
  • Ig immunoglobulin
  • the criteria for a protein to be a member of the Ig superfamily is to have one or more Ig domains, which are regions of 70-110 amino acid residues in length homologous to either Ig variable-like (V) or Ig constant-like (C) domains.
  • Ig superfamily include antibodies (Ab), T cell receptors (TCRs), class I and II major histocompatibility (MHC) proteins, CD2, CD3, CD4, CD8, poly-Ig receptors, Fc receptors, neural cell-adhesion molecule (NCAM) and platelet-derived growth factor receptor (PDGFR).
  • Abs antibodies
  • TCRs T cell receptors
  • MHC major histocompatibility
  • CD2, CD3, CD4, CD8 poly-Ig receptors
  • Fc receptors Fc receptors
  • NCAM neural cell-adhesion molecule
  • PDGFR platelet-derived growth factor receptor
  • Ig domains are regions of conserved amino acid residues that give a polypeptide a globular tertiary structure called an immunoglobulin (or antibody) fold, which consists of two approximately parallel layers of ⁇ -sheets.
  • conserved cysteine residues form an intrachain disulfide- bonded loop, 55-75 amino acid residues in length, which connects the two layers of the ⁇ -sheets.
  • Each ⁇ -sheet has three or four anti-parallel ⁇ -strands of 5-10 amino acid residues.
  • a V domain consists of a longer polypeptide than a C domain, with an additional pair of ⁇ -strands in the Ig fold.
  • Ig superfamily genes each sequence of an Ig domain is encoded by a single exon. It is possible that the superfamily evolved from a gene coding for a single Ig domain involved in mediating cell-cell interactions. New members of the superfamily then arose by exon and gene duplications. Modern Ig superfamily proteins contain different numbers of V and/or C domains. Another evolutionary feature of this superfamily is the ability to undergo DNA rearrangements, a unique feature retained by the antigen receptor members of the family. Many members of the Ig superfamily are integral plasma membrane proteins with extracellular Ig domains. For example, an important member of this family is the T-cell antigen receptor (TCR).
  • TCR T-cell antigen receptor
  • TCR immunoreceptor tyrosine-based activation motif
  • Immunoreceptor tyrosine-based inhibitory motifs downregulate signaling through the TCR and other immune response receptors. Phosphorylation of 1 ' 1 ' lM motifs results in the recruitment of phosphatases that negatively regulate the downstream effectors by dephosphorylating and inactivating them.
  • Ig superfamily transmembrane domains and their cytoplasmic tails are very diverse, with little or no homology among Ig family members or to known signal-transducing structures. There are exceptions to this general superfamily description.
  • the cytoplasmic tail of PDGFR has tyrosine kinase activity.
  • Thy-1 is a glycoprotein found on thymocytes and T cells. This protein has no cytoplasmic tail, but is instead attached to the plasma membrane by a covalent glycophosphatidylinositol linkage.
  • Ig superfamily proteins Another common feature of many Ig superfamily proteins is the interactions between Ig domains which are essential for the function of these molecules. Interactions between Ig domains of a multimeric protein can be either homophilic or heterophilic (i.e., between the same or different Ig domains).
  • Antibodies are multimeric proteins which have both homophilic and heterophilic interactions between Ig domains. Pairing of constant regions of heavy chains forms the Fc region of an antibody and pairing of variable regions of light and heavy chains form the antigen binding site of an antibody. Heterophilic interactions also occur between Ig domains of different molecules. These interactions provide adhesion between cells for significant cell-cell interactions in the immune system and in the developing and mature nervous system. (Reviewed in Abbas, A.K. et al. (1991) Cellular and Molecular Immunology, W.B. Saunders Company, Philadelphia, PA, pp.142-145.)
  • CD21 also called C3d receptor, CR2, Epstein Barr virus receptor or EBV-R
  • C3dg C3dg
  • iC3b C3dg
  • Complement components may activate B cells through CD21.
  • CD21 is part of a large signal-transduction complex that also involves CD 19, CD81, and Leul3.
  • Other complement control proteins are responsible for the molecular basis of the blood group antigens, surface markers on the outside of the red blood cell membrane.
  • complement decay-accelerating factor contains 4 Sushi domains, and is important in defining the Cromer human erythrocyte blood group system, which consists of high-incidence and low- incidence antigens that reside on CD55 (Lublin, D. M. et al. (1994) Blood 84:1276-1282).
  • Complement receptor type 1 (C3b/C4b receptor, CD35) belongs to the Knops blood group system, another member of the complement regulatory protein functional group of erythrocyte membrane proteins, and contains 30 Sushi domains (Mudad, R. and M.J. Telen (1996) Curr. Opin. Hematol. 3:473-479).
  • DC-SIGN 1 and DC-SIGN2 are dendritic cell-specific proteins that bind ICAM-3, but are not integrins themselves. They contain a C-type lectin domain, which is a calcium-dependent carbohydrate-binding and recognition domain. Alternative splicing of these proteins generates a wide variety of both membrane-bound and soluble forms of these modulators of cell-cell interactions.
  • dendritic cells serve an antigen-presenting function, collecting and processing antigens from the peripheral tissues and migrating to sites where T cells await activation.
  • DC-SIGN proteins play a role in establishing the initial contact between dendritic cells and resting T cells.
  • HTV- 1 envelope (gpl20)-binding lectins HTV- 1 envelope (gpl20)-binding lectins
  • a related protein that also undergoes alternative splicing is the low-affinity immunoglobulin ⁇ Fc receptor (CD23).
  • CD23 also contains a C- type lectin domain, and is also involved in antigen-uptake and presentation mechanisms of dendritic cells.
  • Spa is a member of the scavenger receptor cysteine-rich (SRCR) family of proteins. Spa is expressed only in lymphoid tissues. It has three SRCR domains, and represents a novel soluble protein highly related to the cell surface antigens CD5 and CD6, which may regulate monocyte activation, function and/or survival (Gebe, J.A. (1997) J. Biol. Chem. 272:6151-6158).
  • LST1 human leukocyte-specific transcript 1
  • a DNA-binding site and interaction of multiple regulatory elements may be involved in mediating the expression of the various forms of LST1 mRNA (Yu, X. and Weissman, S.M. (2000) J. Biol. Chem. 275:34597-34608).
  • Expression profiling Microarrays are analytical tools used in bioanalysis. A microarray has a plurality of molecules spatially distributed over, and stably associated with, the surface of a solid support.
  • Microarrays of polypeptides, polynucleotides, and/or antibodies have been developed and find use in a variety of applications, such as gene sequencing, monitoring gene expression, gene mapping, bacterial identification, drug discovery, and combinatorial chemistry.
  • One area in particular in which microarrays find use is in gene expression analysis.
  • Array technology can provide a simple way to explore the expression of a single polymorphic gene or the expression profile of a large number of related or unrelated genes. When the expression of a single gene is examined, arrays are employed to detect the expression of a specific gene or its variants.
  • arrays provide a platform for identifying genes that are tissue specific, are affected by a substance being tested in a toxicology assay, are part of a signaling cascade, carry out housekeeping functions, or are specifically related to a particular genetic predisposition, condition, disease, or disorder.
  • Lung cancer is the leading cause of cancer death in the United States, affecting more than 100,000 men and 50,000 women each year. Nearly 90% of the patients diagnosed with lung cancer are cigarette smokers. Tobacco smoke contains thousands of noxious substances that induce carcinogen metabolizing enzymes and covalent DNA adduct formation in the exposed bronchial epithelium. In nearly 80% of patients diagnosed with lung cancer, metastasis has already occurred. Most commonly lung cancers metastasize to pleura, brain, bone, pericardium, and liver. This adversely affects the overall five-year survival rate which is 37% for squamous carcinoma, 27% for adenocarcinoma and large cell carcinoma, and less than 1% for small cell carcinomas. Earlier diagnosis and an systematic approach to identification, staging, and treatment could positively affect patient outcome (DeVita et al. (1997) Cancer: Principles and Practice of Oncology, Lippincott-
  • Lung cancers progress through a series of morphologically distinct stages from hyperplasia to invasive carcinoma.
  • Malignant lung cancers are divided into two groups comprising four histopathological classes.
  • the nonsmall cell lung carcinoma (NSCLC) group includes squamous cell carcinomas, adenocarcinomas, and large cell carcinomas and accounts for about 70% of all lung cancer cases.
  • Adenocarcinomas typically arise in the peripheral airways and often form mucin secreting glands.
  • Squamous cell carcinomas typically arise in proximal airways.
  • the histogenesis of squamous cell carcinomas may be related to chronic inflammation and injury to the bronchial epithelium, leading to squamous metaplasia.
  • SCLC small cell lung carcinoma
  • Lung cancer cells accumulate numerous genetic lesions, many of which are associated with cytologically visible chromosomal aberrations.
  • the high frequency of chromosomal deletions associated with lung cancer may reflect the role of multiple tumor suppressor loci in the etiology of this disease.
  • Several studies report deletions of regions of chromosome 11 in NSCLC (Bepler, G. and Garcia-Blanco, M.A. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:5513-7; Iizuka, M., et al. (1995) Genes, Chromosomes & Cancer 13:40-46; Rasio, D. (1995) Cancer Research 55:3988-91).
  • compositions including nucleic acids and proteins, for the diagnosis, prevention, and treatment of immune system, neurological, developmental, muscle, and cell proliferative disorders.
  • TRAP' purified polypeptides, immune response associated proteins, referred to collectively as TRAP' and individually as TRAP-1,' 'IRAP-2,'
  • Embodiments also provide methods for utilizing the purified immune response associated proteins and/or their encoding polynucleotides for facilitating the drug discovery process, including determination of efficacy, dosage, toxicity, and pharmacology. Related embodiments provide methods for utilizing the purified immune response associated proteins and/or their encoding polynucleotides for investigating the pathogenesis of diseases and medical conditions.
  • An embodiment provides an isolated polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l- 16, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16.
  • Another embodiment provides an isolated polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:l-16.
  • Still another embodiment provides an isolated polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-16, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16.
  • polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16. In an alternative embodiment, the polynucleotide is selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 17-32.
  • Still another embodiment provides a recombinant polynucleotide comprising a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16.
  • Another embodiment provides a cell transformed with the recombinant polynucleotide. Yet another embodiment provides a transgenic organism comprising the recombinant polynucleotide. Another embodiment provides a method for producing a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-16, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-16, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-16.
  • the method comprises a) culturing a cell under conditions suitable for expression of the polypeptide, wherein said cell is transformed with a recombinant polynucleotide comprising a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide, and b) recovering the polypeptide so expressed.
  • Yet another embodiment provides an isolated antibody which specifically binds to a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-16.
  • Still yet another embodiment provides an isolated polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 17-32, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 17-32, c) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d).
  • the polynucleotide can comprise at least about 20, 30, 40, 60, 80, or 100 contiguous nucleotides.
  • Yet another embodiment provides a method for detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample, said target polynucleotide being selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 17-32, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 17-32, c) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d).
  • a target polynucleotide being selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleot
  • the method comprises a) hybridizing the sample with a probe comprising at least 20 contiguous nucleotides comprising a sequence complementary to said target polynucleotide in the sample, and which probe specifically hybridizes to said target polynucleotide, under conditions whereby a hybridization complex is formed between said probe and said target polynucleotide or fragments thereof, and b) detecting the presence or absence of said hybridization complex.
  • the method can include detecting the amount of the hybridization complex.
  • the probe can comprise at least about 20, 30, 40, 60, 80, or 100 contiguous nucleotides.
  • Still yet another embodiment provides a method for detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample, said target polynucleotide being selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 17-32, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 17-32, c) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d).
  • a target polynucleotide being selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleo
  • the method comprises a) amplifying said target polynucleotide or fragment thereof using polymerase chain reaction amplification, and b) detecting the presence or absence of said amplified target polynucleotide or fragment thereof.
  • the method can include detecting the amount of the amplified target polynucleotide or fragment thereof.
  • compositions comprising an effective amount of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-16, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the composition can comprise an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16.
  • Other embodiments provide a method of treating a disease or condition associated with decreased or abnormal expression of functional IRAP, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition.
  • Yet another embodiment provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness as an agonist of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16.
  • the method comprises a) exposing a sample comprising the polypeptide to a compound, and b) detecting agonist activity in the sample.
  • Another embodiment provides a composition comprising an agonist compound identified by the method and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • Yet another embodiment provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with decreased expression of functional IRAP, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition.
  • Still yet another embodiment provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness as an antagonist of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-16, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-16.
  • the method comprises a) exposing a sample comprising the polypeptide to a compound, and b) detecting antagomst activity in the sample.
  • Another embodiment provides a composition comprising an antagonist compound identified by the method and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • Yet another embodiment provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with overexpression of functional IRAP, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition.
  • Another embodiment provides a method of screening for a compound that specifically binds to a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-16, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16.
  • the method comprises a) combining the polypeptide with at least one test compound under suitable conditions, and b) detecting binding of the polypeptide to the test compound, thereby identifying a compound that specifically binds to the polypeptide.
  • Yet another embodiment provides a method of screening for a compound that modulates the activity of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-16, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-16.
  • the method comprises a) combining the polypeptide with at least one test compound under conditions permissive for the activity of the polypeptide, b) assessing the activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the test compound, and c) comparing the activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the test compound with the activity of the polypeptide in the absence of the test compound, wherein a change in the activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the test compound is indicative of a compound that modulates the activity of the polypeptide.
  • Still yet another embodiment provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness in altering expression of a target polynucleotide, wherein said target polynucleotide comprises a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:17-32, the method comprising a) exposing a sample comprising the target polynucleotide to a compound, b) detecting altered expression of the target polynucleotide, and c) comparing the expression of the target polynucleotide in the presence of varying amounts of the compound and in the absence of the compound.
  • Another embodiment provides a method for assessing toxicity of a test compound, said method comprising a) treating a biological sample containing nucleic acids with the test compound; b) hybridizing the nucleic acids of the treated biological sample with a probe comprising at least 20 contiguous nucleotides of a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of i) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:17-32, ii) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 17-32, iii) a polynucleotide having a sequence complementary to i), iv) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of ii), and v) an RNA equivalent of
  • Hybridization occurs under conditions whereby a specific hybridization complex is formed between said probe and a target polynucleotide in the biological sample, said target polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of i) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 17-32, ii) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 17-32, iii) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of i), iv) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of ii), and v) an RNA equivalent of i)-iv).
  • the target polynucleotide can comprise a fragment of a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of i)-v) above; c) quantifying the amount of hybridization complex; and d) comparing the amount of hybridization complex in the treated biological sample with the amount of hybridization complex in an untreated biological sample, wherein a difference in the amount of hybridization complex in the treated biological sample is indicative of toxicity of the test compound.
  • Table 1 summarizes the nomenclature for full length polynucleotide and polypeptide embodiments of the invention.
  • Table 2 shows the GenBank identification number and annotation of the nearest GenBank homolog, and the PROTEOME database identification numbers and annotations of PROTEOME database homologs, for polypeptide embodiments of the invention. The probability scores for the matches between each polypeptide and its homolog(s) are also shown.
  • Table 3 shows structural features of polypeptide embodiments, including predicted motifs and domains, along with the methods, algorithms, and searchable databases used for analysis of the polypeptides.
  • Table 4 lists the cDNA and/or genomic DNA fragments which were used to assemble polynucleotide embodiments, along with selected fragments of the polynucleotides.
  • Table 5 shows representative cDNA libraries for polynucleotide embodiments.
  • Table 6 provides an appendix which describes the tissues and vectors used for construction of the cDNA libraries shown in Table 5.
  • Table 7 shows the tools, programs, and algorithms used to analyze polynucleotides and polypeptides, along with applicable descriptions, references, and threshold parameters.
  • Table 8 shows single nucleotide polymorphisms found in polynucleotide sequences of the invention, along with allele frequencies in different human populations.
  • DEFINITIONS 'TRAP refers to the a ino acid sequences of substantially purified IRAP obtained from any species, particularly a mammalian species, including bovine, ovine, porcine, murine, equine, and human, and from any source, whether natural, synthetic, semi-synthetic, or recombinant.
  • agonist refers to a molecule which intensifies or mimics the biological activity of IRAP.
  • Agonists may include proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, small molecules, or any other compound or composition which modulates the activity of IRAP either by directly interacting with IRAP or by acting on components of the biological pathway in which IRAP participates.
  • allelic variant is an alternative form of the gene encoding IRAP. Allelic variants may result from at least one mutation in the nucleic acid sequence and may result in altered mRNAs or in polypeptides whose structure or function may or may not be altered. A gene may have none, one, or many allelic variants of its naturally occurring form. Common mutational changes which give rise to allelic variants are generally ascribed to natural deletions, additions, or substitutions of nucleotides. Each of these types of changes may occur alone, or in combination with the others, one or more times in a given sequence.
  • altered nucleic acid sequences encoding IRAP include those sequences with deletions, insertions, or substitutions of different nucleotides, resulting in a polypeptide the same as IRAP or a polypeptide with at least one functional characteristic of IRAP. Included within this definition are polymo ⁇ hisms which may or may not be readily detectable using a particular oligonucleotide probe of the polynucleotide encoding IRAP, and improper or unexpected hybridization to allelic variants, with a locus other than the normal chromosomal locus for the polynucleotide encoding IRAP.
  • the encoded protein may also be "altered,” and may contain deletions, insertions, or substitutions of amino acid residues which produce a silent change and result in a functionally equivalent IRAP.
  • Deliberate amino acid substitutions may be made on the basis of one or more similarities in polarity, charge, solubility, hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, and/or the amphipathic nature of the residues, as long as the biological or immunological activity of IRAP is retained.
  • negatively charged amino acids may include aspartic acid and glutamic acid
  • positively charged amino acids may include lysine and arginine.
  • Amino acids with uncharged polar side chains having similar hydrophilicity values may include: asparagine and glutamine; and serine and threonine.
  • Amino acids with uncharged side chains having similar hydrophilicity values may include: leucine, isoleucine, and valine; glycine and alanine; and phenylalanine and tyrosine
  • amino acid and amino acid sequence can refer to an oligopeptide, a peptide, a polypeptide, or a protein sequence, or a fragment of any of these, and to naturally occurring or synthetic molecules. Where "amino acid sequence” is recited to refer to a sequence of a naturally occurring protein molecule, “amino acid sequence” and like terms are not meant to limit the amino acid sequence to the complete native amino acid sequence associated with the recited protein molecule.
  • Amplification relates to the production of additional copies of a nucleic acid. Amplification may be carried out using polymerase chain reaction (PCR) technologies or other nucleic acid amplification technologies well known in the art.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • Antagonist refers to a molecule which inhibits or attenuates the biological activity of IRAP.
  • Antagonists may include proteins such as antibodies, anticalins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, small molecules, or any other compound or composition which modulates the activity of IRAP either by directly interacting with ERAP or by acting on components of the biological pathway in which IRAP participates.
  • antibody refers to intact immunoglobulin molecules as well as to fragments thereof, such as Fab, F(ab') 2 , and Fv fragments, which are capable of binding an epitopic deterrninant.
  • Antibodies that bind IRAP polypeptides can be prepared using intact polypeptides or using fragments containing small peptides of interest as the immunizing antigen.
  • the polypeptide or oligopeptide used to immunize an animal e.g., a mouse, a rat, or a rabbit
  • an animal e.g., a mouse, a rat, or a rabbit
  • an animal e.g., a mouse, a rat, or a rabbit
  • antigenic determinant refers to that region of a molecule (i.e., an epitope) that makes contact with a particular antibody.
  • an antigenic determinant may compete with the intact antigen (i.e., the immunogen used to elicit the immune response) for binding to an antibody.
  • aptamer refers to a nucleic acid or oligonucleotide molecule that binds to a specific molecular target.
  • Aptamers are derived from an in vitro evolutionary process (e.g., SELEX (Systematic Evolution of Ligands by Exponential Enrichment), described in U.S. Patent No. 5,270,163), which selects for target-specific aptamer sequences from large combinatorial libraries.
  • Aptamer compositions may be double-stranded or single-stranded, and may include deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, nucleotide derivatives, or other nucleotide-like molecules.
  • the nucleotide components of an aptamer may have modified sugar groups (e.g., the 2 -OH group of a ribonucleotide may be replaced by 2 -F or 2 -NH 2 ), which may improve a desired property, e.g., resistance to nucleases or longer lifetime in blood.
  • Aptamers may be conjugated to other molecules, e.g., a high molecular weight carrier to slow clearance of the aptamer from the circulatory system.
  • Aptamers may be specifically cross-linked to their cognate ligands, e.g., by photo-activation of a cross-linker (Brody, E.N. and L. Gold (2000) J. Biotechnol. 74:5-13).
  • introduction refers to an aptamer which is expressed in vivo.
  • a vaccinia virus-based RNA expression system has been used to express specific RNA aptamers at high levels in the cytoplasm of leukocytes (Blind, M. et al. (1999) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 96:3606-3610).
  • spiegelmer refers to an aptamer which includes L-DNA, L-RNA, or other left- handed nucleotide derivatives or nucleotide-like molecules. Aptamers containing left-handed nucleotides are resistant to degradation by naturally occurring enzymes, which normally act on substrates containing right-handed nucleotides.
  • antisense refers to any composition capable of base-pairing with the "sense" (coding) strand of a polynucleotide having a specific nucleic acid sequence.
  • Antisense compositions may include DNA; RNA; peptide nucleic acid (PNA); oligonucleotides having modified backbone linkages such as phosphorothioates, methylphosphonates, or benzylphosphonates; oligonucleotides having modified sugar groups such as 2'-methoxyethyl sugars or 2'-methoxyethoxy sugars; or oligonucleotides having modified bases such as 5-methyl cytosine, 2'-deoxyuracil, or 7-deaza-2'- deoxyguanosine.
  • Antisense molecules may be produced by any method including chemical synthesis or transcription. Once introduced into a cell, the complementary antisense molecule base-pairs with a naturally occurring nucleic acid sequence produced by the cell to form duplexes which block either transcription or translation.
  • the designation "negative” or “minus” can refer to the antisense strand, and the designation “positive” or “plus” can refer to the sense strand of a reference DNA molecule.
  • biologically active refers to a protein having structural, regulatory, or biochemical functions of a naturally occurring molecule.
  • immunologically active or “immunogenic” refers to the capability of the natural, recombinant, or synthetic IRAP, or of any oligopeptide thereof, to induce a specific immune response in appropriate animals or cells and to bind with specific antibodies.
  • “Complementary” describes the relationship between two single-stranded nucleic acid sequences that anneal by base-pairing. For example, 5'-AGT-3' pairs with its complement, 3'-TCA-5'.
  • composition comprising a given polynucleotide and a “composition comprising a given polypeptide” can refer to any composition containing the given polynucleotide or polypeptide.
  • the composition may comprise a dry formulation or an aqueous solution.
  • Compositions comprising polynucleotides encoding IRAP or fragments of IRAP may be employed as hybridization probes.
  • the probes may be stored in freeze-dried form and may be associated with a stabilizing agent such as a carbohydrate.
  • the probe may be deployed in an aqueous solution containing salts (e.g., NaCI), detergents (e.g., sodium dodecyl sulfate; SDS), and other components (e.g., Denhardt's solution, dry milk, salmon sperm DNA, etc.).
  • salts e.g., NaCI
  • detergents e.g., sodium dodecyl sulfate; SDS
  • other components e.g., Denhardt's solution, dry milk, salmon sperm DNA, etc.
  • Consensus sequence refers to a nucleic acid sequence which has been subjected to repeated DNA sequence analysis to resolve uncalled bases, extended using the XL-PCR kit (Applied Biosystems, Foster City CA) in the 5' and/or the 3' direction, and resequenced, or which has been assembled from one or more overlapping cDNA, EST, or genomic DNA fragments using a computer program for fragment assembly, such as the GELVIEW fragment assembly system (Accelrys, Burlington MA) or Phrap (University of Washington, Seattle WA). Some sequences have been both extended and assembled to produce the consensus sequence.
  • Constant amino acid substitutions are those substitutions that are predicted to least interfere with the properties of the original protein, i.e., the structure and especially the function of the protein is conserved and not significantly changed by such substitutions.
  • the table below shows amino acids which may be substituted for an original amino acid in a protein and which are regarded as conservative amino acid substitutions.
  • Conservative amino acid substitutions generally maintain (a) the structure of the polypeptide backbone in the area of the substitution, for example, as a beta sheet or alpha helical conformation, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the site of the substitution, and/or (c) the bulk of the side chain.
  • a “deletion” refers to a change in the amino acid or nucleotide sequence that results in the absence of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides.
  • derivative refers to a chemically modified polynucleotide or polypeptide.
  • Chemical modifications of a polynucleotide can include, for example, replacement of hydrogen by an alkyl, acyl, hydroxyl, or amino group.
  • a derivative polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide which retains at least one biological or immunological function of the natural molecule.
  • a derivative polypeptide is one modified by glycosylation, pegylation, or any similar process that retains at least one biological or immunological function of the polypeptide from which it was derived.
  • a “detectable label” refers to a reporter molecule or enzyme that is capable of generating a measurable signal and is covalently or noncovalently joined to a polynucleotide or polypeptide.
  • “Differential expression” refers to increased or upregulated; or decreased, downregulated, or absent gene or protein expression, determined by comparing at least two different samples. Such comparisons may be carried out between, for example, a treated and an untreated sample, or a diseased and a normal sample.
  • Exon shuffling refers to the recombination of different coding regions (exons). Since an exon may represent a structural or functional domain of the encoded protein, new proteins may be assembled through the novel reassortment of stable substructures, thus allowing acceleration of the evolution of new protein functions.
  • a “fragment” is a unique portion of IRAP or a polynucleotide encoding IRAP which can be identical in sequence to, but shorter in length than, the parent sequence.
  • a fragment may comprise up to the entire length of the defined sequence, minus one nucleotide/amino acid residue. For example, a fragment may comprise from about 5 to about 1000 contiguous nucleotides or amino acid residues.
  • a fragment used as a probe, primer, antigen, therapeutic molecule, or for other pu ⁇ oses maybe at least 5, 10, 15, 16, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 75, 100, 150, 250 or at least 500 contiguous nucleotides or amino acid residues in length. Fragments may be preferentially selected from certain regions of a molecule.
  • a polypeptide fragment may comprise a certain length of contiguous amino acids selected from the first 250 or 500 amino acids (or first 25% or 50%) of a polypeptide as shown in a certain defined sequence.
  • these lengths are exemplary, and any length that is supported by the specification, including the Sequence Listing, tables, and figures, may be encompassed by the present embodiments.
  • a fragment of SEQ ID NO: 17-32 can comprise a region of unique polynucleotide sequence that specifically identifies SEQ ED NO: 17-32, for example, as distinct from any other sequence in the genome from which the fragment was obtained.
  • a fragment of SEQ ID NO: 17-32 can be employed in one or more embodiments of methods of the invention, for example, in hybridization and amplification technologies and in analogous methods that distinguish SEQ ID NO:17-32 from related polynucleotides.
  • a fragment of SEQ ID NO:l-16 is encoded by a fragment of SEQ ID NO:17-32.
  • a fragment of SEQ ID NO: 1-16 can comprise a region of unique amino acid sequence that specifically identifies SEQ ID NO:l-16.
  • a fragment of SEQ ID NO:l-16 can be used as an immunogenic peptide for the development of antibodies that specifically recognize SEQ ID NO: 1-16.
  • the precise length of a fragment of SEQ ID NO:l-16 and the region of SEQ ID NO:l-16 to which the fragment conesponds can be determined based on the intended pu ⁇ ose for the fragment using one or more analytical methods described herein or otherwise known in the art.
  • a “full length” polynucleotide is one containing at least a translation initiation codon (e.g., methionine) followed by an open reading frame and a translation termination codon.
  • a “full length” polynucleotide sequence encodes a "full length” polypeptide sequence.
  • Homology refers to sequence similarity or, alternatively, sequence identity, between two or more polynucleotide sequences or two or more polypeptide sequences.
  • percent identity and % identity refer to the percentage of identical nucleotide matches between at least two polynucleotide sequences aligned using a standardized algorithm. Such an algorithm may insert, in a standardized and reproducible way, gaps in the sequences being compared in order to optimize alignment between two sequences, and therefore achieve a more meaningful comparison of the two sequences. Percent identity between polynucleotide sequences may be determined using one or more computer algorithms or programs known in the art or described herein. For example, percent identity can be determined using the default parameters of the CLUSTAL V algorithm as incorporated into the MEGALIGN version 3.12e sequence alignment program.
  • NCBI National Center for Biotechnology Information
  • BLAST Basic Local Alignment Search Tool
  • NCBI National Center for Biotechnology Information
  • BLAST Basic Local Alignment Search Tool
  • the BLAST software suite includes various sequence analysis programs including "blastn,” that is used to align a known polynucleotide sequence with other polynucleotide sequences from a variety of databases.
  • BLAST 2 Sequences are commonly used with gap and other parameters set to default settings. For example, to compare two nucleotide sequences, one may use blastn with the "BLAST 2 Sequences” tool Version 2.0.12 (April-21-2000) set at default parameters. Such default parameters may be, for example:
  • Percent identity may be measured over the length of an entire defined sequence, for example, as defined by a particular SEQ ID number, or may be measured over a shorter length, for example, over the length of a fragment taken from a larger, defined sequence, for instance, a fragment of at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 70, at least 100, or at least 200 contiguous nucleotides.
  • Such lengths are exemplary only, and it is understood that any fragment length supported by the sequences shown herein, in the tables, figures, or Sequence Listing, may be used to describe a length over which percentage identity may be measured.
  • Nucleic acid sequences that do not show a high degree of identity may nevertheless encode similar -imino acid sequences due to the degeneracy of the genetic code. It is understood that changes in a nucleic acid sequence can be made using this degeneracy to produce multiple nucleic acid sequences that all encode substantially the same protein.
  • the phrases "percent identity” and "% identity,” as applied to polypeptide sequences refer to the percentage of identical residue matches between at least two polypeptide sequences aligned using a standardized algorithm. Methods of polypeptide sequence alignment are well-known. Some alignment methods take into account conservative amino acid substitutions.
  • NCBI BLAST software suite may be used.
  • BLAST 2 Sequences Version 2.0.12 (April-21-2000) with blastp set at default parameters.
  • Such default parameters maybe, for example:
  • Gap x drop-off 50
  • Percent identity may be measured over the length of an entire defined polypeptide sequence, for example, as defined by a particular SEQ ID number, or may be measured over a shorter length, for example, over the length of a fragment taken from a larger, defined polypeptide sequence, for instance, a fragment of at least 15, at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 70 or at least 150 contiguous residues.
  • Such lengths are exemplary only, and it is understood that any fragment length supported by the sequences shown herein, in the tables, figures or Sequence Listing, may be used to describe a length over which percentage identity may be measured.
  • Human artificial chromosomes are linear microchromosomes which may contain DNA sequences of about 6 kb to 10 Mb in size and which contain all of the elements required for chromosome replication, segregation and maintenance.
  • humanized antibody refers to an antibody molecule in which the amino acid sequence in the non-antigen binding regions has been altered so that the antibody more closely resembles a human antibody, and still retains its original binding ability.
  • Hybridization refers to the process by which a polynucleotide strand anneals with a complementary strand through base pairing under defined hybridization conditions. Specific hybridization is an indication that two nucleic acid sequences share a high degree of complementarity. Specific hybridization complexes form under permissive annealing conditions and remain hybridized after the "washing" step(s). The washing step(s) is particularly important in determining the stringency of the hybridization process, with more stringent conditions allowing less non-specific binding, i.e., binding between pairs of nucleic acid strands that are not perfectly matched.
  • Permissive conditions for annealing of nucleic acid sequences are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art and may be consistent among hybridization experiments, whereas wash conditions may be varied among experiments to achieve the desired stringency, and therefore hybridization specificity.
  • Permissive annealing conditions occur, for example, at 68°C in the presence of about 6 x SSC, about 1% (w/v) SDS, and about 100 ⁇ g/ml sheared, denatured salmon sperm DNA.
  • stringency of hybridization is expressed, in part, with reference to the temperature under which the wash step is carried out.
  • wash temperatures are typically selected to be about 5°C to 20°C lower than the thermal melting point (T- for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH.
  • the T m is the temperature (under defined ionic strength and pH) at which 50% of the target sequence hybridizes to a perfectly matched probe.
  • An equation for calculating T m and conditions for nucleic acid hybridization are well known and can be found in Sambrook, J. and D.W. Russell (2001; Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 3rd ed., vol. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Press, Cold Spring Harbor NY, ch. 9).
  • High stringency conditions for hybridization between polynucleotides of the present invention include wash conditions of 68°C in the presence of about 0.2 x SSC and about 0.1% SDS, for 1 hour. Alternatively, temperatures of about 65°C, 60°C, 55°C, or 42°C may be used. SSC concentration maybe varied from about 0.1 to 2 x SSC, with SDS being present at about 0.1%.
  • blocking reagents are used to block non-specific hybridization. Such blocking reagents include, for instance, sheared and denatured salmon sperm DNA at about 100-200 ⁇ g/ml.
  • Organic solvent such as formamide at a concentration of about 35-50% v/v
  • RNA:DNA hybridizations Useful variations on these wash conditions will be readily apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • Hybridization particularly under high stringency conditions, may be suggestive of evolutionary similarity between the nucleotides. Such similarity is strongly indicative of a similar role for the nucleotides and their encoded polypeptides.
  • hybridization complex refers to a complex formed between two nucleic acids by virtue of the formation of hydrogen bonds between complementary bases.
  • a hybridization complex may be formed in solution (e.g., C 0 t or Rgt analysis) or formed between one nucleic acid present in solution and another nucleic acid immobilized on a solid support (e.g., paper, membranes, filters, chips, pins or glass slides, or any other appropriate substrate to which cells or their nucleic acids have been fixed).
  • insertion and “addition” refer to changes in an amino acid or polynucleotide sequence resulting in the addition of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides, respectively.
  • Immuno response can refer to conditions associated with inflammation, trauma, immune disorders, or infectious or genetic disease, etc. These conditions can be characterized by expression of various factors, e.g., cytokines, chemokines, and other signaling molecules, which may affect cellular and systemic defense systems.
  • an “immunogenic fragment” is a polypeptide or oligopeptide fragment of IRAP which is capable of eliciting an immune response when introduced into a living organism, for example, a mammal.
  • the term “immunogenic fragment” also includes any polypeptide or oligopeptide fragment of IRAP which is useful in any of the antibody production methods disclosed herein or known in the art.
  • microanay refers to an anangement of a plurality of polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, or other chemical compounds on a substrate.
  • element and “anay element” refer to a polynucleotide, polypeptide, antibody, or other chemical compound having a unique and defined position on a microanay.
  • modulate refers to a change in the activity of IRAP.
  • modulation may cause an increase or a decrease in protein activity, binding characteristics, or any other biological, functional, or immunological properties of IRAP.
  • nucleic acid and nucleic acid sequence refer to a nucleotide, oligonucleotide, polynucleotide, or any fragment thereof. These phrases also refer to DNA or RNA of genomic or synthetic origin which may be single-stranded or double-stranded and may represent the sense or the antisense strand, to peptide nucleic acid (PNA), or to any DNA-like or RNA-like material.
  • PNA peptide nucleic acid
  • operably linked refers to the situation in which a first nucleic acid sequence is placed in a functional relationship with a second nucleic acid sequence.
  • a promoter is operably linked to a coding sequence if the promoter affects the transcription or expression of the coding sequence.
  • Operably linked DNA sequences maybe in close proximity or contiguous and, where necessary to join two protein coding regions, in the same reading frame.
  • PNA protein nucleic acid
  • PNA refers to an antisense molecule or anti-gene agent which comprises an oligonucleotide of at least about 5 nucleotides in length linked to a peptide backbone of amino acid residues ending in lysine. The terminal lysine confers solubility to the composition. PNAs preferentially bind complementary single stranded DNA or RNA and stop transcript elongation, and may be pegylated to extend their lifespan in the cell.
  • Post-translational modification of an IRAP may involve lipidation, glycosylation, phosphorylation, acetylation, racemization, proteolytic cleavage, and other modifications known in the art. These processes may occur synthetically or biochemically. Biochemical modifications will vary by cell type depending on the enzymatic milieu of IRAP.
  • Probe refers to nucleic acids encoding IRAP, their complements, or fragments thereof, which are used to detect identical, allelic or related nucleic acids.
  • Probes are isolated oligonucleotides or polynucleotides attached to a detectable label or reporter molecule. Typical labels include radioactive isotopes, ligands, chemiluminescent agents, and enzymes.
  • Primmers are short nucleic acids, usually DNA oligonucleotides, which may be annealed to a target polynucleotide by complementary base-pairing. The primer may then be extended along the target DNA strand by a DNA polymerase enzyme. Primer pairs can be used for amplification (and identification) of a nucleic acid, e.g., by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR).
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • Probes and primers as used in the present invention typically comprise at least 15 contiguous nucleotides of a known sequence. In order to enhance specificity, longer probes and primers may also be employed, such as probes and primers that comprise at least 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, or at least 150 consecutive nucleotides of the disclosed nucleic acid sequences. Probes and primers may be considerably longer than these examples, and it is understood that any length supported by the specification, including the tables, figures, and Sequence Listing, maybe used. Methods for preparing and using probes and primers are described in, for example, Sambrook, J. and D.W. Russell (2001; Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 3rd ed., vol.
  • PCR primer pairs can be derived from a known sequence, for example, by using computer programs intended for that pu ⁇ ose such as Primer (Version 0.5, 1991, Whitehead Institute for Biomedical Research, Cambridge MA).
  • Oligonucleotides for use as primers are selected using software known in the art for such pu ⁇ ose. For example, OLIGO 4.06 software is useful for the selection of PCR primer pairs of up to 100 nucleotides each, and for the analysis of oligonucleotides and larger polynucleotides of up to 5,000 nucleotides from an input polynucleotide sequence of up to 32 kilobases. Similar primer selection programs have inco ⁇ orated additional features for expanded capabilities. For example, the PrimOU primer selection program (available to the public from the Genome Center at University of Texas South West Medical Center, Dallas TX) is capable of choosing specific primers from megabase sequences and is thus useful for designing primers on a genome- wide scope.
  • the Primer3 primer selection program (available to the public from the Whitehead Institute/MiT Center for Genome Research, Cambridge MA) allows the user to input a "mispriming library," in which sequences to avoid as primer binding sites are user-specified. Primer3 is useful, in particular, for the selection of oligonucleotides for microanays. (The source code for the latter two primer selection programs may also be obtained from their respective sources and modified to meet the user's specific needs.)
  • the PrimeGen program (available to the public from the UK Human Genome Mapping Project Resource Centre, Cambridge UK) designs primers based on multiple sequence alignments, thereby allowing selection of primers that hybridize to either the most conserved or least conserved regions of aligned nucleic acid sequences.
  • this program is useful for identification of both unique and conserved oligonucleotides and polynucleotide fragments.
  • the oligonucleotides and polynucleotide fragments identified by any of the above selection methods are useful in hybridization technologies, for example, as PCR or sequencing primers, microanay elements, or specific probes to identify fully or partially complementary polynucleotides in a sample of nucleic acids. Methods of oligonucleotide selection are not limited to those described above.
  • a "recombinant nucleic acid” is a nucleic acid that is not naturally occurring or has a sequence that is made by an artificial combination of two or more otherwise separated segments of sequence. This artificial combination is often accomplished by chemical synthesis or, more commonly, by the artificial manipulation of isolated segments of nucleic acids, e.g., by genetic engineering techniques such as those described in Sambrook and Russell (supra).
  • the term recombinant includes nucleic acids that have been altered solely by addition, substitution, or deletion of a portion of the nucleic acid.
  • a recombinant nucleic acid may include a nucleic acid sequence operably linked to a promoter sequence. Such a recombinant nucleic acid may be part of a vector that is used, for example, to transform a cell.
  • such recombinant nucleic acids may be part of a viral vector, e.g., based on a vaccinia virus, that could be use to vaccinate a mammal wherein the recombinant nucleic acid is expressed, inducing a protective immunological response in the mammal.
  • a “regulatory element” refers to a nucleic acid sequence usually derived from untranslated regions of a gene and includes enhancers, promoters, introns, and 5' and 3' untranslated regions (UTRs). Regulatory elements interact with host or viral proteins which control transcription, translation, or RNA stability.
  • Reporter molecules are chemical or biochemical moieties used for labeling a nucleic acid, amino acid, or antibody. Reporter molecules include radionuclides; enzymes; fluorescent, chemiluminescent, or chromogenic agents; substrates; cofactors; inhibitors; magnetic particles; and other moieties known in the art.
  • RNA equivalent in reference to a DNA molecule, is composed of the same linear sequence of nucleotides as the reference DNA molecule with the exception that all occunences of the nitrogenous base ymine are replaced with uracil, and the sugar backbone is composed of ribose instead of deoxyribose.
  • sample is used in its broadest sense.
  • a sample suspected of containing IRAP, nucleic acids encoding IRAP, or fragments thereof may comprise a bodily fluid; an extract from a cell, chromosome, organelle, or membrane isolated from a cell; a cell; genomic DNA, RNA, or cDNA, in solution or bound to a substrate; a tissue; a tissue print; etc.
  • binding and “specifically binding” refer to that interaction between a protein or peptide and an agonist, an antibody, an antagonist, a small molecule, or any natural or synthetic binding composition. The interaction is dependent upon the presence of a particular structure of the protein, e.g., the antigenic determinant or epitope, recognized by the binding molecule. For example, if an antibody is specific for epitope "A,” the presence of a polypeptide comprising the epitope A, or the presence of free unlabeled A, in a reaction containing free labeled A and the antibody will reduce the amount of labeled A that binds to the antibody.
  • substantially purified refers to nucleic acid or amino acid sequences that are removed from their natural environment and are isolated or separated, and are at least about 60% free, preferably at least about 75% free, and most preferably at least about 90% free from other components with which they are naturally associated.
  • substitution refers to the replacement of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides by different amino acid residues or nucleotides, respectively.
  • Substrate refers to any suitable rigid or semi-rigid support including membranes, filters, chips, slides, wafers, fibers, magnetic or nonmagnetic beads, gels, tubing, plates, polymers, microparticles and capillaries.
  • the substrate can have a variety of surface forms, such as wells, trenches, pins, channels and pores, to which polynucleotides or polypeptides are bound.
  • a "transcript image” or “expression profile” refers to the collective pattern of gene expression by a particular cell type or tissue under given conditions at a given time.
  • Transformation describes a process by which exogenous DNA is introduced into a recipient cell. Transformation may occur under natural or artificial conditions according to various methods well known in the art, and may rely on any known method for the insertion of foreign nucleic acid sequences into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell. The method for transformation is selected based on the type of host cell being transformed and may include, but is not limited to, bacteriophage or viral infection, electroporation, heat shock, lipofection, and particle bombardment.
  • transformed cells includes stably transformed cells in which the inserted DNA is capable of replication either as an autonomously replicating plasmid or as part of the host chromosome, as well as transiently transformed cells which express the inserted DNA or RNA for limited periods of time.
  • a "transgenic organism,” as used herein, is any organism, including but not limited to animals and plants, in which one or more ofthe cells of the organism contains heterologous nucleic acid introduced by way of human intervention, such as by transgenic techniques well known in the art.
  • the nucleic acid is introduced into the cell, directly or indirectly by introduction into a precursor of the cell, by way of deliberate genetic manipulation, such as by microinjection or by infection with a recombinant virus.
  • the nucleic acid can be introduced by infection with a recombinant viral vector, such as a lentiviral vector (Lois, C. et al. (2002) Science 295:868-872).
  • a recombinant viral vector such as a lentiviral vector
  • the term genetic manipulation does not include classical cross-breeding, or in vitro fertilization, but rather is directed to the introduction of a recombinant DNA molecule.
  • the transgenic organisms contemplated in accordance with the present invention include bacteria, cyanobacteria, fungi, plants and animals.
  • the isolated DNA of the present invention can be introduced into the host by methods known in the art, for example infection, transfection, transformation or transconjugation. Techniques for transferring the DNA of the present invention into such organisms are widely known and provided in references such as Sambrook and Russell (supra).
  • a "variant" of a particular nucleic acid sequence is defined as a nucleic acid sequence having at least 40% sequence identity to the particular nucleic acid sequence over a certain length of one of the nucleic acid sequences using blastn with the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0.9 (May-07-1999) set at default parameters.
  • Such a pair of nucleic acids may show, for example, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% or greater sequence identity over a certain defined length.
  • a variant may be described as, for example, an "allelic” (as defined above), “splice,” “species,” or “polymo ⁇ hic” variant.
  • a splice variant may have significant identity to a reference molecule, but will generally have a greater or lesser number of polynucleotides due to alternate splicing during mRNA processing.
  • the conesponding polypeptide may possess additional functional domains or lack domains that are present in the reference molecule.
  • Species variants are polynucleotides that vary from one species to another. The resulting polypeptides will generally have significant amino acid identity relative to each other.
  • a polymo ⁇ hic variant is a variation in the polynucleotide sequence of a particular gene between individuals of a given species.
  • Polymo ⁇ hic variants also may encompass "single nucleotide polymo ⁇ hisms" (SNPs) in which the polynucleotide sequence varies by one nucleotide base.
  • SNPs single nucleotide polymo ⁇ hisms
  • the presence of SNPs may be indicative of, for example, a certain population, a disease state, or a propensity for a disease state.
  • a "variant" of a particular polypeptide sequence is defined as a polypeptide sequence having at least 40% sequence identity or sequence similarity to the particular polypeptide sequence over a certain length of one of the polypeptide sequences using blastp with the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0.9 (May-07-1999) set at default parameters.
  • Such a pair of polypeptides may show, for example, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% or greater sequence identity or sequence similarity over a certain defined length of one of the polypeptides.
  • Various embodiments of the invention mclude new human immune response associated proteins (IRAP), the polynucleotides encoding TRAP, and the use of these compositions for the diagnosis, treatment, or prevention of immune system, neurological, developmental, muscle, and cell proliferative disorders.
  • IRAP new human immune response associated proteins
  • polynucleotides encoding TRAP polynucleotides encoding TRAP
  • use of these compositions for the diagnosis, treatment, or prevention of immune system, neurological, developmental, muscle, and cell proliferative disorders.
  • Table 1 summarizes the nomenclature for the full length polynucleotide and polypeptide embodiments of the invention.
  • Each polynucleotide and its conesponding polypeptide are conelated to a single Incyte project identification number (Incyte Project ID).
  • Each polypeptide sequence is denoted by both a polypeptide sequence identification number (Polypeptide SEQ ID NO:) and an Incyte polypeptide sequence number (Incyte Polypeptide ID) as shown.
  • Each polynucleotide sequence is denoted by both a polynucleotide sequence identification number (Polynucleotide SEQ ID NO:) and an Incyte polynucleotide consensus sequence number (Incyte Polynucleotide ID) as shown.
  • Column 6 shows the Incyte ID numbers of physical, full length clones conesponding to the polypeptide and polynucleotide sequences of the invention.
  • the full length clones encode polypeptides which have at least 95% sequence identity to the polypeptide sequences shown in column 3.
  • Table 2 shows sequences with homology to polypeptide embodiments of the invention as identified by BLAST analysis against the GenBank protein (genpept) database and the PROTEOME database.
  • Columns 1 and 2 show the polypeptide sequence identification number (Polypeptide SEQ ID NO:) and the conesponding Incyte polypeptide sequence number (Incyte Polypeptide ID) for polypeptides of the invention.
  • Column 3 shows the GenBank identification number (GenBank ID NO:) of the nearest GenBank homolog and the PROTEOME database identification numbers (PROTEOME ID NO:) of the nearest PROTEOME database homologs.
  • Column 4 shows the probability scores for the matches between each polypeptide and its homolog(s).
  • Column 5 shows the annotation ofthe GenBank and PROTEOME database homolog(s) along with relevant citations where applicable, all of which are expressly inco ⁇ orated by reference herein.
  • Table 3 shows various structural features of the polypeptides of the invention.
  • Columns 1 and 2 show the polypeptide sequence identification number (SEQ ID NO:) and the conesponding Incyte polypeptide sequence number (Incyte Polypeptide ID) for each polypeptide of the invention.
  • Column 3 shows the number of amino acid residues in each polypeptide.
  • Column 4 shows potential phosphorylation sites, and column 5 shows potential glycosylation sites, as determined by the MOTIFS program of the GCG sequence analysis software package (Accelrys, Burlington MA).
  • Column 6 shows amino acid residues comprising signature sequences, domains, and motifs.
  • Column 7 shows analytical methods for protein structure/function analysis and in some cases, searchable databases to which the analytical methods were applied.
  • SEQ ID NO:4 is 100% identical, from residue Ml to residue S136, to human C4b-binding protein beta-chain (GenBank ID g387660) as determined by the Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probability score is 2.9e-76, which indicates the probability of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence alignment by chance. SEQ ID NO:4 also has homology to proteins identified as complement component 4 binding proteins, which have anticoagulant binding functions, and are C4b-binding proteins, as determined by BLAST analysis using the PROTEOME database.
  • SEQ ID NO:4 also contains a sushi domain as determined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database of conserved protein families/domains.
  • HMM hidden Markov model
  • SEQ ID NO:6 is 33% identical, from residue Lll to residue N202, to the human immunoregulatory signaling molecule CMRF35A (GenBank ID gl4495324) as determined by the Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST).
  • BLAST probability score is 3.0e-19, which indicates the probability of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence alignment by chance.
  • SEQ ID NO:6 also has homology to CMRF35A (PROTEOME ID 432342
  • SEQ ID NO:6 also contains an immunoglobulin domain as determined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM/ NCY/SMART database.
  • SEQ ID NO:7 is 97% identical, from residue Ml to residue A142, to the human K12 Golgi-associated protein precursor (GenBank ID g2062391) as determined by the Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.)
  • the BLAST probability score is 6.0e-71.
  • SEQ ID NO:7 also has homology to secreted hematopoiesis- and immune process-associated proteins (PROTEOME ID 337942
  • SEQ ID NO:ll is 95% identical, from residue 168 to residue E353, to human sDC-SIGN2 (soluble Dendritic Cell-Specific ICAM-3 -Grabbing Nonintegrin 2) type I isoform (GenBank ID gl5383614) as determined by the Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.)
  • the BLAST probability score is 8.7e-148, which indicates the probability of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence alignment by chance.
  • SEQ ID NO: 11 has homology to a dendritic cell-specific lectin that binds ICAM-3, promotes adhesion to T cells, stimulates T-cell proliferation, and may promote infection by HIV-1, as determined by BLAST analysis using the PROTEOME database.
  • SEQ ID NO: 11 also contains a C-type lectin (CTL) or carbohydrate-recognition domain (CRD) domain as determined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM and SMART database of conserved protein families/domains.
  • CTL C-type lectin
  • CCD carbohydrate-recognition domain
  • SEQ ID NO:l 1 is a C-type lectin.
  • SEQ ID NO:16 is 94% identical, from residue Ml to residue C275, to properdin (GenBank ID g35678) as determined by the Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST).
  • the BLAST probability score is 7.4e-156, which indicates the probability of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence alignment by chance.
  • SEQ ID NO: 16 also has homology to properdin factor, a serum protein that contains thrombospondin repeats and plays a role in complement-mediated clearance and inactivation mechanisms.
  • SEQ ED NO: 16 also contains a thrombospondin domain as dete ⁇ nined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based SMART and PFAM databases of conserved protein families/domains.
  • HMM hidden Markov model
  • SEQ ID NO:16 is a properdin.
  • SEQ ID NO:l-3, SEQ DD NO:5, SEQ DD NO:8-10, and SEQ DD NO:12-15 were analyzed and annotated in a similar manner.
  • the algorithms and parameters for the analysis of SEQ DD NO: 1-16 are described in Table 7.
  • Polynucleotide SEQ DD NO: the conesponding Incyte polynucleotide consensus sequence number (Incyte DD) for each polynucleotide of the invention, and the length of each polynucleotide sequence in basepairs.
  • Column 2 shows the nucleotide start (5') and stop (3') positions of the cDNA and/or genomic sequences used to assemble the full length polynucleotide embodiments, and of fragments of the polynucleotides which are useful, for example, in hybridization or amplification technologies that identify SEQ DD NO: 17-32 or that distinguish between SEQ DD NO: 17-32 and related polynucleotides.
  • the polynucleotide fragments described in Column 2 of Table 4 may refer specifically, for example, to Incyte cDNAs derived from tissue-specific cDNA libraries or from pooled cDNA libraries.
  • the polynucleotide fragments described in column 2 may refer to GenBank cDNAs or ESTs which contributed to the assembly of the full length polynucleotides.
  • the polynucleotide fragments described in column 2 may identify sequences derived from the ENSEMBL (The Sanger Centre, Cambridge, UK) database (i.e., those sequences including the designation "ENST").
  • the polynucleotide fragments described in column 2 may be derived from the NCBI RefSeq Nucleotide Sequence Records Database (i.e., those sequences including the designation "NM” or “NT”) or the NCBI RefSeq Protein Sequence Records (i.e., those sequences including the designation "NP”).
  • the polynucleotide fragments described in column 2 may refer to assemblages of both cDNA and Genscan-predicted exons brought together by an "exon stitching" algorithm.
  • a polynucleotide sequence identified as FL_XXXXX_N 1 _N 2 _YYYY_N 3 _N 4 represents a "stitched" sequence in which XXXXX is the identification number of the cluster of sequences to which the algorithm was applied, and YYYYY is the number of the prediction generated by the algorithm, and N 1 2 _ 3, doctor , if present, represent specific exons that may have been manually edited during analysis (See Example V).
  • the polynucleotide fragments in column 2 may refer to assemblages of exons brought together by an "exon-stretching" algorithm.
  • a polynucleotide sequence identified as F KXXXXX_gAAAAA_gBBBBB_l_N is a "stretched" sequence, with XXXXX- being the Incyte project identification number, gAAAAA being the GenBank identification number of the human genomic sequence to which the "exon-stretching" algorithm was applied, gPBBBB being the GenBank identification number or ⁇ CBI RefSeq identification number of the nearest GenBank protein homolog, and N referring to specific exons (See Example V).
  • a RefSeq identifier (denoted by " ⁇ M,” “ ⁇ P,” or “NT”) may be used in place of the GenBank identifier (i.e. , gBBBBB).
  • a prefix identifies component sequences that were hand-edited, predicted from genomic DNA sequences, or derived from a combination of sequence analysis methods. The following Table lists examples of component sequence prefixes and conesponding sequence analysis methods associated with the prefixes (see Example IV and Example V).
  • Incyte cDNA coverage redundant with the sequence coverage shown in
  • Table 4 was obtained to confirm the final consensus polynucleotide sequence, but the relevant Incyte cDNA identification numbers are not shown.
  • Table 5 shows the representative cDNA libraries for those full length polynucleotides which were assembled using Incyte cDNA sequences.
  • the representative cDNA library is the Incyte cDNA library which is most frequently represented by the Incyte cDNA sequences which were used to assemble and confirm the above polynucleotides.
  • the tissues and vectors which were used to construct the cDNA libraries shown in Table 5 are described in Table 6.
  • Table 8 shows single nucleotide polymo ⁇ hisms (SNPs) found in polynucleotide sequences of the invention, along with allele frequencies in different human populations.
  • Columns 1 and 2 show the polynucleotide sequence identification number (SEQ DD NO:) and the conesponding Incyte project identification number (PDD) for polynucleotides of the invention.
  • Column 3 shows the Incyte identification number for the EST in which the SNP was detected (EST DD), and column 4 shows the identification number for the SNP (SNP DD).
  • EST SNP shows the position within the EST sequence at which the SNP is located (EST SNP), and column 6 shows the position ofthe SNP within the full- length polynucleotide sequence (CB1 SNP).
  • CB1 SNP full- length polynucleotide sequence
  • Column 7 shows the allele found in the EST sequence.
  • Columns 8 and 9 show the two alleles found at the SNP site.
  • Column 10 shows the amino acid encoded by the codon including the SNP site, based upon the allele found in the EST.
  • Columns 11-14 show the frequency of allele 1 in four different human populations. An entry of n/d (not detected) indicates that the frequency of allele 1 in the population was too low to be detected, while n a (not available) indicates that the allele frequency was not determined for the population.
  • the invention also encompasses IRAP variants.
  • IRAP variants can have at least about 80%, at least about 90%, or at least about 95% amino acid sequence identity to the E AP amino acid sequence, and can contain at least one functional or structural characteristic of IRAP.
  • Various embodiments also encompass polynucleotides which encode IRAP.
  • the invention encompasses a polynucleotide sequence comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ DD NO: 17-32, which encodes IRAP.
  • the polynucleotide sequences of SEQ DD NO: 17-32, as presented in the Sequence Listing, embrace the equivalent RNA sequences, wherein occunences of the nitrogenous base thymine are replaced with uracil, and the sugar backbone is composed of ribose instead of deoxyribose.
  • the invention also encompasses variants of a polynucleotide encoding IRAP.
  • a variant polynucleotide will have at least about 70%, or alternatively at least about 85%, or even at least about 95% polynucleotide sequence identity to a polynucleotide encoding IRAP.
  • a particular aspect of the invention encompasses a variant of a polynucleotide comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ DD NO: 17-32 which has at least about 70%, or alternatively at least about 85%, or even at least about 95% polynucleotide sequence identity to a nucleic acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ DD NO: 17-32.
  • Any one of the polynucleotide variants described above can encode a polypeptide which contains at least one functional or structural characteristic of IRAP.
  • a polynucleotide variant of the invention is a splice variant of a polynucleotide encoding IRAP.
  • a splice variant may have portions which have significant sequence identity to a polynucleotide encoding IRAP, but will generally have a greater or lesser number of polynucleotides due to additions or deletions of blocks of sequence arising from alternate splicing during mRNA processing.
  • a splice variant may have less than about 70%, or alternatively less than about 60%, or alternatively less than about 50% polynucleotide sequence identity to a polynucleotide encoding IRAP over its entire length; however, portions of the splice variant will have at least about 70%, or alternatively at least about 85%, or alternatively at least about 95%, or alternatively 100% polynucleotide sequence identity to portions of the polynucleotide encoding DIAP.
  • a polynucleotide comprising a sequence of SEQ DD NO: 18, a polynucleotide comprising a sequence of SEQ DD NO: 19, and a polynucleotide comprising a sequence of SEQ DD NO:20 are splice variants of each other; and a polynucleotide comprising a sequence of SEQ DD NO:22 and a polynucleotide comprising a sequence of SEQ DD NO:26 are splice variants of each other; and a polynucleotide comprising a sequence of SEQ DD NO:23 and a polynucleotide comprising a sequence of SEQ DD NO:24 are splice variants of each other.
  • any one of the splice variants described above can encode a polypeptide which contains at least one functional or structural characteristic of IRAP. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that as a result of the degeneracy of the genetic code, a multitude of polynucleotide sequences encoding IRAP, some bearing minimal similarity to the polynucleotide sequences of any known and naturally occurring gene, may be produced. Thus, the invention contemplates each and every possible variation of polynucleotide sequence that could be made by selecting combinations based on possible codon choices. These combinations are made in accordance with the standard triplet genetic code as applied to the polynucleotide sequence of naturally occurring IRAP, and all such variations are to be considered as being specifically disclosed.
  • polynucleotides which encode --RAP and its variants are generally capable of hybridizing to polynucleotides encoding naturally occurring -IRAP under appropriately selected conditions of stringency, it may be advantageous to produce polynucleotides encoding IRAP or its derivatives possessing a substantially different codon usage, e.g., inclusion of non-naturally occurring codons. Codons may be selected to increase the rate at which expression of the peptide occurs in a particular prokaryotic or eukaryotic host in accordance with the frequency with which particular codons are utilized by the host.
  • RNA transcripts having more desirable properties such as a greater half-life, than transcripts produced from the naturally occurring sequence.
  • the invention also encompasses production of polynucleotides which encode J-RAP and IRAP derivatives, or fragments thereof, entirely by synthetic chemistry.
  • the synthetic polynucleotide may be inserted into any of the many available expression vectors and cell systems using reagents well known in the art.
  • synthetic chemistry may be used to introduce mutations into a polynucleotide encoding IRAP or any fragment thereof.
  • Embodiments of the invention can also include polynucleotides that are capable of hybridizing to the claimed polynucleotides, and, in particular, to those having the sequences shown in SEQ DD NO:17-32 and fragments thereof, under various conditions of stringency (Wahl, G.M. and S.L.
  • Methods for DNA sequencing are well known in the art and may be used to practice any of the embodiments of the invention.
  • the methods may employ such enzymes as the Klenow fragment of DNA polymerase I, SEQUENASE (US Biochemical, Cleveland OH), Taq polymerase (Applied Biosystems), thermostable T7 polymerase (Amersham Biosciences, Piscataway NJ), or combinations of polymerases and proofreading exonucleases such as those found in the ELONGASE amplification system (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA).
  • sequence preparation is automated with machines such as the MICROLAB 2200 liquid transfer system (Hamilton, Reno NV), PTC200 thermal cycler (MJ Research, Watertown MA) and ABI CATALYST 800 thermal cycler (Applied Biosystems). Sequencing is then carried out using either the ABI 373 or 377 DNA sequencing system (Applied Biosystems), the MEGABACE 1000 DNA sequencing system (Amersham Biosciences), or other systems known in the art. The resulting sequences are analyzed using a variety of algorithms which are well known in the art (Ausubel et al., supra, ch. 7; Meyers, R.A. (1995) Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, Wiley VCH, New York NY, pp. 856-853).
  • the nucleic acids encoding J-RAP may be extended utilizing a partial nucleotide sequence and employing various PCR-based methods known in the art to detect upstream sequences, such as promoters and regulatory elements.
  • PCR-based methods known in the art to detect upstream sequences, such as promoters and regulatory elements.
  • one method which may be employed restriction-site PCR, uses universal and nested primers to amplify unknown sequence from genomic DNA within a cloning vector (Sarkar, G. (1993) PCR Methods Applic. 2:318-322).
  • Another method, inverse PCR uses primers that extend in divergent directions to amplify unknown sequence from a circularized template.
  • the template is derived from restriction fragments comprising a known genomic locus and sunounding sequences (Triglia, T. et al.
  • a third method involves PCR amplification of DNA fragments adjacent to known sequences in human and yeast artificial chromosome DNA (Lagerstrom, M. et al. (1991) PCR Methods Applic. 1:111-119).
  • multiple restriction enzyme digestions and ligations may be used to insert an engineered double-stranded sequence into a region of unknown sequence before performing PCR.
  • Other methods which may be used to retrieve unknown sequences are known in the art (Parker, J.D. et al. (1991) Nucleic Acids Res. 19:3055-3060).
  • primers may be designed using commercially available software, such as OLIGO 4.06 primer analysis software (National Biosciences, Plymouth MN) or another appropriate program, to be about 22 to 30 nucleotides in length, to have a GC content of about 50% or more, and to anneal to the template at temperatures of about 68°C to 72°C.
  • Genomic libraries may be useful for extension of sequence into 5' non-transcribed regulatory regions.
  • Capillary electrophoresis systems which are commercially available may be used to analyze the size or corifi ⁇ n the nucleotide sequence of sequencing or PCR products.
  • capillary sequencing may employ flowable polymers for electrophoretic separation, four different nucleotide- specific, laser-stimulated fluorescent dyes, and a charge coupled device camera for detection of the emitted wavelengths.
  • Output light intensity may be converted to electrical signal using appropriate software (e.g., GENOTYPER and SEQUENCE NAVIGATOR, Applied Biosystems), and the entire process from loading of samples to computer analysis and electronic data display may be computer controlled.
  • Capillary electrophoresis is especially preferable for sequencing small DNA fragments which may be present in limited amounts in a particular sample.
  • polynucleotides or fragments thereof which encode IRAP may be cloned in recombinant DNA molecules that direct expression of --RAP, or fragments or functional equivalents thereof, in appropriate host cells. Due to the inherent degeneracy of the genetic code, other polynucleotides which encode substantially the same or a functionally equivalent polypeptides may be produced and used to express .-RAP.
  • the polynucleotides of the invention can be engineered using methods generally known in the art in order to alter ]-RAP-encoding sequences for a variety of purposes including, but not limited to, modification of the cloning, processing, and/or expression of the gene product.
  • DNA shuffling by random fragmentation and PCR reassembly of gene fragments and synthetic oligonucleotides may be used to engineer the nucleotide sequences.
  • oligonucleotide-mediated site-directed mutagenesis may be used to introduce mutations that create new restriction sites, alter glycosylation patterns, change codon preference, produce splice variants, and so forth.
  • nucleotides of the present invention may be subjected to DNA shuffling techniques such as MOLECULARBREEDING (Maxygen Inc. , Santa Clara CA; described in U.S. Patent No.
  • DNA shuffling is a process by which a library of gene variants is produced using PCR-mediated recombination of gene fragments. The library is then subjected to selection or screening procedures that identify those gene variants with the desired properties.
  • prefened variants may then be pooled and further subjected to recursive rounds of DNA shuffling and selectiori/screening.
  • genetic diversity is created through "artificial" breeding and rapid molecular evolution. For example, fragments of a single gene containing random point mutations may be recombined, screened, and then reshuffled until the desired properties are optimized. Alternatively, fragments of a given gene may be recombined with fragments of homologous genes in the same gene family, either from the same or different species, thereby maximizing the genetic diversity of multiple naturally occurring genes in a directed and controllable manner.
  • polynucleotides encoding IRAP may be synthesized, in whole or in part, using one or more chemical methods well known in the art (Caruthers, M.H. et al. (1980) Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser. 7:215-223; Horn, T. et al. (1980) Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser. 7:225-232).
  • IRAP itself or a fragment thereof may be synthesized using chemical methods known in the art.
  • peptide synthesis can be performed using various solution-phase or solid-phase techniques (Creighton, T. (1984) Proteins, Structures and Molecular Properties, WH Freeman, New York NY, pp. 55-60; Roberge, J.Y. et al. (1995) Science 269:202-204). Automated synthesis may be achieved using the ABI 431 A peptide synthesizer (Applied Biosystems).
  • amino acid sequence of J-RAP may be altered during direct synthesis and/or combined with sequences from other proteins, or any part thereof, to produce a variant polypeptide or a polypeptide having a sequence of a naturally occurring polypeptide.
  • the peptide may be substantially purified by preparative high performance liquid chromatography (Chiez, R.M. and F.Z. Regnier (1990) Methods Enzymol. 182:392-421).
  • the composition of the synthetic peptides may be confirmed by amino acid analysis or by sequencing (Creighton, supra, pp. 28-53).
  • the polynucleotides encoding J-RAP or derivatives thereof may be inserted into an appropriate expression vector, i.e., a vector which contains the necessary elements for transcriptional and translational control of the inserted coding sequence in a suitable host.
  • these elements include regulatory sequences, such as enhancers, constitutive and inducible promoters, and 5' and 3' untranslated regions in the vector and in polynucleotides encoding J-RAP. Such elements may vary in their strength and specificity.
  • Specific initiation signals may also be used to achieve more efficient translation of polynucleotides encoding IRAP. Such signals include the ATG initiation codon and adjacent sequences, e.g.
  • a variety of expression vector/host systems may be utilized to contain and express polynucleotides encoding IRAP.
  • microorganisms such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage, plasmid, or cosmid DNA expression vectors; yeast transformed with yeast expression vectors; insect cell systems infected with viral expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus); plant cell systems transformed with viral expression vectors (e.g., cauliflower mosaic virus, CaMV, or tobacco mosaic virus, TMV) or with bacterial expression vectors (e.g., Ti or pBR322 plasmids); or animal cell systems (Sambrook and Russell, supra; Ausubel et al., supra; Van Heeke, G.
  • Expression vectors derived from retto viruses, adenoviruses, or he ⁇ es or vaccinia viruses, or from various bacterial plasmids, may be used for delivery of polynucleotides to the targeted organ, tissue, or cell population (Di Nicola, M.
  • cloning and expression vectors may be selected depending upon the use intended for polynucleotides encoding J-RAP.
  • routine cloning, subcloning, and propagation of polynucleotides encoding IRAP can be achieved using a multifunctional E. coli vector such as PBLU ⁇ SCRJPT (Stratagene, La Jolla CA) or PSPORT1 plasmid (Invitrogen).
  • PBLU ⁇ SCRJPT Stratagene, La Jolla CA
  • PSPORT1 plasmid Invitrogen.
  • these vectors may be useful for in vitro transcription, dideoxy sequencing, single strand rescue with helper phage, and creation of nested deletions in the cloned sequence (Van Heeke, G. and S.M. Schuster (1989) J. Biol. Chem. 264:5503-5509).
  • vectors which direct high level expression of IRAP may be used.
  • vectors containing the strong, inducible SP6 or T7 bacteriophage promoter may be used.
  • Yeast expression systems may be used for production of J-RAP.
  • a number of vectors containing constitutive or inducible promoters may be used in the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae or Pichia pastoris.
  • constitutive or inducible promoters such as alpha factor, alcohol oxidase, and PGH promoters
  • such vectors direct either the secretion or intracellular retention of expressed proteins and enable integration of foreign polynucleotide sequences into the host genome for stable propagation (Ausubel et al., supra; Bitter, G.A. et al. (1987) Methods Enzymol. 153:516-544; Scorer, CA. et al. (1994) Bio/Technology 12:181-184).
  • Plant systems may also be used for expression of IRAP. Transcription of polynucleotides encoding IRAP may be driven by viral promoters, e.g., the 35S and 19S promoters of CaMV used alone or in combination with the omega leader sequence from TMV (Takamatsu, N. (1987) EMBO J. 3:1631). Alternatively, plant promoters such as the small subunit of RUBISCO or heat shock promoters maybe used (Coruzzi, G. et al. (1984) EMBO J. 3:1671-1680; Broglie, R. et al. (1984) Science 224:838-843; Winter, J. et al. (1991) Results Probl. Cell Differ. 17:85-105). These constructs can be introduced into plant cells by direct DNA transformation or pathogen-mediated transfection (The McGraw Hill Yearbook of Science and Technology (1992) McGraw Hill, New York NY, pp. 191-196).
  • viral promoters e.g., the
  • a number of viral-based expression systems may be utilized.
  • polynucleotides encoding IRAP may be ligated into an adenovirus transcription/translation complex consisting of the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence. Insertion in a non-essential El or E3 region of the viral genome may be used to obtain infective virus which expresses IRAP in host cells (I-ogan, J. and T. Shenk (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:3655-3659).
  • transcription enhancers such as the Rous sarcoma virus (RSV) enhancer, may be used to increase expression in mammalian host cells.
  • SV40 or EBV-based vectors may also be used for high-level protein expression.
  • HACs Human artificial chromosomes
  • HACs may also be employed to deliver larger fragments of DNA than can be contained in and expressed from a plasmid.
  • HACs of about 6 kb to 10 Mb are constructed and delivered via conventional delivery methods (liposomes, polycationic amino polymers, or vesicles) for therapeutic pu ⁇ oses (Hanington, J.J. et al. (1997) Nat. Genet. 15:345-355).
  • IRAP For long term production of recombinant proteins in mammalian systems, stable expression of IRAP in cell lines is prefened.
  • polynucleotides encoding IRAP can be transformed into cell lines using expression vectors which may contain viral origins of replication and/or endogenous expression elements and a selectable marker gene on the same or on a separate vector. Following the introduction of the vector, cells may be allowed to grow for about 1 to 2 days in enriched media before being switched to selective media.
  • the pu ⁇ ose of the selectable marker is to confer resistance to a selective agent, and its presence allows growth and recovery of cells which successfully express the introduced sequences.
  • Resistant clones of stably transformed cells may be propagated using tissue culture techniques appropriate to the cell type.
  • Any number of selection systems may be used to recover transformed cell lines. These include, but are not limited to, the he ⁇ es simplex virus thymidine kinase and adenine phosphoribosyltransferase genes, for use in tic and apr cells, respectively (Wigler, M. et al. (1977) Cell 11:223-232; I-owy, I. et al. (1980) Cell 22:817-823). Also, antimetabohte, antibiotic, or herbicide resistance can be used as the basis for selection.
  • dhfr confers resistance to methotrexate
  • neo confers resistance to the aminoglycosides neomycin and G-418
  • als and pat confer resistance to chlorsulfuron and phosphinotricin acetyltransferase, respectively
  • trpB and hisD confer resistance to chlorsulfuron and phosphinotricin acetyltransferase
  • Visible markers e.g., anthocyanins, green fluorescent proteins (GFP; Clontech), ⁇ - glucuronidase and its substrate ⁇ -glucuronide, or luciferase and its substrate luciferin may be used. These markers can be used not only to identify transformants, but also to quantify the amount of transient or stable protein expression attributable to a specific vector system (Rhodes, CA. (1995) Methods Mol. Biol. 55:121-131).
  • marker gene expression suggests that the gene of interest is also present, the presence and expression of the gene may need to be confirmed.
  • sequence encoding J-RAP is inserted within a marker gene sequence
  • transformed cells containing polynucleotides encoding J-RAP can be identified by the absence of marker gene function.
  • a marker gene can be placed in tandem with a sequence encoding IRAP under the control of a single promoter. Expression of the marker gene in response to induction or selection usually indicates expression of the tandem gene as well.
  • host cells that contain the polynucleotide encoding J-RAP and that express JRAP may be identified by a variety of procedures known to those of skill in the art.
  • a two-site, monoclonal-based immunoassay utilizing monoclonal antibodies reactive to two non-interfering epitopes on JRAP is prefened, but a competitive binding assay may be employed.
  • assays are well known in the art (Hampton, R. et al. (1990) Serological Methods, a Laboratory Manual, APS Press, St. Paul MN, Sect. JV; Coligan, J.E. et al. (1997) Cunent Protocols in Immunology, Greene Pub. Associates and Wiley-Interscience, New York NY; Pound, J.D. (1998) Jmmunochemical Protocols, Humana Press, Totowa NJ).
  • Means for producing labeled hybridization or PCR probes for detecting sequences related to polynucleotides encoding IRAP include oligolabeling, nick translation, end-labeling, or PCR amplification using a labeled nucleotide.
  • polynucleotides encoding JRAP, or any fragments thereof may be cloned into a vector for the production of an mRNA probe.
  • RNA polymerase such as T7, T3, or SP6 and labeled nucleotides.
  • T7, T3, or SP6 RNA polymerase
  • reporter molecules or labels which may be used for ease of detection include radionuclides, enzymes, fluorescent, chemiluminescent, or chromogenic agents, as well as substrates, cofactors, inhibitors, magnetic particles, and the like.
  • Host cells transformed with polynucleotides encoding JRAP may be cultured under conditions suitable for the expression and recovery of the protein from cell culture.
  • the protein produced by a transformed cell may be secreted or retained intracellularly depending on the sequence and/or the vector used.
  • expression vectors containing polynucleotides which encode J AP may be designed to contain signal sequences which direct secretion of J-RAP through a prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell membrane.
  • a host cell strain may be chosen for its ability to modulate expression of the inserted polynucleotides or to process the expressed protein in the desired fashion.
  • modifications of the polypeptide include, but are not limited to, acetylation, carboxylation, glycosylation, phosphorylation, lipidation, and acylation.
  • Post-translational processing which cleaves a "prepro” or "pro” form of the protein may also be used to specify protein targeting, folding, and/or activity.
  • CHO, HeLa, MDCK, HEK293, and WI38 Different host cells which have specific cellular machinery and characteristic mechanisms for post-translational activities
  • ATCC American Type Culture Collection
  • HEK293, and WI38 Different host cells which have specific cellular machinery and characteristic mechanisms for post-translational activities
  • ATCC American Type Culture Collection
  • HEK293, and WI38 Different host cells which have specific cellular machinery and characteristic mechanisms for post-translational activities
  • ATCC American Type Culture Collection
  • HEK293, and WI38 American Type Culture Collection
  • natural, modified, or recombinant polynucleotides encoding IRAP may be ligated to a heterologous sequence resulting in translation of a fusion protein in any of the aforementioned host systems.
  • a chimeric IRAP protein containing a heterologous moiety that can be recognized by a commercially available antibody may facilitate the screening of peptide libraries for inhibitors of J-RAP activity.
  • Heterologous protein and peptide moieties may also facilitate purification of fusion proteins using commercially available affinity matrices.
  • Such moieties include, but are not limited to, glutathione S-transferase (GST), maltose binding protein (MBP), thioredoxin (Trx), calmodulin binding peptide (CBP), 6-His, FLAG, c-myc, and hemagglutinin (HA).
  • GST, MBP, Trx, CBP, and 6-His enable purification of their cognate fusion proteins on immobilized glutathione, maltose, phenylarsine oxide, calmodulin, and metal-chelate resins, respectively.
  • FLAG, c-myc, and hemagglutinin (HA) enable immunoaffinity purification of fusion proteins using commercially available monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies that specifically recognize these epitope tags.
  • a fusion protein may also be engineered to contain a proteolytic cleavage site located between the IRAP encoding sequence and the heterologous protein sequence, so that J-RAP may be cleaved away from the heterologous moiety following purification. Methods for fusion protein expression and purification are discussed in Ausubel et al. (supra, ch. 10 and 16). A variety of commercially available kits may also be used to facilitate expression and purification of fusion proteins.
  • synthesis of radiolabeled JRAP may be achieved in vitro using the TNT rabbit reticulocyte lysate or wheat germ extract system (Promega). These systems couple transcription and translation of protein-coding sequences operably associated with the T7, T3, or SP6 promoters. Translation takes place in the presence of a radiolabeled amino acid precursor, for example, 35 S-methionine.
  • J-RAP fragments of J-RAP, or variants of J-RAP may be used to screen for compounds that specifically bind to JRAP.
  • One or more test compounds may be screened for specific binding to J-RAP.
  • 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100, or 200 test compounds can be screened for specific binding to IRAP.
  • Examples of test compounds can include antibodies, anticalins, oligonucleotides, proteins (e.g., ligands or receptors), or small molecules.
  • variants of J-RAP can be used to screen for binding of test compounds, such as antibodies, to JRAP, a variant of JRAP, or a combination of J-RAP and/or one or more variants IRAP.
  • a variant of IRAP can be used to screen for compounds that bind to a variant of IRAP, but not to JRAP having the exact sequence of a sequence of SEQ DD NO:l-16.
  • IRAP variants used to perform such screening can have a range of about 50% to about
  • a compound identified in a screen for specific binding to JRAP can be closely related to the natural ligand of JRAP, e.g., a ligand or fragment thereof, a natural substrate, a structural or functional mimetic, or a natural binding partner (Coligan, J.E. et al. (1991) Cunent
  • the compound thus identified can be a natural ligand of a receptor JRAP (Howard, A.D. et al. (2001) Trends Pharmacol. Sci.22:132- 140; Wise, A. et al. (2002) Drug Discovery Today 7:235-246).
  • a compound identified in a screen for specific binding to J-RAP can be closely related to the natural receptor to which IRAP binds, at least a fragment of the receptor, or a fragment of the receptor including all or a portion of the ligand binding site or binding pocket.
  • the compound may be a receptor for IRAP which is capable of propagating a signal, or a decoy receptor for J-RAP which is not capable of propagating a signal (Ashkenazi, A. and V.M. Divit (1999) Curr. Opin. Cell Biol. 11:255-260; Mantovani, A. et al. (2001) Trends Immunol. 22:328-336).
  • the compound can be rationally designed using known techniques.
  • Etanercept is an engineered p75 tumor necrosis factor (TNF) receptor dimer linked to the Fc portion of human IgG x (Taylor, P.C et al. (2001) Cun. Opin. Immunol. 13:611-616).
  • TNF tumor necrosis factor
  • two or more antibodies having similar or, alternatively, different specificities can be screened for specific binding to IRAP, fragments of J-RAP, or variants of J-RAP.
  • the binding specificity of the antibodies thus screened can thereby be selected to identify particular fragments or variants of J-RAP.
  • an antibody can be selected such that its binding specificity allows for preferential identification of specific fragments or variants of J-RAP.
  • an antibody can be selected such that its binding specificity allows for preferential diagnosis of a specific disease or condition having increased, decreased, or otherwise abnormal production of JRAP.
  • anticalins can be screened for specific binding to J-RAP, fragments of J-RAP, or variants of JRAP.
  • Anticalins are ligand-binding proteins that have been constructed based on a lipocalin scaffold (Weiss, G.A. and H.B. Lowman (2000) Chem. Biol. 7:R177-R184; Skena, A. (2001) J. Biotechnol. 74:257-275).
  • the protein architecture of lipocalins can include abeta-banel having eight antiparaUel beta-strands, which supports four loops at its open end.
  • loops form the natural ligand-binding site of the lipocalins, a site which can be re-engineered in vitro by amino acid substitutions to impart novel binding specificities.
  • the amino acid substitutions can be made using methods known in the art or described herein, and can include conservative substitutions (e.g., substitutions that do not alter binding specificity) or substitutions that modestly, moderately, or significantly alter binding specificity.
  • screening for compounds which specifically bind to, stimulate, or inhibit IRAP involves producing appropriate cells which express JRAP, either as a secreted protein or on the cell membrane.
  • Prefened cells can include cells from mammals, yeast, Drosophila, or E. coli.
  • CeUs expressing J-RAP or ceU membrane fractions which contain J-RAP are then contacted with a test compound and binding, stimulation, or inhibition of activity of either J-RAP or the compound is analyzed.
  • An assay may simply test binding of a test compound to the polypeptide, wherein binding is detected by a fluorophore, radioisotope, enzyme conjugate, or other detectable label.
  • the assay may comprise the steps of combining at least one test compound with J-RAP, either in solution or affixed to a solid support, and detecting the binding of J-RAP to the compound.
  • the assay may detect or measure binding of a test compound in the presence of a labeled competitor. AdditionaUy, the assay may be carried out using ceU-free preparations, chemical libraries, or natural product mixtures, and the test compound(s) may be free in solution or affixed to a solid support.
  • An assay can be used to assess the ability of a compound to bind to its natural ligand and/or to inhibit the binding of its natural ligand to its natural receptors.
  • assays include radio-labeling assays such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 5,914,236 and U.S. Patent No.
  • one or more amino acid substitutions can be introduced into a polypeptide compound (such as a receptor) to improve or alter its ability to bind to its natural ligands (Matthews, D.J. and J.A. WeUs. (1994) Chem. Biol. 1:25-30).
  • one or more amino acid substitutions can be introduced into a polypeptide compound (such as a ligand) to improve or alter its ability to bind to its natural receptors (C ⁇ m ⁇ ngham, B.C. and J.A. WeUs (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:3407-3411; Lowman, H.B. et al. (1991) J. Biol. Chem. 266:10982- 10988).
  • IRAP, fragments of JRAP, or variants of JRAP may be used to screen for compounds that modulate the activity of IRAP.
  • Such compounds may include agonists, antagonists, or partial or inverse agonists.
  • an assay is performed under conditions permissive for IRAP activity, wherein IRAP is combined with at least one test compound, and the activity of IRAP in the presence of a test compound is compared with the activity of J-RAP in the absence of the test compound. A change in the activity of IRAP in the presence of the test compound is indicative of a compound that modulates the activity of IRAP.
  • test compound is combined with an in vitro or cell-free system comprising D AP under conditions suitable for IRAP activity, and the assay is performed.
  • a test compound which modulates the activity of IRAP may do so indirectly and need not come in direct contact with the test compound. At least one and up to a plurality of test compounds may be screened.
  • polynucleotides encoding IRAP or their mammalian homologs may be "knocked out" in an animal model system using homologous recombination in embryonic stem (ES) cells.
  • ES embryonic stem
  • Such techniques are weU known in the art and are useful for the generation of animal models of human disease (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,175,383 and U.S. Patent No. 5,767,337).
  • mouse ES ceUs such as the mouse 129/SvJ ceU line, are derived from the early mouse embryo and grown in culture.
  • the ES cells are transformed with a vector containing the gene of interest disrupted by a marker gene, e.g., the neomycin phosphotransferase gene (neo; Capecchi, M.R. (1989) Science 244:1288-1292).
  • a marker gene e.g., the neomycin phosphotransferase gene (neo; Capecchi, M.R. (1989) Science 244:1288-1292).
  • the vector integrates into the conesponding region of the host genome by homologous recombination.
  • homologous recombination takes place using the Cre-loxP system to knockout a gene of interest in a tissue- or developmental stage-specific manner (Marth, J.D. (1996) Clin. Invest. 97:1999-2002; Wagner, K.U. et al. (1997) Nucleic Acids Res. 25:4323-4330).
  • Transformed ES cells are identified and microinjected into mouse ceU blastocysts such as those from the C57BL/6 mouse strain.
  • the blastocysts are surgicaUy transfened to pseudopregnant dams, and the resulting chimeric progeny are genotyped and bred to produce heterozygous or homozygous strains.
  • Transgenic animals thus generated may be tested with potential therapeutic or toxic agents.
  • Polynucleotides encoding IRAP may also be manipulated in vitro in ES ceUs derived from human blastocysts.
  • Human ES ceUs have the potential to differentiate into at least eight separate cell lineages including endoderm, mesoderm, and ectodermal ceU types. These ceU lineages differentiate into, for example, neural ceUs, hematopoietic lineages, and cardiomyocytes (Thomson, J.A. et al. (1998) Science 282:1145-1147).
  • Polynucleotides encoding IRAP can also be used to create "knockin" humanized animals (pigs) or transgenic animals (mice or rats) to model human disease.
  • knockin technology a region of a polynucleotide encoding IRAP is injected into animal ES ceUs, and the injected sequence integrates into the animal ceU genome.
  • Transformed ceUs are injected into blastulae, and the blastulae are implanted as described above.
  • Transgenic progeny or inbred lines are studied and treated with potential pharmaceutical agents to obtain information on treatment of a human disease.
  • a mammal inbred to overexpress J-RAP e.g., by secreting JRAP in its milk, may also serve as a convenient source of that protein (Janne, J. et al. (1998) Biotechnol. Annu. Rev. 4:55-74).
  • THERAPEUTICS may also serve as a convenient source of that protein (Janne, J. et al. (1998) Biotechnol. Annu. Rev. 4:55-74).
  • IRAP appears to play a role in immune system, neurological, developmental, muscle, and ceU proliferative disorders.
  • IRAP or a fragment or derivative thereof may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of J-RAP.
  • disorders include, but are not limited to, an immune system disorder such as acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (ADDS), X-linked agammaglobinemia of Bruton, common variable immunodeficiency (CVT), DiGeorge's syndrome (thymic hypoplasia), thymic dysplasia, isolated IgA deficiency, severe combined immunodeficiency disease (SCDD), immunodeficiency with thrombocytopenia and eczema (Wiskott-Aldrich syndrome), Chediak-Higashi syndrome, chronic granulomatous diseases, hereditary angioneurotic edema, immunodeficiency associated with Cushing's disease, Addison's disease, adult respiratory distress syndrome, aUergies, ankylosing spondylitis, amyloidosis, anemia
  • ADDS acquired immuno
  • a vector capable of expressing J-RAP or a fragment or derivative thereof may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of JRAP including, but not limited to, those described above.
  • a composition comprising a substantiaUy purified J-RAP in conjunction with a suitable pharmaceutical canier may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of IRAP including, but not limited to, those provided above.
  • an agonist which modulates the activity of IRAP may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of J-RAP including, but not limited to, those listed above.
  • an antagonist of IRAP may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with increased expression or activity of IRAP. Examples of such disorders include, but are not limited to, those immune system, neurological, developmental, muscle, and ceU proliferative disorders described above.
  • an antibody which specifically binds JRAP may be used directly as an antagonist or indirectly as a targeting or delivery mechanism for bringing a pharmaceutical agent to ceUs or tissues which express JRAP.
  • a vector expressing the complement of the polynucleotide encoding J AP may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with increased expression or activity of JRAP including, but not limited to, those described above.
  • any protein, agonist, antagonist, antibody, complementary sequence, or vector embodiments may be administered in combination with other appropriate therapeutic agents. Selection of the appropriate agents for use in combination therapy may be made by one of ordinary skiU in the art, according to conventional pharmaceutical principles.
  • the combination of therapeutic agents may act synergisticaUy to effect the treatment or prevention of the various disorders described above. Using this approach, one may be able to achieve therapeutic efficacy with lower dosages of each agent, thus reducing the potential for adverse side effects.
  • J-RAP An antagonist of J-RAP may be produced using methods which are generaUy known in the art.
  • purified JRAP may be used to produce antibodies or to screen libraries of pharmaceutical agents to identify those which specificaUy bind IRAP.
  • Antibodies to J-RAP may also be generated using methods that are weU known in the art.
  • Such antibodies may include, but are not limited to, polyclonal, monoclonal, chimeric, and single chain antibodies, Fab fragments, and fragments produced by a Fab expression library.
  • neutraUzing antibodies i.e., those which inhibit dimer formation
  • Single chain antibodies may be potent enzyme inhibitors and may have application in the design of peptide mimetics, and in the development of immuno-adsorbents and biosensors (Muyldermans, S. (2001) J. Biotechnol. 74:277-302).
  • various hosts including goats, rabbits, rats, mice, camels, dromedaries, Uamas, humans, and others may be immunized by injection with JRAP or with any fragment or oligopeptide thereof which has immunogenic properties.
  • various adjuvants may be used to increase immunological response.
  • adjuvants include, but are not Umited to, Freund's, mineral gels such as aluminum hydroxide, and surface active substances such as lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, KLH, and dinitrophenol.
  • BCG Bacilli Calmette-Guerin
  • Corynebacterium parvum are especiaUy preferable.
  • JRAP have an amino acid sequence consisting of at least about 5 amino acids, and generally wiU consist of at least about 10 amino acids. It is also preferable that these oUgopeptides, peptides, or fragments are substantially identical to a portion of the amino acid sequence of the natural protein.
  • IRAP amino acids Short stretches of IRAP amino acids may be fused with those of another protein, such as KLH, and antibodies to the chimeric molecule may be produced.
  • Monoclonal antibodies to IRAP may be prepared using any technique which provides for the production of antibody molecules by continuous ceU lines in culture. These include, but are not limited to, the hybridoma technique, the human B-ceU hybridoma technique, and the EBV-hybridoma technique (Kohler, G. et al. (1975) Nature 256:495-497; Kozbor, D. et al. (1985) J. Immunol.
  • Antibodies may also be produced by inducing in vivo production in the lymphocyte population or by screening immunoglobulin libraries or panels of highly specific binding reagents as disclosed in the literature (Orlandi, R. et al. (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:3833-3837; Winter, G. et al.
  • Antibody fragments which contain specific binding sites for IRAP may also be generated.
  • fragments include, but are not limited to, F(ab fragments produced by pepsin digestion of the antibody molecule and Fab fragments generated by reducing the disulfide bridges of the F(ab')2 fragments.
  • Fab expression libraries maybe constructed to allow rapid and easy identification of monoclonal Fab fragments with the desired specificity (Huse, W.D. et al. (1989) Science 246:1275-1281).
  • immunoassays may be used for screening to identify antibodies having the desired specificity.
  • Numerous protocols for competitive binding or immunoradiometric assays using either polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies with established specificities are weU known in the art.
  • Such immunoassays typicaUy involve the measurement of complex formation between JRAP and its specific antibody.
  • a two-site, monoclonal-based immunoassay utilizing monoclonal antibodies reactive to two non-interfering IRAP epitopes is generaUy used, but a competitive binding assay may also be employed (Pound, supra).
  • K_ association constant
  • High-affinity antibody preparations with K a ranging from about 10 9 to 10 12 L/mole are prefened for use in immunoassays in which the J-RAP-antibody complex must withstand rigorous manipulations.
  • I-ow-afftnity antibody preparations with K-. ranging from about 10 6 to 10 7 L/mole are prefened for use in immunopurification and similar procedures which ultimately require dissociation of IRAP, preferably in active form, from the antibody (Catty, D. (1988) Antibodies, Volume I: A Practical Approach, IRL Press, Washington DC; LiddeU, J.E. and A. Cryer (1991) A Practical Guide to Monoclonal Antibodies, John Wiley & Sons, New York NY).
  • polyclonal antibody preparations may be further evaluated to determine the quality and suitability of such preparations for certain downstream appUcations.
  • a polyclonal antibody preparation containing at least 1-2 mg specific antibody/ml, preferably 5-10 mg specific antibody/ml is generaUy employed in procedures requiring precipitation of J-RAP- antibody complexes. Procedures for evaluating antibody specificity, titer, and avidity, and guidelines for antibody quality and usage in various applications, are generaUy available (Catty, supra; Coligan et al., supra).
  • polynucleotides encoding JRAP may be used for therapeutic purposes.
  • modifications of gene expression can be achieved by designing complementary sequences or antisense molecules (DNA, RNA, PNA, or modified oUgonucleotides) to the coding or regulatory regions of the gene encoding IRAP.
  • complementary sequences or antisense molecules DNA, RNA, PNA, or modified oUgonucleotides
  • antisense oligonucleotides or larger fragments can be designed from various locations along the coding or control regions of sequences encoding JRAP (Agrawal, S., ed. (1996) Antisense Therapeutics, Humana Press, Totawa NJ).
  • Antisense sequences can be delivered intraceUularly in the form of an expression plasmid which, upon transcription, produces a sequence complementary to at least a portion of the ceUular sequence encoding the target protein (Slater, J.E. et al. (1998) J. AUergy Clin. Immunol. 102:469-475; Scanlon, K.J. et al. (1995) 9:1288-1296).
  • Antisense sequences can also be introduced intraceUularly through the use of viral vectors, such as retrovirus and adeno-associated virus vectors (MiUer, A.D.
  • polynucleotides encoding JRAP maybe used for somatic or germline gene therapy.
  • Gene therapy may be performed to (i) conect a genetic deficiency (e.g., in the cases of severe combined immunodeficiency (SCDD)-Xl disease characterized by X-linked inheritance (Cavazzana-Calvo, M. et al. (2000) Science 288:669-672), severe combined immunodeficiency syndrome associated with an inherited adenosine deaminase (ADA) deficiency (Blaese, R.M. et al. (1995) Science 270:475-480; Bordignon, C et al.
  • SCDD severe combined immunodeficiency
  • ADA adenosine deaminase
  • hepatitis B or C virus HBV, HCV
  • fungal parasites such as Candida albicans and Paracoccidioides brasiliensis
  • protozoan parasites such as Plasmodium falciparum and Trypanosoma cruzi.
  • JRAP expression or regulation causes disease
  • the expression of JRAP from an appropriate population of transduced ceUs may aUeviate the clinical manifestations caused by the genetic deficiency.
  • diseases or disorders caused by deficiencies in IRAP are treated by constructing mammaUan expression vectors encoding IRAP and introducing these vectors by mechanical means into J-RAP-deficient cells.
  • Mechanical transfer technologies for use with ceUs in vivo or ex vitro include (i) direct DNA microinjection into individual cells, (ii) ballistic gold particle delivery, (iii) liposome-mediated transfection, (iv) receptor-mediated gene transfer, and (v) the use of DNA transposons (Morgan, R.A. and W.F. Anderson (1993) Annu. Rev. Biochem. 62:191-217; Ivies, Z. (1997) Cell 91:501-510; Boulay, J.-L. and H. Recipon (1998) Cun. Opin. Biotechnol. 9:445-450).
  • Expression vectors that may be effective for the expression of IRAP include, but are not Umited to, the PCDNA 3.1, EPITAG, PRCCMV2, PREP, PVAX, PCR2-TOPOTA vectors (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA), PCMV-SCRIPT, PCMV-TAG, PEGSH/PERV (Stratagene, La JoUa CA), and PTET-OFF, PTET-ON, PTRE2, PTRE2-LUC, PTK-HYG (Clontech, Palo Alto CA).
  • IRAP may be expressed using (i) a constitutively active promoter, (e.g., from cytomegalo virus
  • CMV Rous sarcoma virus
  • RSV Rous sarcoma virus
  • SV40 virus thymidine kinase
  • TK thymidine kinase
  • ⁇ -actin genes e.g., an inducible promoter (e.g., the tetracycline-regulated promoter (Gossen, M. and H. Bujard (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:5547-5551; Gossen, M. et al. (1995) Science 268:1766-1769; Rossi, F.M.V. and H.M. Blau (1998) Cun. Opin. Biotechnol. 9:451-456), commerciaUy available in the T-REX plasmid (Invitrogen)); the ecdysone-inducible promoter (available in the plasmids PVGRXR and
  • liposome transformation kits e.g., the PERFECT LIPID TRANSFECTION KIT, available from Invitrogen
  • aUow one with ordinary skiU in the art to deliver polynucleotides to target ceUs in culture and require rriinimal effort to optimize experimental parameters.
  • transformation is performed using the calcium phosphate method (Graham, F.L. and A.J. Eb (1973) Virology 52:456-467), or by electroporation (Neumann, E. et al. (1982) EMBO J. 1:841-845).
  • the introduction of DNA to primary ceUs requires modification of these standardized mammaUan transfection protocols.
  • diseases or disorders caused by genetic defects with respect to JRAP expression are treated by constructing a retrovirus vector consisting of (i) the polynucleotide encoding J-RAP under the control of an independent promoter or the retrovirus long terminal repeat (LTR) promoter, (ii) appropriate RNA packaging signals, and (iii) a Rev-responsive element (RRE) along with additional retrovirus s-acting RNA sequences and coding sequences required for efficient vector propagation.
  • Retrovirus vectors e.g., PFB and PFBNEO
  • Retrovirus vectors are commerciaUy available (Stratagene) and are based on pubUshed data (Riviere, I. et al. (1995) Proc. Natl. Acad.
  • the vector is propagated in an appropriate vector producing ceU line (VPCL) that expresses an envelope gene with a tropism for receptors on the target ceUs or a promiscuous envelope protein such as VSVg (Armentano, D. et al. (1987) J. Virol. 61:1647-1650; Bender, M.A. et al. (1987) J. Virol. 61:1639-1646; Adam, M.A. and A.D. MiUer (1988) J. Virol. 62:3802-3806; Dull, T. et al. (1998) J. Virol. 72:8463-8471; Zufferey, R.
  • VPCL vector producing ceU line
  • U.S. Patent No. 5,910,434 to Rigg discloses a method for obtaining retrovirus packaging ceU lines and is hereby inco ⁇ orated by reference. Propagation of retrovirus vectors, transduction of a population of ceUs (e.g., CD4 + T-cells), and the return of transduced ceUs to a patient are procedures weU known to persons skiUed in the art of gene therapy and have been weU documented (Ranga, U. et al. (1997) J. Virol. 71:7020-7029; Bauer, G.
  • an adenovirus-based gene therapy delivery system is used to deliver polynucleotides encoding IRAP to ceUs which have one or more genetic abnormalities with respect to the expression of IRAP.
  • the construction and packaging of adenovirus-based vectors are weU known to those with ordinary skiU in the art.
  • Replication defective adenovirus vectors have proven to be versatile for importing genes encoding immunoregulatory proteins into intact islets in the pancreas (Csete, M.E. et al. (1995) Transplantation 27:263-268). PotentiaUy useful adenoviral vectors are described in U.S. Patent No.
  • Adenovirus vectors for gene therapy hereby inco ⁇ orated by reference.
  • adenoviral vectors see also Antinozzi, P.A. et al. (1999; Annu. Rev. Nutr. 19:511-544) and Verma, I.M. and N. Somia (1997; Nature 18:389:239-242).
  • a he ⁇ es-based, gene therapy deUvery system is used to deUver polynucleotides encoding IRAP to target ceUs which have one or more genetic abnormauties with respect to the expression of J-RAP.
  • herpes simplex virus (HS V)-based vectors may be especiaUy valuable for introducing IRAP to ceUs of the central nervous system, for which HSV has a tropism.
  • the construction and packaging of he ⁇ es-based vectors are weU known to those with ordinary skill in the art.
  • a repkcation-competent he ⁇ es simplex virus (HSV) type 1-based vector has been used to deliver a reporter gene to the eyes of primates (Liu, X. et al. (1999) Exp. Eye Res. 169:385-395).
  • the construction of a HSV-1 virus vector has also been disclosed in detail in U.S. Patent No.
  • an alphavirus positive, single-stranded RNA virus
  • deUver polynucleotides encoding IRAP to target ceUs.
  • Semliki Forest Virus has been studied extensively and gene transfer vectors have been based on the SFV genome (Garoff, H. and K.-J. Li (1998) Cun. Opin. Biotechnol. 9:464-469).
  • alphavirus RNA repUcation a subgenomic RNA is generated that normaUy encodes the viral capsid proteins. This subgenomic RNA replicates to higher levels than the full length genomic RNA, resulting in the ove ⁇ roduction of capsid proteins relative to the viral proteins with enzymatic activity (e.g., protease and polymerase).
  • alphaviruses wiU aU ow the introduction of JRAP into a variety of cell types.
  • the specific transduction of a subset of ceUs in a population may require the sorting of ceUs prior to transduction.
  • the methods of manipulating infectious cDNA clones of alphaviruses, performing alphavirus cDNA and RNA transfections, and performing alphavirus infections, are well known to those with ordinary skill in the art.
  • Ohgonucleotides derived from the transcription initiation site may also be employed to inhibit gene expression.
  • inhibition can be achieved using triple helix base-pairing methodology.
  • Triple hehx pairing is useful because it causes inhibition of the ability of the double heUx to open sufficiently for the binding of polymerases, transcription factors, or regulatory molecules.
  • Recent therapeutic advances using triplex DNA have been described in the Uterature (Gee, J.E. et al. (1994) in Huber, B.E. and B.I. Can, Molecular and Immunologic Approaches, Futura PubUshing, Mt. Kisco NY, pp. 163-177).
  • a complementary sequence or antisense molecule may also be designed to block translation of mRNA by preventing the transcript from binding to ribosomes.
  • Ribozymes, enzymatic RNA molecules may also be used to catalyze the specific cleavage of
  • RNA The mechanism of ribozyme action involves sequence-specific hybridization of the ribozyme molecule to complementary target RNA, foUowed by endonucleolytic cleavage.
  • engineered hammerhead motif ribozyme molecules may specifically and efficiently catalyze endonucleolytic cleavage of RNA molecules encodmg IRAP.
  • RNA sequences within any potential RNA target are initiaUy identified by scanning the target molecule for ribozyme cleavage sites, including the foUowing sequences: GUA, GUU, and GUC
  • short RNA sequences of between 15 and 20 ribonucleotides, conesponding to the region of the target gene containing the cleavage site may be evaluated for secondary structural features which may render the oligonucleotide inoperable.
  • the suitabiUty of candidate targets may also be evaluated by testing accessibiUty to hybridization with complementary ohgonucleotides using ribonuclease protection assays.
  • RNA molecules may be generated by in vitro and in vivo transcription of DNA molecules encoding IRAP. Such DNA sequences may be inco ⁇ orated into a wide variety of vectors with suitable RNA polymerase promoters such as T7 or SP6. Alternatively, these cDNA constructs that synthesize complementary RNA, constitutively or inducibly, can be introduced into ceU Unes, ceUs, or tissues.
  • RNA molecules may be modified to increase intraceUular stabihty and half-life. Possible modifications include, but are not limited to, the addition of flanking sequences at the 5' and/or 3 'ends of the molecule, or the use of phosphorothioate or 2' O-methyl rather than phosphodiesterase linkages within the backbone of the molecule.
  • RNA interference RNA interference
  • PTGS post-transcriptional gene silencing
  • RNAi is a post-transcriptional mode of gene silencing in which double-stranded RNA (dsRNA) introduced into a targeted ceU specificaUy suppresses the expression of the homologous gene (i.e., the gene bearing the sequence complementary to the dsRNA). This effectively knocks out or substantiaUy reduces the expression of the targeted gene.
  • dsRNA double-stranded RNA
  • PTGS can also be accompUshed by use of DNA or
  • RNAi DNA fragments as weU. RNAi methods are described by Fire, A. et al. (1998; Nature 391:806-811) and Gura, T. (2000; Nature 404:804-808).
  • PTGS can also be initiated by introduction of a complementary segment of DNA into the selected tissue using gene dehvery and/or viral vector deUvery methods described herein or known in the art.
  • RNAi can be induced in mammaUan ceUs by the use of smaU interfering RNA also known as siRNA.
  • SiRNA are shorter segments of dsRNA (typicaUy about 21 to 23 nucleotides in length) that result in vivo from cleavage of introduced dsRNA by the action of an endogenous ribonuclease. SiRNA appear to be the mediators of the RNAi effect in mammals. The most effective siRNAs appear to be 21 nucleotide dsRNAs with 2 nucleotide 3' overhangs. The use of siRNA for inducing RNAi in mammaUan ceUs is described by Elbasbir, S.M. et al. (2001 ; Nature 411 :494-498).
  • SiRNA can either be generated indirectly by introduction of dsRNA into the targeted ceU, or directly by mammalian transfection methods and agents described herein or known in the art (such as hposome-mediated transfection, viral vector methods, or other polynucleotide delivery/introductory methods).
  • Suitable SiRNAs can be selected by examining a transcript of the target polynucleotide (e.g., mRNA) for nucleotide sequences downstream from the AUG start codon and recording the occunence of each nucleotide and the 3' adjacent 19 to 23 nucleotides as potential siRNA target sites, with sequences having a 21 nucleotide length being prefened.
  • Regions to be avoided for target siRNA sites include the 5' and 3 'untranslated regions (UTRs) and regions near the start codon (within 75 bases), as these may be richer in regulatory protein binding sites. UTR-binding proteins and/or translation initiation complexes may interfere with binding of the siRNP endonuclease complex.
  • the selected target sites for siRNA can then be compared to the appropriate genome database (e.g., human, etc.) using BLAST or other sequence comparison algorithms known in the art. Target sequences with significant homology to other coding sequences can be eliminated from consideration.
  • the selected SiRNAs can be produced by chemical synthesis methods known in the art or by in vitro transcription using commerciaUy available methods and kits such as the SILENCER siRNA construction kit (Ambion, Austin TX).
  • long-term gene silencing and/or RNAi effects can be induced in selected tissue using expression vectors that continuously express siRNA. This can be accompUshed using expression vectors that are engineered to express hai ⁇ in RNAs (shRNAs) using methods known in the art (see, e.g., Brummelkamp, T.R. et al. (2002) Science 296:550-553; and Paddison, P.J. et al. (2002) Genes Dev. 16:948-958).
  • shRNAs can be delivered to target ceUs using expression vectors known in the art.
  • An example of a suitable expression vector for deUvery of siRNA is the PSJLENCER1.0-U6 (circular) plasmid (Ambion).
  • PSJLENCER1.0-U6 circular plasmid
  • shRNAs are processed in vivo into siRNA-like molecules capable of carrying out gene-specific silencing.
  • the expression levels of genes targeted by RNAi or PTGS methods can be deteixnined by assays for mRNA and/or protein analysis.
  • Expression levels of the mRNA of a targeted gene can be determined by northern analysis methods using, for example, the NORTHERNMAX-GLY kit (Ambion); by microanay methods; by PCR methods; by real time PCR methods; and by other RNA/polynucleotide assays known in the art or described herein.
  • Expression levels of the protein encoded by the targeted gene can be determined by Western analysis using standard techniques known in the art.
  • An additional embodiment ofthe invention encompasses a method for screening for a compound which is effective in altering expression of a polynucleotide encoding IRAP.
  • Compounds which may be effective in altering expression of a specific polynucleotide may include, but are not limited to, ohgonucleotides, antisense ohgonucleotides, triple helix-forming oligonucleotides, transcription factors and other polypeptide transcriptional regulators, and non-macromolecular chemical entities which are capable of interacting with specific polynucleotide sequences. Effective compounds may alter polynucleotide expression by acting as either inhibitors or promoters of polynucleotide expression.
  • a compound which specifically inhibits expression of the polynucleotide encoding J-RAP may be therapeutically useful, and in the treatment of disorders associated with decreased J-RAP expression or activity, a compound which specificaUy promotes expression of the polynucleotide encoding JRAP may be therapeuticaUy useful.
  • test compounds may be screened for effectiveness in altering expression of a specific polynucleotide.
  • a test compound may be obtained by any method commonly known in the art, including chemical modification of a compound known to be effective in altering polynucleotide expression; selection from an existing, commerciaUy-available or proprietary Ubrary of naturally-occurring or non-natural chemical compounds; rational design of a compound based on chemical and/or structural properties of the target polynucleotide; and selection from a Ubrary of chemical compounds created combinatorially or randomly.
  • a sample comprising a polynucleotide encoding IRAP is exposed to at least one test compound thus obtained.
  • the sample may comprise, for example, an intact or permeabiUzed ceU, or an in vitro ceU-free or reconstituted biochemical system.
  • Alterations in the expression of a polynucleotide encoding IRAP are assayed by any method commonly known in the art.
  • TypicaUy the expression of a specific nucleotide is detected by hybridization with a probe having a nucleotide sequence complementary to the sequence of the polynucleotide encoding IRAP.
  • the amount of hybridization may be quantified, thus forming the basis for a comparison of the expression of the polynucleotide both with and without exposure to one or more test compounds.
  • a screen for a compound effective in altering expression of a specific polynucleotide can be carried out, for example, using a Schizosaccharomyces pombe gene expression system (Atkins, D. et al. (1999) U.S. Patent No. 5,932,435; Arndt, G.M. et al. (2000) Nucleic Acids Res. 28:E15) or a human ceU line such as HeLa ceU (Clarke, M.L. et al. (2000) Biochem. Biophys. Res.
  • a particular embodiment of the present invention involves screening a combinatorial Ubrary of oligonucleotides (such as deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, peptide nucleic acids, and modified oligonucleotides) for antisense activity against a specific polynucleotide sequence (Bruice, T.W. et al. (1997) U.S. Patent No. 5,686,242; Bruice, T.W. et al. (2000) U.S. Patent No. 6,022,691).
  • oligonucleotides such as deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, peptide nucleic acids, and modified oligonucleotides
  • vectors may be introduced into stem ceUs taken from the patient and clonaUy propagated for autologous transplant back into that same patient. Dehvery by transfection, by Uposome injections, or by polycationic amino polymers may be achieved using methods which are well known in the art (Goldman, C.K. et al. (1997) Nat. Biotechnol. 15:462- 466). Any of the therapeutic methods described above may be applied to any subject in need of such therapy, including, for example, mammals such as humans, dogs, cats, cows, horses, rabbits, and monkeys.
  • An additional embodiment of the invention relates to the administration of a composition which generally comprises an active ingredient formulated with a pharmaceuticaUy acceptable excipient.
  • Excipients may include, for example, sugars, starches, ceUuloses, gums, and proteins.
  • compositions may consist of JRAP, antibodies to IRAP, and mimetics, agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors of JRAP.
  • compositions described herein may be administered by any number of routes including, but not limited to, oral, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-arterial, intrameduUary, intrathecal, intraventricular, pulmonary, transdermal, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intranasal, enteral, topical, sublingual, or rectal means.
  • routes including, but not limited to, oral, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-arterial, intrameduUary, intrathecal, intraventricular, pulmonary, transdermal, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intranasal, enteral, topical, sublingual, or rectal means.
  • Compositions for pulmonary administration may be prepared in Uquid or dry powder form. These compositions are generaUy aerosoUzed immediately prior to inhalation by the patient. In the case of small molecules (e.g. traditional low molecular weight organic drugs), aerosol delivery of fast- acting formulations is weU-known in the art. In the case of macromolecules (e.g., macro
  • compositions suitable for use in the invention include compositions wherein the active ingredients are contained in an effective amount to achieve the intended pu ⁇ ose.
  • the determination of an effective dose is weU within the capabiUty of those skiUed in the art.
  • SpeciaUzed forms of compositions may be prepared for direct intraceUular dehvery of macromolecules comprising IRAP or fragments thereof.
  • Uposome preparations containing a cell-impermeable macromolecule may promote ceU fusion and intraceUular dehvery of the macromolecule.
  • JRAP or a fragment thereof may be joined to a short cationic N- terminal portion from the HJV Tat-1 protein. Fusion proteins thus generated have been found to transduce into the ceUs of aU tissues, including the brain, in a mouse model system (Schwarze, S.R. et al. (1999) Science 285:1569-1572).
  • the therapeuticaUy effective dose can be estimated initiaUy either in ceU culture assays, e.g., of neoplastic ceUs, or in animal models such as mice, rats, rabbits, dogs, monkeys, or pigs.
  • ceU culture assays e.g., of neoplastic ceUs
  • animal models such as mice, rats, rabbits, dogs, monkeys, or pigs.
  • An animal model may also be used to deteimine the appropriate concentration range and route of administration. Such information can then be used to determine useful doses and routes for administration in humans.
  • a therapeuticaUy effective dose refers to that amount of active ingredient, for example IRAP or fragments thereof, antibodies of JRAP, and agonists, antagonists or inhibitors of JRAP, which ameliorates the symptoms or condition.
  • Therapeutic efficacy and toxicity may be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in ceU cultures or with experimental animals, such as by calculating the ED 50 (the dose therapeuticaUy effective in 50% of the population) or LD 50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) statistics.
  • the dose ratio of toxic to therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index, which can be expressed as the LD 50 /ED 50 ratio.
  • Compositions which exhibit large therapeutic indices are prefened.
  • the data obtained from ceU culture assays and animal studies are used to formulate a range of dosage for human use.
  • the dosage contained in such compositions is preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that includes the ED 50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage varies within this range depending upon the dosage form employed, the sensitivity of the patient, and the route of
  • Dosage and administration are adjusted to provide sufficient levels of the active moiety or to maintain the desired effect. Factors which may be taken into account mclude the severity of the disease state, the general health of the subject, the age, weight, and gender of the subject, time and frequency of administration, drug combination(s), reaction sensitivities, and response to therapy. Long-acting compositions may be administered every 3 to 4 days, every week, or biweekly depending on the half-Ufe and clearance rate of the particular formulation.
  • Normal dosage amounts may vary from about 0.1 ⁇ g to 100,000 ⁇ g, up to a total dose of about 1 gram, depending upon the route of administration.
  • Guidance as to particular dosages and methods of dehvery is provided in the literature and generaUy available to practitioners in the art.
  • wiU employ different formulations for nucleotides than for proteins or their inhibitors.
  • dehvery of polynucleotides or polypeptides wiU be specific to particular cells, conditions, locations, etc. DIAGNOSTICS
  • antibodies which specifically bind J-RAP may be used for the diagnosis of disorders characterized by expression of J-RAP, or in assays to monitor patients being treated with J-RAP or agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors of JRAP.
  • Antibodies useful for diagnostic pu ⁇ oses may be prepared in the same manner as described above for therapeutics. Diagnostic assays for JRAP include methods which utilize the antibody and a label to detect J-RAP in human body fluids or in extracts of ceUs or tissues.
  • the antibodies may be used with or without modification, and may be labeled by covalent or non-covalent attachment of a reporter molecule.
  • a wide variety of reporter molecules, several of which are described above, are known in the art and may be used.
  • JRAP expression is established by combining body fluids or ceU extracts taken from normal mammaUan subjects, for example, human subjects, with antibodies to JRAP under conditions suitable for complex formation. The amount of standard complex formation may be quantitated by various methods, such as photometric means. Quantities of JRAP expressed in subject, control, and disease samples from biopsied tissues are compared with the standard values. Deviation between standard and subject values estabhshes the parameters for diagnosing disease.
  • polynucleotides encoding IRAP may be used for diagnostic pu ⁇ oses.
  • the polynucleotides which may be used include ohgonucleotides, complementary RNA and DNA molecules, and PNAs.
  • the polynucleotides may be used to detect and quantify gene expression in biopsied tissues in which expression of IRAP may be conelated with disease.
  • the diagnostic assay may be used to determine absence, presence, and excess expression of JRAP, and to monitor regulation of IRAP levels during therapeutic intervention.
  • hybridization with PCR probes which are capable of detecting polynucleotides, including genomic sequences, encoding IRAP or closely related molecules may be used to identify nucleic acid sequences which encode IRAP.
  • the specificity of the probe whether it is made from a highly specific region, e.g., the 5 'regulatory region, or from a less specific region, e.g., a conserved motif, and the stringency of the hybridization or amplification wiU determine whether the probe identifies only naturaUy occurring sequences encoding JRAP, aUelic variants, or related sequences.
  • Probes may also be used for the detection of related sequences, and may have at least 50% sequence identity to any of the JRAP encoding sequences.
  • the hybridization probes of the subject invention may be DNA or RNA and may be derived from the sequence of SEQ DD NO:17-32 or from genomic sequences including promoters, enhancers, and introns of the J-RAP gene.
  • Means for producing specific hybridization probes for polynucleotides encoding IRAP include the cloning of polynucleotides encoding JRAP or IRAP derivatives into vectors for the production of mRNA probes.
  • Such vectors are known in the art, are commercially available, and may be used to synthesize RNA probes in vitro by means of the addition of the appropriate RNA polymerases and the appropriate labeled nucleotides.
  • Hybridization probes may be labeled by a variety of reporter groups, for example, by radionuclides such as 32 P or 35 S, or by enzymatic labels, such as alkaline phosphatase coupled to the probe via avidin/biotin coupling systems, and the like.
  • Polynucleotides encoding J-RAP may be used for the diagnosis of disorders associated with expression of IRAP.
  • disorders include, but are not limited to, an immune system disorder such as acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (ADDS), X-linked agammaglobinemia of Bruton, common variable immunodeficiency (CVT), DiGeorge's syndrome (thymic hypoplasia), thymic dysplasia, isolated IgA deficiency, severe combined immunodeficiency disease (SCDD), immunodeficiency with thrombocytopenia and eczema (Wiskott-Aldrich syndrome), Chediak-Higashi syndrome, chronic granulomatous diseases, hereditary angioneurotic edema, immunodeficiency associated with Cushing's disease, Addison's disease, adult respiratory distress syndrome, allergies, ankylosing spondylitis, amyloidosis, anemia, asthma, atherosclerosis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune
  • Polynucleotides encoding JRAP may be used in Southern or northern analysis, dot blot, or other membrane-based technologies; in PCR technologies; in dipstick, pin, and multiformat ELISA-hke assays; and in microanays utiUzing fluids or tissues from patients to detect altered IRAP expression. Such qualitative or quantitative methods are well known in the art.
  • polynucleotides encoding IRAP may be used in assays that detect the presence of associated disorders, particularly those mentioned above.
  • Polynucleotides complementary to sequences encoding JRAP may be labeled by standard methods and added to a fluid or tissue sample from a patient under conditions suitable for the formation of hybridization complexes. After a suitable incubation period, the sample is washed and the signal is quantified and compared with a standard value. Jf the amount of signal in the patient sample is significantly altered in comparison to a control sample then the presence of altered levels of polynucleotides encoding
  • JRAP in the sample indicates the presence of the associated disorder.
  • assays may also be used to evaluate the efficacy of a particular therapeutic treatment regimen in animal studies, in clinical trials, or to monitor the treatment of an individual patient.
  • a normal or standard profile for expression is established. This may be accomplished by combining body fluids or ceU extracts taken from normal subjects, either animal or human, with a sequence, or a fragment thereof, encoding JRAP, under conditions suitable for hybridization or ampUfication. Standard hybridization may be quantified by comparing the values obtained from normal subjects with values from an experiment in which a known amount of a substantiaUy purified polynucleotide is used. Standard values obtained in this manner may be compared with values obtained from samples from patients who are symptomatic for a disorder. Deviation from standard values is used to estabUsh the presence of a disorder.
  • hybridization assays may be repeated on a regular basis to determine if the level of expression in the patient begins to approximate that which is observed in the normal subject.
  • the results obtained from successive assays may be used to show the efficacy of treatment over a period ranging from several days to months.
  • the presence of an abnormal amount of transcript (either under- or overexpressed) in biopsied tissue from an individual may indicate a predisposition for the development of the disease, or may provide a means for detecting the disease prior to the appearance of actual clinical symptoms.
  • a more definitive diagnosis of this type may aUow health professionals to employ preventative measures or aggressive treatment earUer, thereby preventing the development or further progression of the cancer.
  • oUgonucleotides designed from the sequences encoding JRAP may involve the use of PCR. These okgomers may be chemicaUy synthesized, generated enzymatically, or produced in vitro.
  • OUgomers wiU preferably contain a fragment of a polynucleotide encoding JRAP, or a fragment of a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide encoding JRAP, and wiU be employed under optimized conditions for identification of a specific gene or condition. OUgomers may also be employed under less stringent conditions for detection or quantification of closely related DNA or RNA sequences.
  • oUgonucleotide primers derived from polynucleotides encoding IRAP may be used to detect single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs). SNPs are substitutions, insertions and deletions that are a frequent cause of inherited or acquired genetic disease in humans. Methods of SNP detection include, but are not limited to, single-stranded conformation polymo ⁇ hism (SSCP) and fluorescent SSCP (fSSCP) methods. In SSCP, oUgonucleotide primers derived from polynucleotides encoding IRAP are used to ampUfy DNA using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR).
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • the DNA may be derived, for example, from diseased or normal tissue, biopsy samples, bodily fluids, and the Uke.
  • SNPs in the DNA cause differences in the secondary and tertiary structures of PCR products in single-stranded form, and these differences are detectable using gel electrophoresis in non-denaturing gels.
  • the oUgonucleotide primers are fluorescently labeled, which allows detection of the amplimers in high-throughput equipment such as DNA sequencing machines.
  • AdditionaUy sequence database analysis methods, termed in sihco SNP (isSNP), are capable of identifying polymorphisms by comparing the sequence of individual overlapping DNA fragments which assemble into a common consensus sequence.
  • SNPs may be detected and characterized by mass spectrometry using, for example, the high throughput MASSARRAY system (Sequenom, Inc., San Diego CA).
  • SNPs may be used to study the genetic basis of human disease. For example, at least 16 common SNPs have been associated with non-insulin-dependent diabetes melUtus. SNPs are also useful for exarnining differences in disease outcomes in monogenic disorders, such as cystic fibrosis, sickle ceU anemia, or chronic granulomatous disease. For example, variants in the mannose-binding lectin, MBL2, have been shown to be conelated with deleterious pulmonary outcomes in cystic fibrosis. SNPs also have utikty in pharmacogenomics, the identification of genetic variants that influence a patient's response to a drug, such as Ufe-threatening toxicity.
  • N-acetyl transferase is associated with a high incidence of peripheral neuropathy in response to the anti-tuberculosis drug isoniazid, while a variation in the core promoter of the ALOX5 gene results in diminished clinical response to treatment with an anti-asthma drug that targets the 5-k ⁇ oxygenase pathway.
  • Analysis of the distribution of SNPs in different populations is useful for investigating genetic drift, mutation, recombination, and selection, as well as for tracing the origins of populations and their migrations (Taylor, J.G. et al. (2001) Trends Mol. Med. 7:507-512; Kwok, P.-Y. and Z. Gu (1999) Mol. Med.
  • Methods which may also be used to quantify the expression of IRAP include radiolabeling or biotinylating nucleotides, coampUfication of a control nucleic acid, and inte ⁇ olating results from standard curves (Melby, P.C et al. (1993) J. Immunol. Methods 159:235-244; Duplaa, C. et al. (1993) Anal. Biochem. 212:229-236).
  • the speed of quantitation of multiple samples may be accelerated by running the assay in a high-throughput format where the oligomer or polynucleotide of interest is presented in various dilutions and a spectrophotometric or colorimetric response gives rapid quantitation.
  • ohgonucleotides or longer fragments derived from any of the polynucleotides described herein may be used as elements on a microanay.
  • the microarray can be used in transcript imaging techniques which monitor the relative expression levels of large numbers of genes simultaneously as described below.
  • the microanay may also be used to identify genetic variants, mutations, and polymo ⁇ hisms. This information may be used to determine gene function, to understand the genetic basis of a disorder, to diagnose a disorder, to monitor progression/regression of disease as a function of gene expression, and to develop and monitor the activities of therapeutic agents in the treatment of disease.
  • this information may be used to develop a pharmacogenomic profile of a patient in order to select the most appropriate and effective treatment regimen for that patient.
  • therapeutic agents which are highly effective and display the fewest side effects may be selected for a patient based on his/her pharmacogenomic profile.
  • IRAP, fragments of IRAP, or antibodies specific for IRAP may be used as elements on a microanay.
  • the microanay may be used to monitor or measure protein- protein interactions, drug-target interactions, and gene expression profiles, as described above.
  • a particular embodiment relates to the use of the polynucleotides of the present invention to generate a transcript image of a tissue or ceU type.
  • a transcript image represents the global pattern of gene expression by a particular tissue or ceU type. Global gene expression patterns are analyzed by quantifying the number of expressed genes and their relative abundance under given conditions and at a given time (Seilhamer et al., "Comparative Gene Transcript Analysis," U.S. Patent No.
  • a transcript image may be generated by hybridizing the polynucleotides of the present invention or their complements to the totaUty of transcripts or reverse transcripts of a particular tissue or ceU type.
  • the hybridization takes place in high-throughput format, wherein the polynucleotides of the present invention or their complements comprise a subset of a pluraUty of elements on a microanay.
  • the resultant transcript image would provide a profile of gene activity.
  • Transcript images maybe generated using transcripts isolated from tissues, ceU lines, biopsies, or other biological samples.
  • the transcript image may thus reflect gene expression in vivo, as in the case of a tissue or biopsy sample, or in vitro, as in the case of a ceU Une.
  • Transcript images which profile the expression of the polynucleotides of the present invention may also be used in conjunction with in vitro model systems and preclinical evaluation of pharmaceuticals, as weU as toxicological testing of industrial and naturaUy-occurring environmental compounds. All compounds induce characteristic gene expression patterns, frequently termed molecular finge ⁇ rints or toxicant signatures, which are indicative of mechanisms of action and toxicity (Nuwaysir, E.F. et al. (1999) Mol. Carcinog. 24:153-159; Steiner, S. and N.L. Anderson (2000) Toxicol. Lett. 112-113:467-471). If a test compound has a signature similar to that of a compound with known toxicity, it is Ukely to share those toxic properties.
  • finge ⁇ rints or signatures are most useful and refined when they contain expression information from a large number of genes and gene famines.
  • IdeaUy a genome- wide measurement of expression provides the highest quaUty signature. Even genes whose expression is not altered by any tested compounds are important as weU, as the levels of expression of these genes are used to normaUze the rest of the expression data. The normaUzation procedure is useful for comparison of expression data after treatment with different compounds.
  • the toxicity of a test compound can be assessed by treating a biological sample containing nucleic acids with the test compound.
  • Nucleic acids that are expressed in the treated biological sample are hybridized with one or more probes specific to the polynucleotides of the present invention, so that transcript levels conesponding to the polynucleotides of the present invention may be quantified.
  • the transcript levels in the treated biological sample are compared with levels in an untreated biological sample. Differences in the transcript levels between the two samples are indicative of a toxic response caused by the test compound in the treated sample.
  • proteome refers to the global pattern of protein expression in a particular tissue or ceU type.
  • proteome expression patterns, or profiles are analyzed by quantifying the number of expressed proteins and their relative abundance under given conditions and at a given time.
  • a profile of a cell's proteome may thus be generated by separating and analyzing the polypeptides of a particular tissue or cell type.
  • the separation is achieved using two-dimensional gel electrophoresis, in which proteins from a sample are separated by isoelectric focusing in the first dimension, and then according to molecular weight by sodium dodecyl sulfate slab gel electrophoresis in the second dimension (Steiner and Anderson, supra).
  • the proteins are visuaUzed in the gel as discrete and uniquely positioned spots, typicaUy by staining the gel with an agent such as Coomassie Blue or silver or fluorescent stains.
  • the optical density of each protein spot is generaUy proportional to the level of the protein in the sample.
  • the optical densities of equivalently positioned protein spots from different samples are compared to identify any changes in protein spot density related to the treatment.
  • the proteins in the spots are partiaUy sequenced using, for example, standard methods employing chemical or enzymatic cleavage foUowed by mass spectrometry.
  • the identity of the protein in a spot may be determined by comparing its partial sequence, preferably of at least 5 contiguous amino acid residues, to the polypeptide sequences of interest. In some cases, further sequence data may be obtained for definitive protein identification.
  • a proteomic profile may also be generated using antibodies specific for JRAP to quantify the levels of JRAP expression.
  • the antibodies are used as elements on a microanay, and protein expression levels are quantified by exposing the microanay to the sample and detecting the levels of protein bound to each anay element (Lueking, A. et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 270:103- 111; Mendoze, L.G. et al. (1999) Biotechniques 27:778-788). Detection may be performed by a variety of methods known in the art, for example, by reacting the proteins in the sample with a thiol- or amino-reactive fluorescent compound and detecting the amount of fluorescence bound at each anay element.
  • Toxicant signatures at the proteome level are also useful for toxicolo ical screening, and should be analyzed in paraUel with toxicant signatures at the transcript level.
  • There is a poor conelation between transcript and protein abundances for some proteins in some tissues (Anderson, N.L. and J. Seilhamer (1997) Electrophoresis 18:533-537), so proteome toxicant signatures may be useful in the analysis of compounds which do not significantly affect the transcript image, but which alter the proteomic profile.
  • the analysis of transcripts in body fluids is difficult, due to rapid degradation of mRNA, so proteomic profiling may be more reUable and informative in such cases.
  • the toxicity of a test compound is assessed by treating a biological sample containing proteins with the test compound. Proteins that are expressed in the treated biological sample are separated so that the amount of each protein can be quantified. The amount of each protein is compared to the amount of the conesponding protein in an untreated biological sample. A difference in the amount of protein between the two samples is indicative of a toxic response to the test compound in the treated sample. Individual proteins are identified by sequencing the amino acid residues of the individual proteins and comparing these partial sequences to the polypeptides of the present invention.
  • the toxicity of a test compound is assessed by treating a biological sample containing proteins with the test compound. Proteins from the biological sample are incubated with antibodies specific to the polypeptides of the present invention. The amount of protein recognized by the antibodies is quantified. The amount of protein in the treated biological sample is compared with the amount in an untreated biological sample. A difference in the amount of protein between the two samples is indicative of a toxic response to the test compound in the treated sample.
  • Microarrays may be prepared, used, and analyzed using methods known in the art (Brennan, T.M. et al. (1995) U.S. Patent No. 5,474,796; Schena, M. et al. (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA
  • nucleic acid sequences encoding IRAP may be used to generate hybridization probes useful in mapping the naturaUy occurring genomic sequence.
  • Either coding or noncoding sequences may be used, and in some instances, noncoding sequences may be preferable over coding sequences. For example, conservation of a coding sequence among members of a multi-gene family may potentiaUy cause undesired cross hybridization during chromosomal mapping.
  • sequences may be mapped to a particular chromosome, to a specific region of a chromosome, or to artificial chromosome constructions, e.g., human artificial chromosomes (HACs), yeast artificial chromosomes (YACs), bacterial artificial chromosomes (BACs), bacterial PI constructions, or single chromosome cDNA Ubraries (Harrington, J.J. et al. (1997) Nat. Genet. 15:345-355; Price, CM. (1993) Blood Rev. 7:127-134; Trask, B.J. (1991) Trends Genet. 7:149-154).
  • HACs human artificial chromosomes
  • YACs yeast artificial chromosomes
  • BACs bacterial artificial chromosomes
  • PI constructions or single chromosome cDNA Ubraries
  • nucleic acid sequences may be used to develop genetic linkage maps, for example, which conelate the inheritance of a disease state with the inheritance of a particular chromosome region or restriction fragment length polymo ⁇ hism (RFLP) (Lander, E.S. and D. Botstein (1986) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83:7353-7357).
  • RFLP restriction fragment length polymo ⁇ hism
  • Fluorescent in situ hybridization may be conelated with other physical and genetic map data (Heinz-Ulrich, et al. (1995) in Meyers, supra, pp. 965-968). Examples of genetic map data can be found in various scientific journals or at the Online MendeUan Inheritance in Man (OMJM) World Wide Web site. Conelation between the location of the gene encoding IRAP on a physical map and a specific disorder, or a predisposition to a specific disorder, may help define the region of DNA associated with that disorder and thus may further positional cloning efforts.
  • FISH Fluorescent in situ hybridization
  • In situ hybridization of chromosomal preparations and physical mapping techniques may be used for extending genetic maps.
  • placement of a gene on the chromosome of another mammaUan species, such as mouse may reveal associated markers even if the exact chromosomal locus is not known. This information is valuable to investigators searching for disease genes using positional cloning or other gene discovery techniques.
  • any sequences mapping to that area may represent associated or regulatory genes for further investigation (Gatti, R.A. et al. (1988) Nature 336:577-580).
  • the nucleotide sequence of the instant invention may also be used to detect differences in the chromosomal location due to translocation, inversion, etc., among normal, canier, or affected individuals.
  • IRAP its catalytic or immunogenic fragments, or oUgopeptides thereof can be used for screening Ubraries of compounds in any of a variety of drug screening techniques.
  • the fragment employed in such screening may be free in solution, affixed to a soUd support, borne on a ceU surface, or located intraceUularly. The formation of binding complexes between J-RAP and the agent being tested may be measured.
  • Another technique for drug screening provides for high throughput screening of compounds having suitable binding affinity to the protein of interest (Geysen, et al. (1984) PCT appUcation WO84/03564).
  • large numbers of different smaU test compounds are synthesized on a soUd substrate.
  • the test compounds are reacted with J-RAP, or fragments thereof, and washed.
  • Bound IRAP is then detected by methods weU known in the art.
  • Purified J-RAP can also be coated directly onto plates for use in the aforementioned drug screening techniques.
  • non-neutraUzing antibodies can be used to capture the peptide and immobiUze it on a soUd support.
  • nucleotide sequences which encode J-RAP may be used in any molecular biology techniques that have yet to be developed, provided the new techniques rely on properties of nucleotide sequences that are cunently known, including, but not limited to, such properties as the triplet genetic code and specific base pair interactions.
  • Incyte cDNAs were derived from cDNA Ubraries described in the LJ-FESEQ GOLD database (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA). Some tissues were homogenized and lysed in guanidinium isothiocyanate, while others were homogenized and lysed in phenol or in a suitable mixture of denaturants, such as TRIZOL (Invitrogen), a monophasic solution of phenol and guanidine isothiocyanate. The resulting lysates were centrifuged over CsCl cushions or extracted with chloroform. RNA was precipitated from the lysates with either isopropanol or sodium acetate and ethanol, or by other routine methods.
  • TRIZOL Invitrogen
  • poly(A)+ RNA was isolated using ohgo d(T)-coupled paramagnetic particles (Promega), OLIGOTEX latex particles (QIAGEN, Chatsworth CA), or an OLIGOTEX mRNA purification kit (QIAGEN).
  • Stratagene was provided with RNA and constructed the conesponding cDNA Ubraries. Otherwise, cDNA was synthesized and cDNA Ubraries were constructed with the UNIZAP vector system (Stratagene) or SUPERSCRIPT plasmid system (Invitrogen), using the recommended procedures or similar methods known in the art (Ausubel et al., supra, ch. 5). Reverse transcription was initiated using ohgo d(T) or random primers. Synthetic oUgonucleotide adapters were Ugated to double stranded cDNA, and the cDNA was digested with the appropriate restriction enzyme or enzymes.
  • the cDNA was size-selected (300-1000 bp) using SEPHACRYL S1000, SEPHAROSE CL2B, or SEPHAROSE CL4B column chromatography (Amersham Biosciences) or preparative agarose gel electrophoresis.
  • cDNAs were Ugated into compatible restriction enzyme sites of the polyUnker of a suitable plasmid, e.g., PBLUESCRJPT plasmid (Stratagene), PSPORT1 plasmid (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA), PCDNA2.1 plasmid (Invitrogen), PBK-CMV plasmid (Stratagene), PCR2-TOPOTA plasmid (Invitrogen), PCMV-ICIS plasmid (Stratagene), pIGEN (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA), pRARE (Incyte Genomics), or pINCY (Incyte Genomics), or derivatives thereof.
  • a suitable plasmid e.g., PBLUESCRJPT plasmid (Stratagene), PSPORT1 plasmid (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA), PCDNA2.1 plasmid (Invitrogen), PBK-CMV plasmid (Stratagene
  • Plasmids obtained as described in Example I were recovered from host ceUs by in vivo excision using the UNIZAP vector system (Stratagene) or by ceU lysis. Plasmids were purified using at least one of the foUowing: a Magic or WIZARD Minipreps DNA purification system (Promega); an AGTC Miniprep purification kit (Edge Biosystems, Gaithersburg MD); and QIAWELL 8 Plasmid, QIAWELL 8 Plus Plasmid, QIAWELL 8 Ultra Plasmid purification systems or the R.E.A.L. PREP
  • plasmid purification kit from QIAGEN. Following precipitation, plasmids were resuspended in 0.1 ml of distiUed water and stored, with or without lyophiUzation, at 4°C Alternatively, plasmid DNA was ampUfied from host ceU lysates using direct link PCR in a high-throughput format (Rao, V.B. (1994) Anal. Biochem. 216:1-14). Host cell lysis and thermal cycling steps were carried out in a single reaction mixture.
  • Incyte cDNA recovered in plasmids as described in Example D were sequenced as foUows. Sequencing reactions were processed using standard methods or high-throughput instrumentation such as the ABI CATALYST 800 (AppUed Biosystems) thermal cycler or the PTC-200 thermal cycler (MJ Research) in conjunction with the HYDRA microdispenser (Robbins Scientific) or the MICROLAB 2200 (Hamilton) Uquid transfer system. cDNA sequencing reactions were prepared using reagents provided by Amersham Biosciences or suppUed in ABI sequencing kits such as the ABI PRISM BIGDYE Terminator cycle sequencing ready reaction kit (AppUed Biosystems).
  • Electrophoretic separation of cDNA sequencing reactions and detection of labeled polynucleotides were carried out using the MEGABACE 1000 DNA sequencing system (Amersham Biosciences); the ABI PRISM 373 or 377 sequencing system (AppUed Biosystems) in conjunction with standard ABI protocols and base calling software; or other sequence analysis systems known in the art. Reading frames within the cDNA sequences were identified using standard methods (Ausubel et al., supra, ch. 7). Some of the cDNA sequences were selected for extension using the techniques disclosed in Example VJH.
  • the polynucleotide sequences derived from Incyte cDNAs were vaUdated by removing vector, linker, and poly(A) sequences and by masking ambiguous bases, using algorithms and programs based on BLAST, dynamic programming, and dinucleotide nearest neighbor analysis.
  • the Incyte cDNA sequences or translations thereof were then queried against a selection of pubUc databases such as the GenBank primate, rodent, mammaUan, vertebrate, and eukaryote databases, and BLOCKS, PRINTS, DOMO, PRODOM; PROTEOME databases with sequences from Homo sapiens, Rattus norvegicus, Mus musculus, Caenorhabditis elegans, Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Schizosaccharomyces pombe, and Candida albicans (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA); hidden Markov model (HMM)-based protein family databases such as PFAM, INCY, and ⁇ GRFAM (Haft, D.H.
  • HMM hidden Markov model
  • HMM-based protein domain databases such as SMART (Schultz, J. et al. (1998) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95:5857-5864; Letunic, I. et al. (2002) Nucleic Acids Res. 30:242-244).
  • HMM is a probabiUstic approach which analyzes consensus primary structures of gene famiUes; see, for example, Eddy, S.R. (1996) Cun. Opin. Struct. Biol. 6:361-365.
  • the queries were performed using programs based on BLAST, FASTA, BLIMPS, and HMMER.
  • the Incyte cDNA sequences were assembled to produce fuU length polynucleotide sequences.
  • GenBank cDNAs, GenBank ESTs, stitched sequences, stretched sequences, or Genscan-predicted coding sequences were used to extend Incyte cDNA assemblages to full length. Assembly was performed using programs based on Phred, Phrap, and Consed, and cDNA assemblages were screened for open reading frames using programs based on GeneMark, BLAST, and FASTA. The full length polynucleotide sequences were translated to derive the conesponding fuU length polypeptide sequences.
  • a polypeptide may begin at any of the methionine residues of the full length translated polypeptide.
  • FuU length polypeptide sequences were subsequently analyzed by querying against databases such as the GenBank protein databases (genpept), SwissProt, the PROTEOME databases, BLOCKS, PRINTS, DOMO, PRODOM, Prosite, bidden Markov model (HMM)-based protein family databases such as PFAM, INCY, and ⁇ GRFAM; and HMM-based protein domain databases such as SMART.
  • GenBank protein databases Genpept
  • PROTEOME databases
  • BLOCKS BLOCKS
  • PRINTS DOMO
  • PRODOM Prosite
  • Prosite bidden Markov model
  • Prosite Prosite
  • HMM-based protein family databases such as PFAM, INCY, and ⁇ GRFAM
  • HMM-based protein domain databases such as SMART.
  • FuU length polynucleotide sequences are also analyzed using MACDNASIS PRO software (MiraiBio
  • Polynucleotide and polypeptide sequence aUgnments are generated using default parameters specified by the CLUSTAL algorithm as inco ⁇ orated into the MEGALIGN multisequence aUgnment program (DNASTAR), which also calculates the percent identity between aUgned sequences.
  • Table 7 summarizes the tools, programs, and algorithms used for the analysis and assembly of Incyte cDNA and fuU length sequences and provides apphcable descriptions, references, and threshold parameters.
  • the first column of Table 7 shows the tools, programs, and algorithms used, the second column provides brief descriptions thereof, the third column presents appropriate references, aU of which are inco ⁇ orated by reference herein in their entirety, and the fourth column presents, where apphcable, the scores, probabiUty values, and other parameters used to evaluate the strength of a match between two sequences (the higher the score or the lower the probabiUty value, the greater the identity between two sequences).
  • Genscan is a general-pu ⁇ ose gene identification program which analyzes genomic DNA sequences from a variety of organisms (Burge, C and S. Karlin (1997) J. Mol. Biol. 268:78-94; Burge, C. and S. Karlin (1998) Cun. Opin. Struct. Biol. 8:346-354). The program concatenates predicted exons to form an assembled cDNA sequence extending from a metMonine to a stop codon.
  • Genscan is a FASTA database of polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences.
  • the maximum range of sequence for Genscan to analyze at once was set to 30 kb.
  • the encoded polypeptides were analyzed by querying against PFAM models for immune response associated proteins. Potential immune response associated proteins were also identified by homology to Incyte cDNA sequences that had been annotated as immune response associated proteins. These selected Genscan-predicted sequences were then compared by BLAST analysis to the genpept and gbpri pubUc databases.
  • Genscan-predicted sequences were then edited by comparison to the top BLAST hit from genpept to conect enors in the sequence predicted by Genscan, such as extra or omitted exons.
  • BLAST analysis was also used to find any Incyte cDNA or pubUc cDNA coverage of the Genscan-predicted sequences, thus providing evidence for transcription.
  • Incyte cDNA coverage was available, this information was used to conect or confirm the Genscan predicted sequence.
  • Full length polynucleotide sequences were obtained by assembhng Genscan-predicted coding sequences with Incyte cDNA sequences and/or pubUc cDNA sequences using the assembly process described in Example UI.
  • fuU length polynucleotide sequences were derived entirely from edited or unedited Genscan-predicted coding sequences.
  • Partial cDNA sequences were extended with exons predicted by the Genscan gene identification program described in Example IV. Partial cDNAs assembled as described in Example DI were mapped to genomic DNA and parsed into clusters containing related cDNAs and Genscan exon predictions from one or more genomic sequences. Each cluster was analyzed using an algorithm based on graph theory and dynamic prograiriming to integrate cDNA and genomic information, generating possible spUce variants that were subsequently coiifirmed, edited, or extended to create a full length sequence. Sequence intervals in which the entire length of the interval was present on more than one sequence in the cluster were identified, and intervals thus identified were considered to be equivalent by transitivity.
  • Partial DNA sequences were extended to fuU length with an algorithm based on BLAST analysis.
  • Example JN A chimeric protein was generated by using the resultant high-scoring segment pairs (HSPs) to map the translated sequences onto the GenBank protein homolog. Insertions or deletions may occur in the chimeric protein with respect to the original GenBank protein homolog.
  • GenBank protein homolog, the chimeric protein, or both were used as probes to search for homologous genomic sequences from the pubUc human genome databases. Partial D ⁇ A sequences were therefore "stretched” or extended by the addition of homologous genomic sequences. The resultant stretched sequences were examined to determine whether it contained a complete gene.
  • sequences which were used to assemble SEQ DD NO: 17-32 were compared with sequences from the Incyte LIFESEQ database and pubhc domain databases using BLAST and other implementations of the Smith- Waterman algorithm. Sequences from these databases that matched SEQ DD NO: 17-32 were assembled into clusters of contiguous and overlapping sequences using assembly algorithms such as Phrap (Table 7). Radiation hybrid and genetic mapping data available from pubUc resources such as the Stanford Human Genome Center (SHGC), Whitehead Institute for Genome Research (WIGR), and Genethon were used to determine if any of the clustered sequences had been previously mapped. Inclusion of a mapped sequence in a cluster resulted in the assignment of aU sequences of that cluster, including its particular SEQ DD NO:, to that map location.
  • pubUc resources such as the Stanford Human Genome Center (SHGC), Whitehead Institute for Genome Research (WIGR), and Genethon were used to determine if any of the clustered sequences had been previously mapped
  • Map locations are represented by ranges, or intervals, of human chromosomes.
  • the map position of an interval, in centiMorgans, is measured relative to the terminus of the chromosome's p- arm.
  • centiMorgan cM
  • centiMorgan is a unit of measurement based on recombination frequencies between chromosomal markers. On average, 1 cM is roughly equivalent to 1 megabase (Mb) of DNA in humans, although this can vary widely due to hot and cold spots of recombination.
  • the cM distances are based on genetic markers mapped by Genethon which provide boundaries for radiation hybrid markers whose sequences were included in each of the clusters.
  • RFLP Restriction fragment length polymo ⁇ hism
  • Polynucleotides encoding IRAP were mapped to NT_Contigs. Contigs longer than 1Mb were broken into subcontigs of 1Mb length with overlapping sections of lOOkb.
  • a preUminary step used an algorithm, similar to MEGABLAST, to define the mRNA sequence /masked genomic DNA contig pairings. The cDNA/genomic pairings identified by the first algorithm were coirfirmed, and the IRAP polynucleotides mapped to DNA contigs, using SJM4 (Florea, L. et al. (1998) Genome Res. 8:967-974, version May 2000) which had been optimized for high throughput processing and strand assignment confidence. The SIM4 output of the mRNA sequence/genomic contig pairs was further processed to determine the conect location of the TRAP polynucleotides on the genomic contig, as weU as their strand identity.
  • SEQ DD NO:25 was mapped to NT_Contig 009151_021.8 from Genbank, version 128, covering a 5.5 Mb region of the genome that also contains lung cancer-associated genetic markers D11S939 and D11S938.
  • SEQ DD NO:25 is in proximity with genetic markers shown to consistently associate with lung cancer.
  • SEQ DD NO:25 can be used for one or more of the following: i) determination of LOH in persons with lung cancer in the lung cancer disease region at llql2-24.2, n) diagnostic assays for lung cancer, and hi) developing therapeutics and/or other treatments for lung cancer.
  • VII. Analysis of Polynucleotide Expression Northern analysis is a laboratory technique used to detect the presence of a transcript of a gene and involves the hybridization of a labeled nucleotide sequence to a membrane on which RNAs from a particular ceU type or tissue have been bound (Sambrook and RusseU, supra, ch. 7; Ausubel et al., supra, ch. 4).
  • the product score takes into account both the degree of similarity between two sequences and the length of the sequence match.
  • the product score is a normaUzed value between 0 and 100, and is calculated as follows: the BLAST score is multipUed by the percent nucleotide identity and the product is divided by (5 times the length of the shorter of the two sequences).
  • the BLAST score is calculated by assigning a score of +5 for every base that matches in a high-scoring segment pair (HSP), and -4 for every mismatch. Two sequences may share more than one HSP (separated by gaps). If there is more than one HSP, then the pair with the highest BLAST score is used to calculate the product score.
  • the product score represents a balance between fractional overlap and quahty in a BLAST aUgnment. For example, a product score of 100 is produced only for 100% identity over the entire length of the shorter of the two sequences being compared. A product score of 70 is produced either by 100% identity and 70% overlap at one end, or by 88% identity and 100% overlap at the other. A product score of 50 is produced either by 100% identity and 50% overlap at one end, or 79% identity and 100% overlap.
  • polynucleotides encoding JRAP are analyzed with respect to the tissue sources from which they were derived. For example, some fuU length sequences are assembled, at least in part, with overlapping Incyte cDNA sequences (see Example EH). Each cDNA sequence is derived from a cDNA Ubrary constructed from a human tissue.
  • Each human tissue is classified into one of the following organ/tissue categories: cardiovascular system; connective tissue; digestive system; embryonic structures; endocrine system; exocrine glands; genitaUa, female; genitaUa, male; germ ceUs; hemic and immune system; Uver; musculoskeletal system; nervous system; pancreas; respiratory system; sense organs; skin; stomatognathic system; unclassified/mixed; or urinary tract.
  • the number of libraries in each category is counted and divided by the total number of Ubraries across aU categories.
  • each human tissue is classified into one of the following disease/condition categories: cancer, ceU line, developmental, inflammation, neurological, trauma, cardiovascular, pooled, and other, and the number of Ubraries in each category is counted and divided by the total number of libraries across aU categories. The resulting percentages reflect the tissue- and disease-specific expression of cDNA encoding IRAP.
  • cDNA sequences and cDNA Ubrary/tissue information are found in the LIFESEQ GOLD database (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA).
  • FuU length polynucleotides are produced by extension of an appropriate fragment of the full length molecule using oUgonucleotide primers designed from this fragment.
  • One primer was synthesized to initiate 5' extension of the known fragment, and the other primer was synthesized to initiate 3 ' extension of the known fragment.
  • the initial primers were designed using OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences), or another appropriate program, to be about 22 to 30 nucleotides in length, to have a GC content of about 50% or more, and to anneal to the target sequence at temperatures of about 68 °C to about 72 °C. Any stretch of nucleotides which would result in hairpin structures and primer-primer dimerizations was avoided.
  • Selected human cDNA Ubraries were used to extend the sequence. If more than one extension was necessary or desired, additional or nested sets of primers were designed.
  • the concentration of DNA in each weU was determined by dispensing 100 ⁇ l PICOGREEN quantitation reagent (0.25% (v/v) PICOGREEN; Molecular Probes, Eugene OR) dissolved in IX TE and 0.5 ⁇ l of undiluted PCR product into each weU of an opaque fluorimeter plate (Corning Costar, Acton MA), aUowing the DNA to bind to the reagent.
  • the plate was scanned in a Fluoroskan D (Labsystems Oy, Helsinki, Finland) to measure the fluorescence of the sample and to quantify the concentration of DNA.
  • a 5 ⁇ l to 10 ⁇ l aUquot of the reaction mixture was analyzed by electrophoresis on a 1 % agarose gel to determine which reactions were successful in extending the sequence.
  • the extended nucleotides were desalted and concentrated, transfened to 384-weU plates, digested with CviJI cholera virus endonuclease (Molecular Biology Research, Madison WI), and sonicated or sheared prior to reUgation into pUC 18 vector (Amersham Biosciences).
  • CviJI cholera virus endonuclease Molecular Biology Research, Madison WI
  • sonicated or sheared prior to reUgation into pUC 18 vector
  • the digested nucleotides were separated on low concentration (0.6 to 0.8%) agarose gels, fragments were excised, and agar digested with Agar ACE (Promega).
  • Extended clones were rehgated using T4 Ugase (New England Biolabs, Beverly MA) into pUC 18 vector (Amersham Biosciences), treated with Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene) to fill-in restriction site overhangs, and transfected into competent E. coli cells. Transformed ceUs were selected on antibiotic-containing media, and individual colonies were picked and cultured overnight at 37 °C in 384-weU plates in LB/2x carb Uquid media.
  • the cells were lysed, and DNA was ampUfied by PCR using Taq DNA polymerase (Amersham Biosciences) and Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene) with the foUowing parameters: Step
  • Step 7 storage at 4°C DNA was quantified by PICOGREEN reagent (Molecular Probes) as described above. Samples with low DNA recoveries were reampUfied using the same conditions as described above.
  • fuU length polynucleotides are verified using the above procedure or are used to obtain 5 ' regulatory sequences using the above procedure along with oUgonucleotides designed for such extension, and an appropriate genomic Ubrary.
  • Certain SNPs were selected for further characterization by mass spectrometry using the high throughput MASSARRAY system (Sequenom, Inc.) to analyze aUele frequencies at the SNP sites in four different human populations.
  • the Caucasian population comprised 92 individuals (46 male, 46 female), including 83 from Utah, four French, three deciualan, and two Amish individuals.
  • the African population comprised 194 individuals (97 male, 97 female), aU African Americans.
  • the Hispanic population comprised 324 individuals (162 male, 162 female), aU Mexican Hispanic.
  • Asian population comprised 126 individuals (64 male, 62 female) with a reported parental breakdown of 43% Chinese, 31% Japanese, 13% Korean, 5% Vietnamese, and 8% other Asian.
  • AUele frequencies were first analyzed in the Caucasian population; in some cases those SNPs which showed no aUeUc variance in this population were not further tested in the other three populations.
  • Hybridization probes derived from SEQ DD NO: 17-32 are employed to screen cDNAs, genomic DNAs, or mRNAs. Although the labeling of oUgonucleotides, consisting of about 20 base pairs, is specificaUy described, essentiaUy the same procedure is used with larger nucleotide fragments.
  • OUgonucleotides are designed using state-of-the-art software such as OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences) and labeled by combining 50 pmol of each oUgomer, 250 ⁇ Ci of [ ⁇ - 32 P] adenosine triphosphate (Amersham Biosciences), and T4 polynucleotide kinase (DuPont NEN, Boston MA).
  • the labeled oUgonucleotides are substantiaUy purified using a SEPHADEX G-25 superfine size exclusion dextran bead column (Amersham Biosciences).
  • An aUquot containing 10 7 counts per minute of the labeled probe is used in a typical membrane-based hybridization analysis of human genomic DNA digested with one of the foUowing endonucleases: Ase I, Bgl D, Eco RI, Pst I, Xba I, or Pvu D (DuPont NEN).
  • the DNA from each digest is fractionated on a 0.7% agarose gel and transfened to nylon membranes (Nytran Plus, Schleicher & SchueU, Durham NH). Hybridization is carried out for 16 hours at 40 °C. To remove nonspecific signals, blots are sequentially washed at room temperature under conditions of up to, for example, 0.1 x saline sodium citrate and 0.5% sodium dodecyl sulfate. Hybridization patterns are visuaUzed using autoradiography or an alternative imaging means and compared. XI. Microarrays
  • the linkage or synthesis of array elements upon a microanay can be achieved utiUzing photoUthography, piezoelectric printing (ink-jet printing; see, e.g., Baldeschweiler et al., supra), mechanical microspotting technologies, and derivatives thereof.
  • the substrate in each of the aforementioned technologies should be uniform and soUd with a non-porous surface (Schena, M., ed. (1999) DNA Microanays: A Practical Approach, Oxford University Press, London). Suggested substrates include silicon, siUca, glass sUdes, glass chips, and siUcon wafers.
  • a procedure analogous to a dot or slot blot may also be used to anange and link elements to the surface of a substrate using thermal, UV, chemical, or mechanical bonding procedures.
  • a typical array may be produced using available methods and machines weU known to those of ordinary skill in the art and may contain any appropriate number of elements (Schena, M. et al. (1995) Science 270:467-470; Shalon, D. et al. (1996) Genome Res. 6:639-645; MarshaU, A. and J. Hodgson (1998) Nat. Biotechnol. 16:27-31).
  • FuU length cDNAs, Expressed Sequence Tags (ESTs), or fragments or oUgomers thereof may comprise the elements of the microanay. Fragments or oUgomers suitable for hybridization can be selected using software weU known in the art such as LASERGENE software (DNASTAR).
  • the anay elements are hybridized with polynucleotides in a biological sample.
  • the polynucleotides in the biological sample are conjugated to a fluorescent label or other molecular tag for ease of detection.
  • a fluorescence scanner is used to detect hybridization at each anay element.
  • laser desorbtion and mass spectrometry may be used for detection of hybridization.
  • the degree of complementarity and the relative abundance of each polynucleotide which hybridizes to an element on the microanay may be assessed.
  • microanay preparation and usage is described in detail below.
  • Total RNA is isolated from tissue samples using the guanidinium thiocyanate method and poly(A) + RNA is purified using the oUgo-(dT) ceUulose method.
  • Each poly(A) + RNA sample is reverse transcribed using MMLV reverse-tianscriptase, 0.05 pg/ ⁇ l oUgo-(dT) primer (21mer), IX first strand buffer, 0.03 units/ ⁇ l RNase inhibitor, 500 ⁇ M dATP, 500 ⁇ M dGTP, 500 ⁇ M dTTP, 40 ⁇ M dCTP, 40 ⁇ M dCTP-Cy3 (BDS) or dCTP-Cy5 (Amersham Biosciences).
  • the reverse transcription reaction is performed in a 25 ml volume containing 200 ng poly(A) + RNA with GEMBRIGHT kits (Incyte Genomics).
  • Specific control poly(A) + RNAs are synthesized by in vitro transcription from non-coding yeast genomic DNA. After incubation at 37° C for 2 hr, each reaction sample (one with Cy3 and another with Cy5 labeling) is treated with 2.5 ml of 0.5M sodium hydroxide and incubated for 20 minutes at 85° C to the stop the reaction and degrade the RNA.
  • Samples are purified using two successive CHROMA SPIN 30 gel filtration spin columns (Clontech, Palo Alto CA) and after combining, both reaction samples are ethanol precipitated using 1 ml of glycogen (1 mg/ml), 60 ml sodium acetate, and 300 ml of 100% ethanol. The sample is then dried to completion using a SpeedVAC (Savant Instruments Inc., Holbrook NY) and resuspended in 14 ⁇ l 5X SSC/0.2% SDS.
  • SpeedVAC SpeedVAC
  • Sequences of the present invention are used to generate anay elements.
  • Each anay element is ampUfied from bacterial ceUs containing vectors with cloned cDNA inserts.
  • PCR ampUfication uses primers complementary to the vector sequences flanking the cDNA insert.
  • Array elements are ampUfied in thirty cycles of PCR from an initial quantity of 1-2 ng to a final quantity greater than 5 ⁇ g. AmpUfied anay elements are then purified using SEPHACRYL-400 (Amersham Biosciences).
  • Purified anay elements are immobiUzed on polymer-coated glass sUdes.
  • Glass microscope sUdes (Corning) are cleaned by ultrasound in 0.1% SDS and acetone, with extensive distiUed water washes between and after treatments.
  • Glass sUdes are etched in 4% hydrofluoric acid (VWR Scientific Products Co ⁇ oration (VWR), West Chester PA), washed extensively in distiUed water, and coated with 0.05% aminopropyl silane (Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis MO) in 95% ethanol.
  • Coated sUdes are cured in a 110°C oven.
  • Anay elements are appUed to the coated glass substrate using a procedure described in U.S.
  • Patent No. 5,807,522 inco ⁇ orated herein by reference.
  • 1 ⁇ l of the anay element DNA, at an average concentration of 100 ng/ ⁇ l, is loaded into the open capiUary printing element by a high-speed robotic apparatus.
  • the apparatus then deposits about 5 nl of anay element sample per sUde.
  • Microanays are UV-crosslinked using a STRATALINKER UV-crosslinker (Stratagene). Microanays are washed at room temperature once in 0.2% SDS and three times in distiUed water. Non-specific binding sites are blocked by incubation of microanays in 0.2% casein in phosphate buffered saline (PBS) (Tropix, Inc., Bedford MA) for 30 minutes at 60° C foUowed by washes in 0.2% SDS and distiUed water as before.
  • PBS phosphate buffered saline
  • Hybridization Hybridization reactions contain 9 ⁇ l of sample mixture consisting of 0.2 ⁇ g each of Cy3 and
  • Reporter-labeled hybridization complexes are detected with a microscope equipped with an Innova 70 mixed gas 10 W laser (Coherent, Inc., Santa Clara CA) capable of generating spectral lines at 488 nm for excitation of Cy3 and at 632 nm for excitation of Cy5.
  • the excitation laser hght is focused on the anay using a 20X microscope objective (Nikon, Inc., Melville NY).
  • the sUde containing the anay is placed on a computer-controUed X-Y stage on the microscope and raster- scanned past the objective.
  • the 1.8 cm x 1.8 cm anay used in the present example is scanned with a resolution of 20 micrometers. In two separate scans, a mixed gas multiline laser excites the two fluorophores sequentiaUy.
  • Emitted Ught is spht, based on wavelength, into two photomultiplier tube detectors (PMT R1477, Hamamatsu Photonics Systems, Bridgewater NJ) conesponding to the two fluorophores.
  • Appropriate filters positioned between the anay and the photomultiplier tubes are used to filter the signals.
  • the emission maxima of the fluorophores used are 565 nm for Cy3 and 650 nm for Cy5.
  • Each anay is typicaUy scanned twice, one scan per fluorophore using the appropriate filters at the laser source, although the apparatus is capable of recording the spectra from both fluorophores simultaneously.
  • the sensitivity of the scans is typicaUy caUbrated using the signal intensity generated by a cDNA control species added to the sample mixture at a known concentration.
  • a specific location on the array contains a complementary DNA sequence, allowing the intensity of the signal at that location to be conelated with a weight ratio of hybridizing species of 1:100,000.
  • the caUbration is done by labeling samples of the caUbrating cDNA with the two fluorophores and adding identical amounts of each to the hybridization mixture.
  • the output of the photomultipher tube is digitized using a 12-bit RTI-835H analog-to-digital (AID) conversion board (Analog Devices, Inc., Norwood MA) instaUed in an IBM-compatible PC computer.
  • the digitized data are displayed as an image where the. signal intensity is mapped using a linear 20-color transformation to a pseudocolor scale ranging from blue (low signal) to red (high signal).
  • the data is also analyzed quantitatively. Where two different fluorophores are excited and measured simultaneously, the data are first conected for optical crosstalk (due to overlapping emission spectra) between the fluorophores using each fluorophore 's emission spectrum.
  • a grid is superimposed over the fluorescence signal image such that the signal from each spot is centered in each element of the grid.
  • the fluorescence signal within each element is then integrated to obtain a numerical value conesponding to the average intensity of the signal.
  • the software used for signal analysis is the GEMTOOLS gene expression analysis program (Incyte Genomics). Anay elements that exhibit at least about a two-fold change in expression, a signal-to- background ratio of at least about 2.5, and an element spot size of at least about 40%, are considered to be differentially expressed.
  • SEQ ID NO:31 showed tissue-specific expression as determined by microanay analysis.
  • RNA samples isolated from a variety of normal human tissues were compared to a common reference sample. Tissues contributing to the reference sample were selected for their abiUty to provide a complete distribution of RNA in the human body and include brain (4%), heart (7%), kidney (3%), lung (8%), placenta (46%), smaU intestine (9%), spleen (3%), stomach (6%), testis (9%), and uterus (5%).
  • the normal tissues assayed were obtained from at least three different donors. RNA from each donor was separately isolated and individuaUy hybridized to the microanay.
  • Sequences complementary to the IRAP-encoding sequences, or any parts thereof, are used to detect, decrease, or inhibit expression of naturaUy occurring IRAP.
  • oUgonucleotides comprising from about 15 to 30 base pairs is described, essentiaUy the same procedure is used with smaUer or with larger sequence fragments.
  • Appropriate oUgonucleotides are designed using OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences) and the coding sequence of JRAP.
  • a complementary oligonucleotide is designed from the most unique 5' sequence and used to prevent promoter binding to the coding sequence.
  • a complementary oligonucleotide is designed to prevent ribosomal binding to the IRAP-encoding transcript.
  • IRAP IRAP expression and purification of IRAP is achieved using bacterial or virus-based expression systems.
  • cDNA is subcloned into an appropriate vector containing an antibiotic resistance gene and an inducible promoter that directs high levels of cDNA transcription.
  • promoters include, but are not hmited to, the trp-lac (tac) hybrid promoter and the T5 or T7 bacteriophage promoter in conjunction with the lac operator regulatory element.
  • Recombinant vectors are transformed into suitable bacterial hosts, e.g., BL21(DE3).
  • Antibiotic resistant bacteria express TRAP upon induction with isopropyl beta-D- thiogalactopyranoside (JPTG).
  • IRAP in eukaryotic cells is achieved by infecting insect or mammalian ceU lines with recombinant Autographica californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcMNPV), commonly known as baculovirus.
  • AcMNPV Autographica californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus
  • the nonessential polyhedrin gene of baculovirus is replaced with cDNA encoding IRAP by either homologous recombination or bacterial-mediated transposition involving transfer plasmid intermediates. Viral infectivity is maintained and the strong polyhedrin promoter drives high levels of cDNA transcription.
  • Recombinant baculovirus is used to infect Spodoptera frugiperda (Sf9) insect ceUs in most cases, or human hepatocytes, in some cases.
  • IRAP is synthesized as a fusion protein with, e.g., glutathione S- transferase (GST) or a peptide epitope tag, such as FLAG or 6-His, permitting rapid, single-step, affinity-based purification of recombinant fusion protein from crude cell lysates.
  • GST glutathione S- transferase
  • FLAG peptide epitope tag
  • GST a 26-kilodalton enzyme from Schistosoma japonicum, enables the purification of fusion proteins on immobiUzed glutathione under conditions that maintain protein activity and antigenicity (Amersham Biosciences). FoUowing purification, the GST moiety can be proteolyticaUy cleaved from IRAP at specifically engineered sites.
  • FLAG an 8-amino acid peptide, enables incimunoaffinity purification using commercially available monoclonal and polyclonal anti-FLAG antibodies (Eastman Kodak). 6-His, a stretch of six consecutive histidine residues, enables purification on metal-chelate resins (QIAGEN). Methods for protein expression and purification are discussed in Ausubel et al. (supra, ch. 10 and 16). Purified IRAP obtained by these methods can be used directly in the assays shown in Examples
  • J-RAP function is assessed by expressing the sequences encoding TRAP at physiologicaUy elevated levels in mammaUan ceU culture systems.
  • cDNA is subcloned into a mammaUan expression vector containing a strong promoter that drives high levels of cDNA expression.
  • Vectors of choice include PCMV SPORT plasmid (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA) and PCR3.1 plasmid (Invitrogen), both of which contain the cytomegalovirus promoter.
  • recombinant vector 5-10 ⁇ g of recombinant vector are transiently transfected into a human ceU line, for example, an endotheUal or hematopoietic ceU line, using either Uposome formulations or electroporation. 1-2 ⁇ g of an additional plasmid containing seq ences encoding a marker protein are co-transfected. Expression of a marker protein provides a means to distinguish transfected ceUs from nontransfected cells and is a reUable predictor of cDNA expression from the recombinant vector. Marker proteins of choice include, e.g., Green Fluorescent Protein
  • FCM Flow cytometry
  • IRAP The influence of IRAP on gene expression can be assessed using highly purified populations of cells transfected with sequences encoding JRAP and either CD64 or CD64-GFP.
  • CD64 and CD64-GFP are expressed on the surface of transfected ceUs and bind to conserved regions of human immunoglobulin G (IgG).
  • Transfected ceUs are efficiently separated from nontransfected ceUs using magnetic beads coated with either human IgG or antibody against CD64 (DYNAL, Lake Success NY).
  • mRNA can be purified from the ceUs using methods well known by those of skiU in the art. Expression of mRNA encoding JRAP and other genes of interest can be analyzed by northern analysis or microanay techniques. XV. Production of IRAP Specific Antibodies
  • the J-RAP amino acid sequence is analyzed using LASERGENE software (DNASTAR) to determine regions of high immunogenicity, and a conesponding oUgopeptide is synthesized and used to raise antibodies by means known to those of skill in the art. Methods for selection of appropriate epitopes, such as those near the C-terminus or in hydrophiUc regions are weU described in the art (Ausubel et al., supra, ch. 11).
  • oUgopeptides of about 15 residues in length are synthesized using an ABI 431 A peptide synthesizer (AppUed Biosystems) using FMOC chemistry and coupled to KLH (Sigma- Aldrich, St. Louis MO) by reaction with N-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (MBS) to increase immunogenicity (Ausubel et al., supra). Rabbits are immunized with the ohgopeptide-KLH complex in complete Freund's adjuvant.
  • Resulting antisera are tested for antipeptide and anti-IRAP activity by, for example, binding the peptide or IRAP to a substrate, blocking with 1% BSA, reacting with rabbit antisera, washing, and reacting with radio-iodinated goat anti-rabbit IgG.
  • XVI. Purification of Naturally Occurring IRAP Using Specific Antibodies NaturaUy occurring or recombinant TRAP is substantially purified by immunoaffinity chromatography using antibodies specific for IRAP.
  • An i munoaff-nity column is constructed by covalently coupling anti-IRAP antibody to an activated chromatographic resin, such as CNBr-activated SEPHAROSE (Amersham Biosciences).
  • J-RAP or biologicaUy active fragments thereof, are labeled with 125 I Bolton-Hunter reagent (Bolton, A.E. and W.M. Hunter (1973) Biochem. J. 133:529-539).
  • Candidate molecules previously anayed in the wells of a multi-weU plate are incubated with the labeled IRAP, washed, and any wells with labeled IRAP complex are assayed. Data obtained using different concentrations of IRAP are used to calculate values for the number, affinity, and association of JRAP with the candidate molecules.
  • molecules interacting with IRAP are analyzed using the yeast two-hybrid system as described in Fields, S. and O. Song (1989; Nature 340:245-246), or using commerciaUy available kits based on the two-hybrid system, such as the MATCHMAKER system (Clontech).
  • IRAP may also be used in the PATHCALLING process (CuraGen Corp., New Haven CT) which employs the yeast two-hybrid system in a high-throughput manner to dete ⁇ nine aU interactions between the proteins encoded by two large Ubraries of genes (Nandabalan, K. et al. (2000) U.S. Patent No. 6,057,101).
  • PATHCALLING process CuraGen Corp., New Haven CT
  • yeast two-hybrid system in a high-throughput manner to dete ⁇ nine aU interactions between the proteins encoded by two large Ubraries of genes (Nandabalan, K. et al. (2000) U.S. Patent No. 6,057,101).
  • XVIII Demonstration of IRAP Activity
  • JRAP activity measures the abiUty of IRAP to recognize and precipitate antigens from serum. This activity can be measured by the quantitative precipitin reaction (Golub, E.S. et al. (1987) Immunology: A Synthesis, Sinauer Associates, Sunderland, MA, pages 113-115).
  • IRAP is isotopicaUy labeled using methods known in the art.
  • Various serum concentrations are added to constant amounts of labeled TRAP.
  • JRAP-antigen complexes precipitate out of solution and are coUected by centrifugation. The amount of precipitable IRAP-antigen complex is proportional to the amount of radioisotope detected in the precipitate.
  • the amount of precipitable JRAP-antigen complex is plotted against the serum concentration. For various serum concentrations, a characteristic precipitin curve is obtained, in which the amount of precipitable IRAP-antigen complex initiaUy increases proportionately with increasing serum concentration, peaks at the equivalence point, and then decreases proportionately with further increases in serum concentration.
  • the amount of precipitable IRAP-antigen complex is a measure of IRAP activity which is characterized by sensitivity to both limiting and excess quantities of antigen.
  • an assay for TRAP activity measures the expression of TRAP on the ceU surface.
  • cDNA encoding TRAP is transfected into a non-leukocytic ceU line.
  • CeU surface proteins are labeled with biotin (de la Fuente, M.A. et al. (1997) Blood 90:2398-2405).
  • Immunoprecipitations are performed using IRAP-specific antibodies, and immunoprecipitated samples are analyzed using SDS-PAGE and immunoblotting techniques. The ratio of labeled immunoprecipitant to unlabeled immunoprecipitant is proportional to the amount of JRAP expressed on the ceU surface.
  • an assay for JRAP activity measures the amount of cell aggregation induced by overexpression of JRAP.
  • cultured ceUs such as N1H3T3 are transfected with cDNA encoding J-RAP contained within a suitable mammaUan expression vector under control of a strong promoter.
  • Fluorescent Protein (CLONTECH), is useful for identifying stable transfectants.
  • the amount of ceU agglutination, or clumping, associated with transfected ceUs is compared with that associated with untransfected ceUs.
  • the amount of cell agglutination is a direct measure of TRAP activity.

Abstract

Various embodiments of the invention provide human immune response associated proteins (IRAP) and polynucleotides which identify and encode IRAP. Embodiments of the invention also provide expression vectors, host cells, antibodies, agonists, and antagonists. Other embodiments provide methods for diagnosing, treating, or preventing disorders associated with aberrant expression of IRAP.

Description

IMMUNE RESPONSE ASSOCIATED PROTEINS
TECHNICAL FIELD
The invention relates to novel nucleic acids, immune response associated proteins encoded by these nucleic acids, and to the use of these nucleic acids and proteins in the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of immune system, neurological, developmental, muscle, and cell proliferative disorders. The invention also relates to the assessment of the effects of exogenous compounds on the expression of nucleic acids and immune response associated proteins.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
All vertebrates have developed sophisticated and complex immune systems that provide protection from viral, bacterial, fungal and parasitic infections. Included in these systems are the processes of humoral immunity, the complement cascade and the inflammatory response (See Paul, W.E. (1993) Fundamental unmunology. Raven Press, Ltd., New York NY pp.1-20). The immune response can be pathologically altered in a number of ways, either by over- or under-production of specific cell types, production of antibodies that recognize self or host antigens, or chronic stimulation of inflammatory responses. This dysregulation leads to a number of important human diseases and disorders. Cells of the Immune System The cellular components of the immune system include six different types of leukocytes, or white blood cells: monocytes, lymphocytes, polymorphonuclear granulocytes (including neutrophils, eosinophils, and basophils) and plasma cells. Additionally, fragments of megakaryocytes, a seventh type of white blood cell in the bone marrow, occur in large numbers in the blood as platelets.
Leukocytes are formed from two stem cell lineages in bone marrow. The myeloid stem cell line produces granulocytes and monocytes and the lymphoid stem cell line produces lymphocytes.
Lymphoid cells travel to the thymus, spleen and lymph nodes, where they mature and differentiate into lymphocytes. Leukocytes are responsible for defending the body against invading pathogens. Neutrophils and monocytes attack invading bacteria, viruses, and other pathogens and destroy them by phagocytosis. Monocytes enter tissues and differentiate into macrophages which are extremely phagocytic. Lymphocytes and plasma cells are a part of the immune system which recognizes specific foreign molecules and organisms and inactivates them, as well as signals other cells to attack the invaders.
Granulocytes and monocytes are formed and stored in the bone marrow until needed. Megakaryocytes are produced in bone marrow, where they fragment into platelets and are released into the bloodstream. The main function of platelets is to activate the blood clotting mechanism. Lymphocytes and plasma cells are produced in various lymphogenous organs, including the lymph nodes, spleen, thymus, and tonsils. Both neutrophils and macrophages exhibit chemotaxis towards sites of inflammation. Tissue inflammation in response to pathogen invasion results in production of chemo-attractants for leukocytes, such as endotoxins or other bacterial products, prostaglandins, and products of leukocytes or platelets.
Basophils participate in the release ofthe chemicals involved in the inflammatory process. The main function of basophils is secretion of these chemicals, to such a degree that they have been referred to as "unicellular endocrine glands." A distinct aspect of basophilic secretion is that the contents of granules go directly into the extracellular environment, not into vacuoles as occurs with neutrophils, eosinophils, and monocytes. Basophils have receptors for the Fc fragment of immunoglobulin E (IgE) that are not present on other leukocytes. Crosslinking of membrane IgE with anti-IgE or other ligands triggers degranulation.
Eosinophils are bi- or multi-nucleated white blood cells which contain eosinophilic granules. Their plasma membrane is characterized by Ig receptors, particularly IgG and IgE. Generally, eosinophils are stored in the bone marrow until recruited for use at a site of inflammation or invasion. They have specific functions in parasitic infections and allergic reactions, and are thought to detoxify some of the substances released by mast cells and basophils which cause inflammation. Additionally, they phagocytize antigen-antibody complexes and further help prevent the spread of inflammation.
The mononuclear phagocyte system is comprised of precursor cells in the bone marrow, monocytes in circulation, and macrophages in tissues. Macrophages are monocytes that have left the blood stream to settle in tissue. Once monocytes have migrated into tissues, they do not re-enter the bloodstream. They increase several-fold in size and transform into macrophages that are characteristic of the tissue they have entered, surviving in tissues for several months. The mononuclear phagocyte system is capable of very fast and extensive phagocytosis. A macrophage may phagocytize over 100 bacteria, digest them and extrude residues, and then survive for many more months. Macrophages are also capable of ingesting large particles, including red blood cells and malarial parasites.
Mononuclear phagocytes are essential in defending the body against invasion by foreign pathogens, particularly intracellular microorganisms such as Mycobacterium tuberculosis, listeria, leishmania and toxoplasma. Macrophages can also control the growth of tumor cells, via both phagocytosis and secretion of hydrolytic enzymes. Another important function of macrophages is that of processing antigens and presenting them in a biochemically modified form to lymphocytes. Humoral Immune Response
The immune system responds to invading microorganisms in two major ways: antibody production and cell mediated responses. Antibodies are immunoglobulin proteins produced by B-lymphocytes which bind to specific antigens and cause inactivation or promote destruction of the antigen by other cells. Cell-mediated immune responses involve T-lymphocytes (T cells) that react with foreign antigens on the surface of infected host cells. Depending on the type of T cell, the T cell either kills the infected cell itself, or secretes signals which activate macrophages and other cells to destroy the infected cell (Paul, supra).
T-lymphocytes originate in the bone marrow or liver in fetuses. Precursor cells migrate via the blood to the thymus, where they are processed to mature into T-lymphocytes. This processing is crucial because it involves positive and negative selection of T cells for those that will react with foreign antigen and not with self molecules. After processing, T cells continuously circulate in the blood and secondary lymphoid tissues, such as lymph nodes, spleen, certain epithelium-associated tissues in the gastrointestinal tract, respiratory tract and skin. When T-lymphocytes are presented with the complementary antigen, they are stimulated to proliferate and release large numbers of activated T cells into the lymph system and the blood system. These activated T cells can survive and circulate for several days. At the same time, T memory cells are created, which remain in the lymphoid tissue for months or years. Upon subsequent exposure to that specific antigen, these memory cells will respond more rapidly and with a stronger response than induced by the original antigen. This creates an "immunological memory" that can provide immunity for years.
There are two major types of T cells: cytotoxic T cells destroy infected host cells, and helper T cells activate other white blood cells via chemical signals. One class of helper cell, TH1, activates macrophages to destroy ingested microorganisms, while another, TH2, stimulates the production of antibodies by B cells.
Cytotoxic T cells directly attack the infected target cell. Receptors on the surface of T cells bind to antigen presented by MHC molecules on the surface of the infected cell. Once activated by binding to antigen, T cells secrete γ-interferon, a signal molecule that induces the expression of genes necessary for presenting viral (or other) antigens to cytotoxic T cells. Cytotoxic T cells kill the infected cell by stimulating programmed cell death.
Helper T cells constitute up to 75% of the total T cell population. They regulate the immune functions by producing a variety of lymphokines that act on other cells in the immune system and on bone marrow. Among these lymphokines are interleukins 2 through 6, granulocyte-monocy-e colony stimulating factor, and γ-interferon.
Helper T cells are required for most B cells to respond to antigen. When an activated helper cell contacts a B cell, its centrosome and Golgi apparatus become oriented toward the B cell, aiding the directing of signal molecules, such as a transmembrane-bound protein called CD40 ligand, onto the B cell surface to interact with the CD40 transmembrane protein. Secreted signals also help B cells to proliferate and mature and, in some cases, to switch the class of antibody being produced.
B-lymphocytes (B cells) produce antibodies which react with specific antigenic proteins presented by pathogens. Once activated, B cells become filled with extensive rough endoplasmic reticulum and are known as plasma cells. As with T cells, interaction of B cells with antigen stimulates proliferation of only those B cells which produce antibody specific to that antigen. There are five classes of antibodies, known as immunoglobulins, which together comprise about 20% of total plasma protein. Each class mediates a characteristic biological response after antigen binding. Upon activation by specific antigen B cells switch from making the membrane-bound antibody to the secreted form of that antibody.
Antibodies, or immunoglobulins, are the founding members of the immunoglobulin (Ig) superfamily and the central components of the humoral immune response. Antibodies are either expressed on the surface of B cells or secreted by B cells into the circulation. Antibodies bind and neutralize blood-borne foreign antigens. The prototypical antibody is a tetramer consisting of two identical heavy polypeptide chains (H-chains) and two identical light polypeptide chains (L-chains) mterlinked by disulfide bonds. This arrangement confers the characteristic Y-shape to antibody molecules. Antibodies are classified based on their H-chain composition. The five antibody classes, IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG and IgM, are defined by the α, δ, ε, γ, and μ H-chain types. There are two types of L-chains, K and λ, either of which may associate as a pair with any H-chain pair. IgG, the most common class of antibody found in the circulation, is tetrameric, while the other classes of antibodies are generally variants or multimers of this basic structure.
H-chains and L-chains each contain an N-teiminal variable region and a C-terminal constant region. The constant region consists of about 110 -irnino acids in L-chains and about 330 or 440 amino acids in H-chains. The amino acid sequence of the constant region is nearly identical among H- or L- chains of a particular class. The variable region consists of about 110 amino acids in both H- and L- chains. However, the amino acid sequence of the variable region differs among H- or L-chains of a particular class. Within each H- or L-chain variable region are three hypervariable regions of extensive sequence diversity, each consisting of about 5 to 10 amino acids. In the antibody molecule, the H- and L-chain hypervariable regions come together to form the antigen recognition site. (Reviewed in Alberts, B. et al. (1994) Molecular Biology of the Cell, Garland Publishing, New York, NY, pp.1206-1213 and 1216-1217.)
The immune system is capable of recognizing and responding to any foreign molecule that enters the body. Therefore, the immune system must be armed with a fuD repertoire of antibodies against all potential antigens. Such antibody diversity is generated by somatic rearrangement of gene segments encoding variable and constant regions. These gene segments are joined together by site- specific recombination which occurs between highly conserved DNA sequences that flank each gene segment. Because there are hundreds of different gene segments, millions of unique genes can be generated combinatorially. In addition, imprecise joining of these segments and an unusually high rate of somatic mutation within these segments further contribute to the generation of a diverse antibody population.
Both H-chains and L-chains contain repeated Ig domains. For example, a typical H-chain contains four Ig domains, three of which occur within the constant region and one of which occurs within the variable region and contributes to the formation of the antigen recognition site. Likewise, a typical L-chain contains two Ig domains, one of which occurs within the constant region and one of which occurs within the variable region. In addition, H chains such as μ have been shown to associate with other polypeptides during differentiation of the B-cell.
Antibodies can be described in terms of their two main functional domains. Antigen recognition is mediated by the Fab (antigen binding fragment) region of the antibody, while effector functions are mediated by the Fc (crystallizable fragment) region. Binding of antibody to an antigen, such as a bacterium, triggers the destruction of the antigen by phagocytic white blood cells such as macrophages and neutrophils. These cells express surface receptors that specifically bind to the antibody Fc region and allow the phagocytic cells to engulf, ingest, and degrade the antibody-bound antigen. The Fc receptors expressed by phagocytic cells are single-pass transmembrane glycoproteins of about 300 to 400 amino acids (Sears, D.W. et al. (1990) J. Immunol. 144:371-378). The extracellular portion of the Fc receptor typically contains two or three Ig domains.
Although immunology often focuses upon antigens and lymphocytes, the mere presence of these two factors does not always lead to immunity. Antigen-presenting cells (APCs) are important initiators and modulators of the immune response, and can include some helper T cells, macrophages, Langerhans cells of the skin, and importantly, dendritic cells in the peripheral tissues. Dendritic cells (DCs) constitutively patrol through the blood, lymph, peripheral tissues, and secondary lymphoid organs, taking up self and non-self antigens. These antigens are then processed into proteolytic peptides, which are loaded onto MHC (major histocompatibility complex) class I and II molecules and presented at the cell surface (Guermonprez, P. et al. (2002) Annu. Rev. Immunol. 20:621-667). DCs can stimulate both B and T cells through this process of antigen presentation; in fact, T cells require antigens to be processed and presented to them by an APC in the form of antigen fragments bound to MHC molecules. MHC class I proteins stimulate cytotoxic T cells, while MHC class II proteins stimulate helper T cells (Banchereau, J. and R.M. Steinman (1998) Nature 392:245-252). Thus, DCs are important accessory cells that activate and promote cellular immune responses. Complement Cascade
Host defense is further augmented by the complement system. The complement system serves as an effector system and is involved in infectious agent recognition. It can function as an independent immune network or in conjunction with other humoral immune responses. The complement system is comprised of numerous plasma and membrane proteins that act in a cascade of reaction sequences whereby one component activates the next. The result is a rapid and amplified response to infection through either an inflamrnatory response or increased phagocytosis. The complement system has more than 30 protein components which can be divided into functional groupings including modified serine proteases, membrane-binding proteins, and regulators of complement activation. Activation occurs through two different pathways, the classical and the alternative. Both pathways serve to destroy infectious agents through distinct triggering mechanisms that eventually merge with the involvement of the component C3. The classical pathway requires antibody binding to infectious agent antigens. The antibodies serve to define the target and initiate the complement system cascade, culminating in the destruction of the infectious agent. In this pathway, since the antibody guides initiation of the process, the complement system can be seen as an effector arm of the humoral immune system.
The alternative pathway of the complement system does not require the presence of pre- existing antibodies for targeting infectious agent destruction. Rather, this pathway, through low levels of an activated component, remains constantly primed and provides surveillance in the non-immune host to enable targeting and destruction of infectious agents. In this case foreign material triggers the cascade, thereby facilitating phagocytosis or lysis (Paul, supra pp.918-919). Inflammation Another important component of host defense is the process of inflamation. Inflammatory responses are divided into four categories on the basis of pathology and include allergic inflammation, cytotoxic antibody-mediated inflammation, immune complex-mediated inflammation, and monocyte- mediated inflammation. Inflammation manifests as a combination of each of these forms with one predominating.
Allergic acute inflamation is observed in individuals wherein specific antigens stimulate IgE antibody production. Delayed reaction allergy is experienced by many genetically normal people. In the case of atopic allergies, there is a genetic origin, such that large quantities of IgE antibodies are produced. IgEs have a strong tendency to attach to mast cells and basophils, causing the cells to rupture and release histamine, leukotrienes, eosinophil chemotactic substance, protease, neutrophil chemotactic substance, heparin, and platelet activation factors. Tissues can respond in a number of ways to these substances. For example, breathing passages may react with an increase in vascular permeability and constriction of the surrounding smooth muscle. These tissue changes result in what are commonly known as allergic reactions: hay fever, asthma, anaphylaxis, and urticaria (hives).
Acute inflamation is also mediated by cytotoxic antibodies and can result in the destruction of tissue through the binding of complement-fixing antibodies to cells. In this case the antibodies responsible are of the IgG or IgM types and resultant clinical disorders including autoimmune hemolytic anemia and thrombocytopenia as associated with systemic lupus erythematosis. Immune complex-mediated acute inflammation involves the IgG or IgM antibody types which combine with antigen to activate the complement cascade. When such immune complexes bind to neutrophils and macrophages they activate the respiratory burst to form protein and vessel damaging agents such as hydrogen peroxide, hydroxyl radical, hypochlorous acid, and chloramines. Clinical manifestations include rheumatoid arthritis and systemic lupus erythematosus. In chronic inflammation or delayed-type hypersensitivity, macrophages are activated and process antigen for presentation to T cells that subsequently produce lymphokines and monokines. This type of inflammatory response is likely important for defense against intracellular parasites and certain viruses. Clinical associations include granulomatous disease, tuberculosis, leprosy, and sarcoidosis (Paul, supra, pp.1017-1018). Disorders of the Immune System
Diseases which cause over- or under-abundance of any one type of leukocyte usually result in the entire immune defense system becoming involved. The most notorious autoimmune disease is AIDS (Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome). This disease depletes the number of helper T cells and leaves the patient susceptible to infection by microorganisms and parasites. Leukemias are an excess production of white blood cells, to the point where a major portion of the body's metabolic resources are directed solely at proliferation of white blood cells, leaving other tissues to starve. With lymphogenous leukemias, cancerous lymphogenous cells spread from a lymph node to other body parts. Excess T- and B-lymphocytes are produced. In myelogenous leukemias, cancerous young myelogenous cells spread from the bone marrow to other organs, especially the spleen, liver, lymph nodes and other highly vascularized regions. Usually, the extra leukemic cells released are immature, incapable of function, and undifferentiated. Occasionally, partially differentiated cells are produced, leading to classification of the disease as neutrophilic leukemia, eosinophilic leukemia, basophilic leukemia, or monocytic leukemia. Leukemias may be caused by exposure to environmental factors such as radiation or toxic chemicals or by genetic aberration.
Leukopenia or agranulocytosis occurs when the bone marrow stops producing white blood cells. This leaves the body unprotected against foreign microorganisms, including those which normally inhabit skin, mucous membranes, and gastrointestinal tract. If all white blood cell production stops completely, infection will occur within two days and death may follow only 1 to 4 days later. Acute leukopenia can be caused by exposure to radiation or chemicals containing benzene. Occasionally, drugs such as chloramphenicol and thiouracil can suppress blood cell production by the bone marrow and initiate the onset of agranulocytosis. In cases of monoblastic leukemia, primitive monocytes in blood and bone marrow do not mature. Clinical symptoms reflect this abnormality: high lysozyme levels in blood serum, renal tubular dysfunction, and high fevers.
Impaired phagocytosis occurs in several diseases, including monocytic leukemia, systemic lupus, and granulomatous disease. In such a situation, macrophages can phagocytize normally, but the enveloped organism is not killed. There is a defect in the plasma membrane enzyme which converts oxygen to lethally reactive forms. This results in abscess formation in liver, lungs, spleen, lymph nodes, and beneath the skin.
Eosinophilia is an excess of eosinophils commonly observed in patients with allergies (hay fever, asthma), allergic reactions to drugs, rheumatoid arthritis, and cancers (Hodgkins disease, lung, and liver cancer). The mechanism for elevated levels of eosinophils in these diseases is unknown (Isselbacher, K.J. et al. (1994) Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine, McGraw-Hill, Inc., New York, NY).
Proteins Involved in Immune Responses
Most cell surface and soluble molecules that mediate functions such as recognition, adhesion or binding have evolved from a common evolutionary precursor (i.e., these proteins have structural homology). A number of molecules outside the immune system that have similar functions are also derived from this same evolutionary precursor. These molecules -ire classified as members of the immunoglobulin (Ig) superfamily. The criteria for a protein to be a member of the Ig superfamily is to have one or more Ig domains, which are regions of 70-110 amino acid residues in length homologous to either Ig variable-like (V) or Ig constant-like (C) domains. Members of the Ig superfamily include antibodies (Ab), T cell receptors (TCRs), class I and II major histocompatibility (MHC) proteins, CD2, CD3, CD4, CD8, poly-Ig receptors, Fc receptors, neural cell-adhesion molecule (NCAM) and platelet-derived growth factor receptor (PDGFR).
Ig domains (V and C) are regions of conserved amino acid residues that give a polypeptide a globular tertiary structure called an immunoglobulin (or antibody) fold, which consists of two approximately parallel layers of β-sheets. Conserved cysteine residues form an intrachain disulfide- bonded loop, 55-75 amino acid residues in length, which connects the two layers of the β-sheets. Each β-sheet has three or four anti-parallel β-strands of 5-10 amino acid residues. Hydrophobic and hydrophilic interactions of amino acid residues within the β-strands stabilize the Ig fold (hydrophobic on inward facing amino acid residues and hydrophilic on the amino acid residues in the outward facing portion of the strands). A V domain consists of a longer polypeptide than a C domain, with an additional pair of β-strands in the Ig fold.
A consistent feature of Ig superfamily genes is that each sequence of an Ig domain is encoded by a single exon. It is possible that the superfamily evolved from a gene coding for a single Ig domain involved in mediating cell-cell interactions. New members of the superfamily then arose by exon and gene duplications. Modern Ig superfamily proteins contain different numbers of V and/or C domains. Another evolutionary feature of this superfamily is the ability to undergo DNA rearrangements, a unique feature retained by the antigen receptor members of the family. Many members of the Ig superfamily are integral plasma membrane proteins with extracellular Ig domains. For example, an important member of this family is the T-cell antigen receptor (TCR). It is composed of an α and a β chain, and functions to recognize antigen presented by MHC molecules on the surface of antigen-presenting cells. These subunits contain a very short cytoplasmic domain, and thus cannot activate signal transduction cascades on their own. The TCR is non-covalently associated with the transmembrane domain-anchored subunits of CD3, γ, δ, ε, and ζ, which possess a phosphorylation motif called the immunoreceptor tyrosine-based activation motif (IT AM). The src-family kinase lck phosphorylates this site, leading to the recruitment of the ZAP-70 kinase, which phosphorylates and activates many of the downstream proteins associated with the T cell activation signal (Samelson, L.E. (2002) Annu. Rev. Immunol. 20:371-394). Immunoreceptor tyrosine-based inhibitory motifs (ITlMs) downregulate signaling through the TCR and other immune response receptors. Phosphorylation of 1'1'lM motifs results in the recruitment of phosphatases that negatively regulate the downstream effectors by dephosphorylating and inactivating them. Thus, there are two opposing modules that effectively duel for control of the activation of immune cells (Billadeau, D.D. and P.J. Leibson (2002) J. Clin. Invest. 109:161-168). The hydrophobic amino acid residues of Ig superfamily transmembrane domains and their cytoplasmic tails are very diverse, with little or no homology among Ig family members or to known signal-transducing structures. There are exceptions to this general superfamily description. For example, the cytoplasmic tail of PDGFR has tyrosine kinase activity. In addition Thy-1 is a glycoprotein found on thymocytes and T cells. This protein has no cytoplasmic tail, but is instead attached to the plasma membrane by a covalent glycophosphatidylinositol linkage.
Another common feature of many Ig superfamily proteins is the interactions between Ig domains which are essential for the function of these molecules. Interactions between Ig domains of a multimeric protein can be either homophilic or heterophilic (i.e., between the same or different Ig domains). Antibodies are multimeric proteins which have both homophilic and heterophilic interactions between Ig domains. Pairing of constant regions of heavy chains forms the Fc region of an antibody and pairing of variable regions of light and heavy chains form the antigen binding site of an antibody. Heterophilic interactions also occur between Ig domains of different molecules. These interactions provide adhesion between cells for significant cell-cell interactions in the immune system and in the developing and mature nervous system. (Reviewed in Abbas, A.K. et al. (1991) Cellular and Molecular Immunology, W.B. Saunders Company, Philadelphia, PA, pp.142-145.)
There are other common structural motifs found in immune response proteins. For example, Sushi domains, also known as complement control protein (CCP) modules, or short consensus repeats (SCR), are found in a wide variety of complement and adhesion proteins. CD21 (also called C3d receptor, CR2, Epstein Barr virus receptor or EBV-R) is the receptor for EBV and for C3d, C3dg and iC3b. Complement components may activate B cells through CD21. CD21 is part of a large signal-transduction complex that also involves CD 19, CD81, and Leul3. Other complement control proteins are responsible for the molecular basis of the blood group antigens, surface markers on the outside of the red blood cell membrane. Most of these markers are proteins, but some are carbohydrates attached to lipids or proteins (for a review see Reid, M.E. and Lomas-Francis, C. (1977) The Blood Group Antigen Facts Book Academic Press, San Diego, CA). For example, complement decay-accelerating factor (CD55) contains 4 Sushi domains, and is important in defining the Cromer human erythrocyte blood group system, which consists of high-incidence and low- incidence antigens that reside on CD55 (Lublin, D. M. et al. (1994) Blood 84:1276-1282). Complement receptor type 1 (C3b/C4b receptor, CD35) belongs to the Knops blood group system, another member of the complement regulatory protein functional group of erythrocyte membrane proteins, and contains 30 Sushi domains (Mudad, R. and M.J. Telen (1996) Curr. Opin. Hematol. 3:473-479). DC-SIGN 1 and DC-SIGN2 are dendritic cell-specific proteins that bind ICAM-3, but are not integrins themselves. They contain a C-type lectin domain, which is a calcium-dependent carbohydrate-binding and recognition domain. Alternative splicing of these proteins generates a wide variety of both membrane-bound and soluble forms of these modulators of cell-cell interactions. Normally, dendritic cells serve an antigen-presenting function, collecting and processing antigens from the peripheral tissues and migrating to sites where T cells await activation. DC-SIGN proteins play a role in establishing the initial contact between dendritic cells and resting T cells. Recent evidence suggests that the human immunodeficiency virus- 1 (HIV-l) exploits this function in order to disseminate itself from peripheral sites of infection to T cells by using the DC-SIGN proteins as HTV- 1 envelope (gpl20)-binding lectins (Mummidi, S. et al. (2001) J. Biol. Chem. 276:33196-33212; Engering, A. et al. (2002) J. Immunol. 168:2118-2126). A related protein that also undergoes alternative splicing is the low-affinity immunoglobulin ε Fc receptor (CD23). CD23 also contains a C- type lectin domain, and is also involved in antigen-uptake and presentation mechanisms of dendritic cells. Spa is a member of the scavenger receptor cysteine-rich (SRCR) family of proteins. Spa is expressed only in lymphoid tissues. It has three SRCR domains, and represents a novel soluble protein highly related to the cell surface antigens CD5 and CD6, which may regulate monocyte activation, function and/or survival (Gebe, J.A. (1997) J. Biol. Chem. 272:6151-6158).
Another protein involved in the immune response is human leukocyte-specific transcript 1 (LST1), a small protein that modulates immune responses and cellular morphogenesis. LST1 is expressed at high levels in dendritic cells. A DNA-binding site and interaction of multiple regulatory elements may be involved in mediating the expression of the various forms of LST1 mRNA (Yu, X. and Weissman, S.M. (2000) J. Biol. Chem. 275:34597-34608). Expression profiling Microarrays are analytical tools used in bioanalysis. A microarray has a plurality of molecules spatially distributed over, and stably associated with, the surface of a solid support. Microarrays of polypeptides, polynucleotides, and/or antibodies have been developed and find use in a variety of applications, such as gene sequencing, monitoring gene expression, gene mapping, bacterial identification, drug discovery, and combinatorial chemistry. One area in particular in which microarrays find use is in gene expression analysis. Array technology can provide a simple way to explore the expression of a single polymorphic gene or the expression profile of a large number of related or unrelated genes. When the expression of a single gene is examined, arrays are employed to detect the expression of a specific gene or its variants.
ll When an expression profile is examined, arrays provide a platform for identifying genes that are tissue specific, are affected by a substance being tested in a toxicology assay, are part of a signaling cascade, carry out housekeeping functions, or are specifically related to a particular genetic predisposition, condition, disease, or disorder. Lung Cancer
Lung cancer is the leading cause of cancer death in the United States, affecting more than 100,000 men and 50,000 women each year. Nearly 90% of the patients diagnosed with lung cancer are cigarette smokers. Tobacco smoke contains thousands of noxious substances that induce carcinogen metabolizing enzymes and covalent DNA adduct formation in the exposed bronchial epithelium. In nearly 80% of patients diagnosed with lung cancer, metastasis has already occurred. Most commonly lung cancers metastasize to pleura, brain, bone, pericardium, and liver. This adversely affects the overall five-year survival rate which is 37% for squamous carcinoma, 27% for adenocarcinoma and large cell carcinoma, and less than 1% for small cell carcinomas. Earlier diagnosis and an systematic approach to identification, staging, and treatment could positively affect patient outcome (DeVita et al. (1997) Cancer: Principles and Practice of Oncology, Lippincott-
Raven, Philadelphia PA) and Fauci et al. (1998) Harrison's Principals of Internal Medicine, McGraw Hill, New York, NY).
Lung cancers progress through a series of morphologically distinct stages from hyperplasia to invasive carcinoma. Malignant lung cancers are divided into two groups comprising four histopathological classes. The nonsmall cell lung carcinoma (NSCLC) group includes squamous cell carcinomas, adenocarcinomas, and large cell carcinomas and accounts for about 70% of all lung cancer cases. Adenocarcinomas typically arise in the peripheral airways and often form mucin secreting glands. Squamous cell carcinomas typically arise in proximal airways. The histogenesis of squamous cell carcinomas may be related to chronic inflammation and injury to the bronchial epithelium, leading to squamous metaplasia. The small cell lung carcinoma (SCLC) group accounts for about 20% of lung cancer cases. SCLCs typically arise in proximal airways and exhibit a number of paraneoplastic syndromes including inappropriate production of adrenocorticotropin and anti- diuretic hormone.
Lung cancer cells accumulate numerous genetic lesions, many of which are associated with cytologically visible chromosomal aberrations. The high frequency of chromosomal deletions associated with lung cancer may reflect the role of multiple tumor suppressor loci in the etiology of this disease. Several studies report deletions of regions of chromosome 11 in NSCLC (Bepler, G. and Garcia-Blanco, M.A. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:5513-7; Iizuka, M., et al. (1995) Genes, Chromosomes & Cancer 13:40-46; Rasio, D. (1995) Cancer Research 55:3988-91). Deletions in other chromosome arms such as 3p, 9p and 17p are also common. Other frequently observed genetic lesions include overexpression of telomerase, activation of oncogenes such as K-ras and c-myc, and inactivation of tumor suppressor genes such as RB, p53 and pl6 (Toomey, D. et al.(2001) Cancer 92:2648-57; Zajac-Kaye M. (2001) Lung Cancer 34:S43-6; Wright, G. et al. (2000)
Current Opinion in Oncology 12:143-8; and Kohno, T. and Yokota, J. (1999) Carcinogenesis 20:1403- 10).
There is a need in the art for new compositions, including nucleic acids and proteins, for the diagnosis, prevention, and treatment of immune system, neurological, developmental, muscle, and cell proliferative disorders.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
Various embodiments of he invention provide purified polypeptides, immune response associated proteins, referred to collectively as TRAP' and individually as TRAP-1,' 'IRAP-2,'
'IRAP-3,' TRAP-4,' TRAP-5,' 'IRAP-6,' TRAP-7,' 1RAP-8,' TRAP-9,' TRAP-10,' RAP-11,' 'IRAP-12,' 'IRAP-13,' TRAP-14,' TRAP-15,' and 'IRAP- 16' and methods for using these proteins and their encoding polynucleotides for the detection, diagnosis, and treatment of diseases and medical conditions. Embodiments also provide methods for utilizing the purified immune response associated proteins and/or their encoding polynucleotides for facilitating the drug discovery process, including determination of efficacy, dosage, toxicity, and pharmacology. Related embodiments provide methods for utilizing the purified immune response associated proteins and/or their encoding polynucleotides for investigating the pathogenesis of diseases and medical conditions.
An embodiment provides an isolated polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l- 16, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16. Another embodiment provides an isolated polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:l-16.
Still another embodiment provides an isolated polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-16, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16. In another embodiment, the polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16. In an alternative embodiment, the polynucleotide is selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 17-32. Still another embodiment provides a recombinant polynucleotide comprising a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16. Another embodiment provides a cell transformed with the recombinant polynucleotide. Yet another embodiment provides a transgenic organism comprising the recombinant polynucleotide. Another embodiment provides a method for producing a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-16, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-16, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-16. The method comprises a) culturing a cell under conditions suitable for expression of the polypeptide, wherein said cell is transformed with a recombinant polynucleotide comprising a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide, and b) recovering the polypeptide so expressed.
Yet another embodiment provides an isolated antibody which specifically binds to a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-16.
Still yet another embodiment provides an isolated polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 17-32, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 17-32, c) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d). In other embodiments, the polynucleotide can comprise at least about 20, 30, 40, 60, 80, or 100 contiguous nucleotides.
Yet another embodiment provides a method for detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample, said target polynucleotide being selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 17-32, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 17-32, c) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d). The method comprises a) hybridizing the sample with a probe comprising at least 20 contiguous nucleotides comprising a sequence complementary to said target polynucleotide in the sample, and which probe specifically hybridizes to said target polynucleotide, under conditions whereby a hybridization complex is formed between said probe and said target polynucleotide or fragments thereof, and b) detecting the presence or absence of said hybridization complex. In a related embodiment, the method can include detecting the amount of the hybridization complex. In still other embodiments, the probe can comprise at least about 20, 30, 40, 60, 80, or 100 contiguous nucleotides.
Still yet another embodiment provides a method for detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample, said target polynucleotide being selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 17-32, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 17-32, c) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d). The method comprises a) amplifying said target polynucleotide or fragment thereof using polymerase chain reaction amplification, and b) detecting the presence or absence of said amplified target polynucleotide or fragment thereof. In a related embodiment, the method can include detecting the amount of the amplified target polynucleotide or fragment thereof.
Another embodiment provides a composition comprising an effective amount of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-16, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. In one embodiment, the composition can comprise an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16. Other embodiments provide a method of treating a disease or condition associated with decreased or abnormal expression of functional IRAP, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition.
Yet another embodiment provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness as an agonist of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16. The method comprises a) exposing a sample comprising the polypeptide to a compound, and b) detecting agonist activity in the sample. Another embodiment provides a composition comprising an agonist compound identified by the method and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. Yet another embodiment provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with decreased expression of functional IRAP, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition.
Still yet another embodiment provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness as an antagonist of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-16, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-16. The method comprises a) exposing a sample comprising the polypeptide to a compound, and b) detecting antagomst activity in the sample. Another embodiment provides a composition comprising an antagonist compound identified by the method and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. Yet another embodiment provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with overexpression of functional IRAP, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition.
Another embodiment provides a method of screening for a compound that specifically binds to a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-16, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16. The method comprises a) combining the polypeptide with at least one test compound under suitable conditions, and b) detecting binding of the polypeptide to the test compound, thereby identifying a compound that specifically binds to the polypeptide.
Yet another embodiment provides a method of screening for a compound that modulates the activity of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-16, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-16. The method comprises a) combining the polypeptide with at least one test compound under conditions permissive for the activity of the polypeptide, b) assessing the activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the test compound, and c) comparing the activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the test compound with the activity of the polypeptide in the absence of the test compound, wherein a change in the activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the test compound is indicative of a compound that modulates the activity of the polypeptide.
Still yet another embodiment provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness in altering expression of a target polynucleotide, wherein said target polynucleotide comprises a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:17-32, the method comprising a) exposing a sample comprising the target polynucleotide to a compound, b) detecting altered expression of the target polynucleotide, and c) comparing the expression of the target polynucleotide in the presence of varying amounts of the compound and in the absence of the compound. Another embodiment provides a method for assessing toxicity of a test compound, said method comprising a) treating a biological sample containing nucleic acids with the test compound; b) hybridizing the nucleic acids of the treated biological sample with a probe comprising at least 20 contiguous nucleotides of a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of i) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:17-32, ii) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 17-32, iii) a polynucleotide having a sequence complementary to i), iv) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of ii), and v) an RNA equivalent of i)-iv). Hybridization occurs under conditions whereby a specific hybridization complex is formed between said probe and a target polynucleotide in the biological sample, said target polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of i) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 17-32, ii) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 17-32, iii) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of i), iv) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of ii), and v) an RNA equivalent of i)-iv).
Alternatively, the target polynucleotide can comprise a fragment of a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of i)-v) above; c) quantifying the amount of hybridization complex; and d) comparing the amount of hybridization complex in the treated biological sample with the amount of hybridization complex in an untreated biological sample, wherein a difference in the amount of hybridization complex in the treated biological sample is indicative of toxicity of the test compound.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE TABLES
Table 1 summarizes the nomenclature for full length polynucleotide and polypeptide embodiments of the invention.
Table 2 shows the GenBank identification number and annotation of the nearest GenBank homolog, and the PROTEOME database identification numbers and annotations of PROTEOME database homologs, for polypeptide embodiments of the invention. The probability scores for the matches between each polypeptide and its homolog(s) are also shown.
Table 3 shows structural features of polypeptide embodiments, including predicted motifs and domains, along with the methods, algorithms, and searchable databases used for analysis of the polypeptides.
Table 4 lists the cDNA and/or genomic DNA fragments which were used to assemble polynucleotide embodiments, along with selected fragments of the polynucleotides.
Table 5 shows representative cDNA libraries for polynucleotide embodiments.
Table 6 provides an appendix which describes the tissues and vectors used for construction of the cDNA libraries shown in Table 5.
Table 7 shows the tools, programs, and algorithms used to analyze polynucleotides and polypeptides, along with applicable descriptions, references, and threshold parameters.
Table 8 shows single nucleotide polymorphisms found in polynucleotide sequences of the invention, along with allele frequencies in different human populations.
DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION Before the present proteins, nucleic acids, and methods are described, it is understood that embodiments of the invention are not limited to the particular machines, instruments, materials, and methods described, as these may vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to limit the scope of the invention. As used herein and in the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an," and "the" include plural reference unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, a reference to "a host cell" includes a plurality of such host cells, and a reference to "an antibody" is a reference to one or more antibodies and equivalents thereof known to those skilled in the art, and so forth. Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meanings as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Although any machines, materials, and methods similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used to practice or test the present invention, the prefened machines, materials and methods are now described. All publications mentioned herein are cited for the purpose of describing and disclosing the cell lines, protocols,.reagents and vectors which are reported in the publications and which might be used in connection with various embodiments of the invention. Nothing herein is to be construed as an admission that the invention is not entitled to antedate such disclosure by virtue of prior invention. DEFINITIONS 'TRAP" refers to the a ino acid sequences of substantially purified IRAP obtained from any species, particularly a mammalian species, including bovine, ovine, porcine, murine, equine, and human, and from any source, whether natural, synthetic, semi-synthetic, or recombinant.
The term "agonist" refers to a molecule which intensifies or mimics the biological activity of IRAP. Agonists may include proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, small molecules, or any other compound or composition which modulates the activity of IRAP either by directly interacting with IRAP or by acting on components of the biological pathway in which IRAP participates.
An "allelic variant" is an alternative form of the gene encoding IRAP. Allelic variants may result from at least one mutation in the nucleic acid sequence and may result in altered mRNAs or in polypeptides whose structure or function may or may not be altered. A gene may have none, one, or many allelic variants of its naturally occurring form. Common mutational changes which give rise to allelic variants are generally ascribed to natural deletions, additions, or substitutions of nucleotides. Each of these types of changes may occur alone, or in combination with the others, one or more times in a given sequence.
"Altered" nucleic acid sequences encoding IRAP include those sequences with deletions, insertions, or substitutions of different nucleotides, resulting in a polypeptide the same as IRAP or a polypeptide with at least one functional characteristic of IRAP. Included within this definition are polymoφhisms which may or may not be readily detectable using a particular oligonucleotide probe of the polynucleotide encoding IRAP, and improper or unexpected hybridization to allelic variants, with a locus other than the normal chromosomal locus for the polynucleotide encoding IRAP. The encoded protein may also be "altered," and may contain deletions, insertions, or substitutions of amino acid residues which produce a silent change and result in a functionally equivalent IRAP. Deliberate amino acid substitutions may be made on the basis of one or more similarities in polarity, charge, solubility, hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, and/or the amphipathic nature of the residues, as long as the biological or immunological activity of IRAP is retained. For example, negatively charged amino acids may include aspartic acid and glutamic acid, and positively charged amino acids may include lysine and arginine. Amino acids with uncharged polar side chains having similar hydrophilicity values may include: asparagine and glutamine; and serine and threonine. Amino acids with uncharged side chains having similar hydrophilicity values may include: leucine, isoleucine, and valine; glycine and alanine; and phenylalanine and tyrosine.
The terms "amino acid" and "amino acid sequence" can refer to an oligopeptide, a peptide, a polypeptide, or a protein sequence, or a fragment of any of these, and to naturally occurring or synthetic molecules. Where "amino acid sequence" is recited to refer to a sequence of a naturally occurring protein molecule, "amino acid sequence" and like terms are not meant to limit the amino acid sequence to the complete native amino acid sequence associated with the recited protein molecule.
"Amplification" relates to the production of additional copies of a nucleic acid. Amplification may be carried out using polymerase chain reaction (PCR) technologies or other nucleic acid amplification technologies well known in the art.
The term "antagonist" refers to a molecule which inhibits or attenuates the biological activity of IRAP. Antagonists may include proteins such as antibodies, anticalins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, small molecules, or any other compound or composition which modulates the activity of IRAP either by directly interacting with ERAP or by acting on components of the biological pathway in which IRAP participates.
The term "antibody" refers to intact immunoglobulin molecules as well as to fragments thereof, such as Fab, F(ab')2, and Fv fragments, which are capable of binding an epitopic deterrninant. Antibodies that bind IRAP polypeptides can be prepared using intact polypeptides or using fragments containing small peptides of interest as the immunizing antigen. The polypeptide or oligopeptide used to immunize an animal (e.g., a mouse, a rat, or a rabbit) can be derived from the translation of RNA, or synthesized chemically, and can be conjugated to a carrier protein if desired. Commonly used carriers that are chemically coupled to peptides include bovine serum albumin, thyroglobulin, and keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH). The coupled peptide is then used to immunize the animal. The term "antigenic determinant" refers to that region of a molecule (i.e., an epitope) that makes contact with a particular antibody. When a protein or a fragment of a protein is used to immunize a host animal, numerous regions of the protein may induce the production of antibodies which bind specifically to antigenic determinants (particular regions or three-dimensional structures on the protein). An antigenic determinant may compete with the intact antigen (i.e., the immunogen used to elicit the immune response) for binding to an antibody.
The term "aptamer" refers to a nucleic acid or oligonucleotide molecule that binds to a specific molecular target. Aptamers are derived from an in vitro evolutionary process (e.g., SELEX (Systematic Evolution of Ligands by Exponential Enrichment), described in U.S. Patent No. 5,270,163), which selects for target-specific aptamer sequences from large combinatorial libraries. Aptamer compositions may be double-stranded or single-stranded, and may include deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, nucleotide derivatives, or other nucleotide-like molecules. The nucleotide components of an aptamer may have modified sugar groups (e.g., the 2 -OH group of a ribonucleotide may be replaced by 2 -F or 2 -NH2), which may improve a desired property, e.g., resistance to nucleases or longer lifetime in blood. Aptamers may be conjugated to other molecules, e.g., a high molecular weight carrier to slow clearance of the aptamer from the circulatory system. Aptamers may be specifically cross-linked to their cognate ligands, e.g., by photo-activation of a cross-linker (Brody, E.N. and L. Gold (2000) J. Biotechnol. 74:5-13). The term "intramer" refers to an aptamer which is expressed in vivo. For example, a vaccinia virus-based RNA expression system has been used to express specific RNA aptamers at high levels in the cytoplasm of leukocytes (Blind, M. et al. (1999) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 96:3606-3610).
The term "spiegelmer" refers to an aptamer which includes L-DNA, L-RNA, or other left- handed nucleotide derivatives or nucleotide-like molecules. Aptamers containing left-handed nucleotides are resistant to degradation by naturally occurring enzymes, which normally act on substrates containing right-handed nucleotides.
The term "antisense" refers to any composition capable of base-pairing with the "sense" (coding) strand of a polynucleotide having a specific nucleic acid sequence. Antisense compositions may include DNA; RNA; peptide nucleic acid (PNA); oligonucleotides having modified backbone linkages such as phosphorothioates, methylphosphonates, or benzylphosphonates; oligonucleotides having modified sugar groups such as 2'-methoxyethyl sugars or 2'-methoxyethoxy sugars; or oligonucleotides having modified bases such as 5-methyl cytosine, 2'-deoxyuracil, or 7-deaza-2'- deoxyguanosine. Antisense molecules may be produced by any method including chemical synthesis or transcription. Once introduced into a cell, the complementary antisense molecule base-pairs with a naturally occurring nucleic acid sequence produced by the cell to form duplexes which block either transcription or translation. The designation "negative" or "minus" can refer to the antisense strand, and the designation "positive" or "plus" can refer to the sense strand of a reference DNA molecule.
The term "biologically active" refers to a protein having structural, regulatory, or biochemical functions of a naturally occurring molecule. Likewise, "immunologically active" or "immunogenic" refers to the capability of the natural, recombinant, or synthetic IRAP, or of any oligopeptide thereof, to induce a specific immune response in appropriate animals or cells and to bind with specific antibodies. "Complementary" describes the relationship between two single-stranded nucleic acid sequences that anneal by base-pairing. For example, 5'-AGT-3' pairs with its complement, 3'-TCA-5'.
A "composition comprising a given polynucleotide" and a "composition comprising a given polypeptide" can refer to any composition containing the given polynucleotide or polypeptide. The composition may comprise a dry formulation or an aqueous solution. Compositions comprising polynucleotides encoding IRAP or fragments of IRAP may be employed as hybridization probes. The probes may be stored in freeze-dried form and may be associated with a stabilizing agent such as a carbohydrate. In hybridizations, the probe may be deployed in an aqueous solution containing salts (e.g., NaCI), detergents (e.g., sodium dodecyl sulfate; SDS), and other components (e.g., Denhardt's solution, dry milk, salmon sperm DNA, etc.).
"Consensus sequence" refers to a nucleic acid sequence which has been subjected to repeated DNA sequence analysis to resolve uncalled bases, extended using the XL-PCR kit (Applied Biosystems, Foster City CA) in the 5' and/or the 3' direction, and resequenced, or which has been assembled from one or more overlapping cDNA, EST, or genomic DNA fragments using a computer program for fragment assembly, such as the GELVIEW fragment assembly system (Accelrys, Burlington MA) or Phrap (University of Washington, Seattle WA). Some sequences have been both extended and assembled to produce the consensus sequence.
"Conservative amino acid substitutions" are those substitutions that are predicted to least interfere with the properties of the original protein, i.e., the structure and especially the function of the protein is conserved and not significantly changed by such substitutions. The table below shows amino acids which may be substituted for an original amino acid in a protein and which are regarded as conservative amino acid substitutions. Original Residue Conservative Substitution Ala Gly, Ser
Arg His, Lys
Asn Asp, Gin, His
Asp Asn, Glu
Cys Ala, Ser Gin Asn, Glu, His
Glu Asp, Gin, His
Gly Ala
His Asn, Arg, Gin, Glu
He Leu, Val Leu lie, Val
Lys Arg, Gin, Glu Met Leu, lie
Phe His, Met, Leu, Tφ, Tyr
Ser Cys, Thr
Thr Ser, Val Tφ Phe, Tyr
Tyr His, Phe, Tφ Val De, Leu, Thr
Conservative amino acid substitutions generally maintain (a) the structure of the polypeptide backbone in the area of the substitution, for example, as a beta sheet or alpha helical conformation, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the site of the substitution, and/or (c) the bulk of the side chain.
A "deletion" refers to a change in the amino acid or nucleotide sequence that results in the absence of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides. The term "derivative" refers to a chemically modified polynucleotide or polypeptide.
Chemical modifications of a polynucleotide can include, for example, replacement of hydrogen by an alkyl, acyl, hydroxyl, or amino group. A derivative polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide which retains at least one biological or immunological function of the natural molecule. A derivative polypeptide is one modified by glycosylation, pegylation, or any similar process that retains at least one biological or immunological function of the polypeptide from which it was derived.
A "detectable label" refers to a reporter molecule or enzyme that is capable of generating a measurable signal and is covalently or noncovalently joined to a polynucleotide or polypeptide.
"Differential expression" refers to increased or upregulated; or decreased, downregulated, or absent gene or protein expression, determined by comparing at least two different samples. Such comparisons may be carried out between, for example, a treated and an untreated sample, or a diseased and a normal sample.
"Exon shuffling" refers to the recombination of different coding regions (exons). Since an exon may represent a structural or functional domain of the encoded protein, new proteins may be assembled through the novel reassortment of stable substructures, thus allowing acceleration of the evolution of new protein functions.
A "fragment" is a unique portion of IRAP or a polynucleotide encoding IRAP which can be identical in sequence to, but shorter in length than, the parent sequence. A fragment may comprise up to the entire length of the defined sequence, minus one nucleotide/amino acid residue. For example, a fragment may comprise from about 5 to about 1000 contiguous nucleotides or amino acid residues. A fragment used as a probe, primer, antigen, therapeutic molecule, or for other puφoses, maybe at least 5, 10, 15, 16, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 75, 100, 150, 250 or at least 500 contiguous nucleotides or amino acid residues in length. Fragments may be preferentially selected from certain regions of a molecule. For example, a polypeptide fragment may comprise a certain length of contiguous amino acids selected from the first 250 or 500 amino acids (or first 25% or 50%) of a polypeptide as shown in a certain defined sequence. Clearly these lengths are exemplary, and any length that is supported by the specification, including the Sequence Listing, tables, and figures, may be encompassed by the present embodiments.
A fragment of SEQ ID NO: 17-32 can comprise a region of unique polynucleotide sequence that specifically identifies SEQ ED NO: 17-32, for example, as distinct from any other sequence in the genome from which the fragment was obtained. A fragment of SEQ ID NO: 17-32 can be employed in one or more embodiments of methods of the invention, for example, in hybridization and amplification technologies and in analogous methods that distinguish SEQ ID NO:17-32 from related polynucleotides. The precise length of a fragment of SEQ ID NO: 17-32 and the region of SEQ ID NO: 17-32 to which the fragment conesponds are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art based on the intended puφose for the fragment.
A fragment of SEQ ID NO:l-16 is encoded by a fragment of SEQ ID NO:17-32. A fragment of SEQ ID NO: 1-16 can comprise a region of unique amino acid sequence that specifically identifies SEQ ID NO:l-16. For example, a fragment of SEQ ID NO:l-16 can be used as an immunogenic peptide for the development of antibodies that specifically recognize SEQ ID NO: 1-16. The precise length of a fragment of SEQ ID NO:l-16 and the region of SEQ ID NO:l-16 to which the fragment conesponds can be determined based on the intended puφose for the fragment using one or more analytical methods described herein or otherwise known in the art.
A "full length" polynucleotide is one containing at least a translation initiation codon (e.g., methionine) followed by an open reading frame and a translation termination codon. A "full length" polynucleotide sequence encodes a "full length" polypeptide sequence.
"Homology" refers to sequence similarity or, alternatively, sequence identity, between two or more polynucleotide sequences or two or more polypeptide sequences.
The terms "percent identity" and "% identity," as applied to polynucleotide sequences, refer to the percentage of identical nucleotide matches between at least two polynucleotide sequences aligned using a standardized algorithm. Such an algorithm may insert, in a standardized and reproducible way, gaps in the sequences being compared in order to optimize alignment between two sequences, and therefore achieve a more meaningful comparison of the two sequences. Percent identity between polynucleotide sequences may be determined using one or more computer algorithms or programs known in the art or described herein. For example, percent identity can be determined using the default parameters of the CLUSTAL V algorithm as incorporated into the MEGALIGN version 3.12e sequence alignment program. This program is part of the LASERGENE software package, a suite of molecular biological analysis programs (DNASTAR, Madison WI). CLUSTAL V is described in Higgins, D.G. and P.M. Sharp (1989; CABIOS 5:151- 153) and in Higgins, D.G. et al. (1992; CABIOS 8:189-191). For pairwise alignments of polynucleotide sequences, the default parameters are set as follows: Ktuple=2, gap penalty=5, window=4, and "diagonals saved"=4. The "weighted" residue weight table is selected as the default. Alternatively, a suite of commonly used and freely available sequence comparison algorithms which can be used is provided by the National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI) Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST) (Altschul, S.F. et al. (1990) J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410), which is available from several sources, including the NCBI, Bethesda, MD, and on the Internet at http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/BLAST/. The BLAST software suite includes various sequence analysis programs including "blastn," that is used to align a known polynucleotide sequence with other polynucleotide sequences from a variety of databases. Also available is a tool called "BLAST 2 Sequences" that is used for direct pairwise comparison of two nucleotide sequences. "BLAST 2 Sequences" can be accessed and used interactively at http://www.ncbi.nlm.n .gov/gorf/bl2.htrnl. The "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool can be used for both blastn and blastp (discussed below). BLAST programs are commonly used with gap and other parameters set to default settings. For example, to compare two nucleotide sequences, one may use blastn with the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0.12 (April-21-2000) set at default parameters. Such default parameters may be, for example:
Matrix: BLOSUM62
Reward for match: 1 Penalty for mismatch: -2
Open Gap: 5 and Extension Gap: 2 penalties
Gap x drop-off: 50
Expect: 10
Word Size: 11 Filter: on
Percent identity may be measured over the length of an entire defined sequence, for example, as defined by a particular SEQ ID number, or may be measured over a shorter length, for example, over the length of a fragment taken from a larger, defined sequence, for instance, a fragment of at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 70, at least 100, or at least 200 contiguous nucleotides. Such lengths are exemplary only, and it is understood that any fragment length supported by the sequences shown herein, in the tables, figures, or Sequence Listing, may be used to describe a length over which percentage identity may be measured.
Nucleic acid sequences that do not show a high degree of identity may nevertheless encode similar -imino acid sequences due to the degeneracy of the genetic code. It is understood that changes in a nucleic acid sequence can be made using this degeneracy to produce multiple nucleic acid sequences that all encode substantially the same protein. The phrases "percent identity" and "% identity," as applied to polypeptide sequences, refer to the percentage of identical residue matches between at least two polypeptide sequences aligned using a standardized algorithm. Methods of polypeptide sequence alignment are well-known. Some alignment methods take into account conservative amino acid substitutions. Such conservative substitutions, explained in more detail above, generally preserve the charge and hydrophobicity at the site of substitution, thus preserving the structure (and therefore function) of the polypeptide. The phrases "percent similarity" and "% similarity," as applied to polypeptide sequences, refer to the percentage of residue matches, including identical residue matches and conservative substitutions, between at least two polypeptide sequences aligned using a standardized algorithm. In contrast, conservative substitutions are not included in the calculation of percent identity between polypeptide sequences.
Percent identity between polypeptide sequences may be deteπnined using the default parameters of the CLUSTAL V algorithm as incoφorated into the MEGALIGN version 3.12e sequence alignment program (described and referenced above). For pairwise alignments of polypeptide sequences using CLUSTAL V, the default parameters are set as follows: Ktuple=l, gap penalty=3, window=5, and "diagonals saved"=5. The PAM250 matrix is selected as the default residue weight table.
Alternatively the NCBI BLAST software suite may be used. For example, for a pairwise comparison of two polypeptide sequences, one may use the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0.12 (April-21-2000) with blastp set at default parameters. Such default parameters maybe, for example:
Matrix: BLOSUM62
Open Gap: 11 and Extension Gap: 1 penalties Gap x drop-off: 50
Expect: 10
Word Size: 3
Filter: on Percent identity may be measured over the length of an entire defined polypeptide sequence, for example, as defined by a particular SEQ ID number, or may be measured over a shorter length, for example, over the length of a fragment taken from a larger, defined polypeptide sequence, for instance, a fragment of at least 15, at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 70 or at least 150 contiguous residues. Such lengths are exemplary only, and it is understood that any fragment length supported by the sequences shown herein, in the tables, figures or Sequence Listing, may be used to describe a length over which percentage identity may be measured.
"Human artificial chromosomes" (HACs) are linear microchromosomes which may contain DNA sequences of about 6 kb to 10 Mb in size and which contain all of the elements required for chromosome replication, segregation and maintenance. The term "humanized antibody" refers to an antibody molecule in which the amino acid sequence in the non-antigen binding regions has been altered so that the antibody more closely resembles a human antibody, and still retains its original binding ability.
"Hybridization" refers to the process by which a polynucleotide strand anneals with a complementary strand through base pairing under defined hybridization conditions. Specific hybridization is an indication that two nucleic acid sequences share a high degree of complementarity. Specific hybridization complexes form under permissive annealing conditions and remain hybridized after the "washing" step(s). The washing step(s) is particularly important in determining the stringency of the hybridization process, with more stringent conditions allowing less non-specific binding, i.e., binding between pairs of nucleic acid strands that are not perfectly matched. Permissive conditions for annealing of nucleic acid sequences are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art and may be consistent among hybridization experiments, whereas wash conditions may be varied among experiments to achieve the desired stringency, and therefore hybridization specificity. Permissive annealing conditions occur, for example, at 68°C in the presence of about 6 x SSC, about 1% (w/v) SDS, and about 100 μg/ml sheared, denatured salmon sperm DNA. Generally, stringency of hybridization is expressed, in part, with reference to the temperature under which the wash step is carried out. Such wash temperatures are typically selected to be about 5°C to 20°C lower than the thermal melting point (T- for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH. The Tm is the temperature (under defined ionic strength and pH) at which 50% of the target sequence hybridizes to a perfectly matched probe. An equation for calculating Tm and conditions for nucleic acid hybridization are well known and can be found in Sambrook, J. and D.W. Russell (2001; Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 3rd ed., vol. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Press, Cold Spring Harbor NY, ch. 9).
High stringency conditions for hybridization between polynucleotides of the present invention include wash conditions of 68°C in the presence of about 0.2 x SSC and about 0.1% SDS, for 1 hour. Alternatively, temperatures of about 65°C, 60°C, 55°C, or 42°C may be used. SSC concentration maybe varied from about 0.1 to 2 x SSC, with SDS being present at about 0.1%. Typically, blocking reagents are used to block non-specific hybridization. Such blocking reagents include, for instance, sheared and denatured salmon sperm DNA at about 100-200 μg/ml. Organic solvent, such as formamide at a concentration of about 35-50% v/v, may also be used under particular circumstances, such as for RNA:DNA hybridizations. Useful variations on these wash conditions will be readily apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art. Hybridization, particularly under high stringency conditions, may be suggestive of evolutionary similarity between the nucleotides. Such similarity is strongly indicative of a similar role for the nucleotides and their encoded polypeptides.
The term "hybridization complex" refers to a complex formed between two nucleic acids by virtue of the formation of hydrogen bonds between complementary bases. A hybridization complex may be formed in solution (e.g., C0t or Rgt analysis) or formed between one nucleic acid present in solution and another nucleic acid immobilized on a solid support (e.g., paper, membranes, filters, chips, pins or glass slides, or any other appropriate substrate to which cells or their nucleic acids have been fixed).
The words "insertion" and "addition" refer to changes in an amino acid or polynucleotide sequence resulting in the addition of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides, respectively. "Immune response" can refer to conditions associated with inflammation, trauma, immune disorders, or infectious or genetic disease, etc. These conditions can be characterized by expression of various factors, e.g., cytokines, chemokines, and other signaling molecules, which may affect cellular and systemic defense systems.
An "immunogenic fragment" is a polypeptide or oligopeptide fragment of IRAP which is capable of eliciting an immune response when introduced into a living organism, for example, a mammal. The term "immunogenic fragment" also includes any polypeptide or oligopeptide fragment of IRAP which is useful in any of the antibody production methods disclosed herein or known in the art.
The term "microanay" refers to an anangement of a plurality of polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, or other chemical compounds on a substrate.
The terms "element" and "anay element" refer to a polynucleotide, polypeptide, antibody, or other chemical compound having a unique and defined position on a microanay.
The term "modulate" refers to a change in the activity of IRAP. For example, modulation may cause an increase or a decrease in protein activity, binding characteristics, or any other biological, functional, or immunological properties of IRAP.
The phrases "nucleic acid" and "nucleic acid sequence" refer to a nucleotide, oligonucleotide, polynucleotide, or any fragment thereof. These phrases also refer to DNA or RNA of genomic or synthetic origin which may be single-stranded or double-stranded and may represent the sense or the antisense strand, to peptide nucleic acid (PNA), or to any DNA-like or RNA-like material.
"Operably linked" refers to the situation in which a first nucleic acid sequence is placed in a functional relationship with a second nucleic acid sequence. For instance, a promoter is operably linked to a coding sequence if the promoter affects the transcription or expression of the coding sequence. Operably linked DNA sequences maybe in close proximity or contiguous and, where necessary to join two protein coding regions, in the same reading frame.
"Peptide nucleic acid" (PNA) refers to an antisense molecule or anti-gene agent which comprises an oligonucleotide of at least about 5 nucleotides in length linked to a peptide backbone of amino acid residues ending in lysine. The terminal lysine confers solubility to the composition. PNAs preferentially bind complementary single stranded DNA or RNA and stop transcript elongation, and may be pegylated to extend their lifespan in the cell.
"Post-translational modification" of an IRAP may involve lipidation, glycosylation, phosphorylation, acetylation, racemization, proteolytic cleavage, and other modifications known in the art. These processes may occur synthetically or biochemically. Biochemical modifications will vary by cell type depending on the enzymatic milieu of IRAP.
"Probe" refers to nucleic acids encoding IRAP, their complements, or fragments thereof, which are used to detect identical, allelic or related nucleic acids. Probes are isolated oligonucleotides or polynucleotides attached to a detectable label or reporter molecule. Typical labels include radioactive isotopes, ligands, chemiluminescent agents, and enzymes. "Primers" are short nucleic acids, usually DNA oligonucleotides, which may be annealed to a target polynucleotide by complementary base-pairing. The primer may then be extended along the target DNA strand by a DNA polymerase enzyme. Primer pairs can be used for amplification (and identification) of a nucleic acid, e.g., by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR).
Probes and primers as used in the present invention typically comprise at least 15 contiguous nucleotides of a known sequence. In order to enhance specificity, longer probes and primers may also be employed, such as probes and primers that comprise at least 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, or at least 150 consecutive nucleotides of the disclosed nucleic acid sequences. Probes and primers may be considerably longer than these examples, and it is understood that any length supported by the specification, including the tables, figures, and Sequence Listing, maybe used. Methods for preparing and using probes and primers are described in, for example, Sambrook, J. and D.W. Russell (2001; Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 3rd ed., vol. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Press, Cold Spring Harbor NY), Ausubel, F.M. et al. (1999; Short Protocols in Molecular Biology. 4th ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York NY), and Innis, M. et al. (1990; PCR Protocols, A Guide to Methods and Applications, Academic Press, San Diego CA). PCR primer pairs can be derived from a known sequence, for example, by using computer programs intended for that puφose such as Primer (Version 0.5, 1991, Whitehead Institute for Biomedical Research, Cambridge MA).
Oligonucleotides for use as primers are selected using software known in the art for such puφose. For example, OLIGO 4.06 software is useful for the selection of PCR primer pairs of up to 100 nucleotides each, and for the analysis of oligonucleotides and larger polynucleotides of up to 5,000 nucleotides from an input polynucleotide sequence of up to 32 kilobases. Similar primer selection programs have incoφorated additional features for expanded capabilities. For example, the PrimOU primer selection program (available to the public from the Genome Center at University of Texas South West Medical Center, Dallas TX) is capable of choosing specific primers from megabase sequences and is thus useful for designing primers on a genome- wide scope. The Primer3 primer selection program (available to the public from the Whitehead Institute/MiT Center for Genome Research, Cambridge MA) allows the user to input a "mispriming library," in which sequences to avoid as primer binding sites are user-specified. Primer3 is useful, in particular, for the selection of oligonucleotides for microanays. (The source code for the latter two primer selection programs may also be obtained from their respective sources and modified to meet the user's specific needs.) The PrimeGen program (available to the public from the UK Human Genome Mapping Project Resource Centre, Cambridge UK) designs primers based on multiple sequence alignments, thereby allowing selection of primers that hybridize to either the most conserved or least conserved regions of aligned nucleic acid sequences. Hence, this program is useful for identification of both unique and conserved oligonucleotides and polynucleotide fragments. The oligonucleotides and polynucleotide fragments identified by any of the above selection methods are useful in hybridization technologies, for example, as PCR or sequencing primers, microanay elements, or specific probes to identify fully or partially complementary polynucleotides in a sample of nucleic acids. Methods of oligonucleotide selection are not limited to those described above.
A "recombinant nucleic acid" is a nucleic acid that is not naturally occurring or has a sequence that is made by an artificial combination of two or more otherwise separated segments of sequence. This artificial combination is often accomplished by chemical synthesis or, more commonly, by the artificial manipulation of isolated segments of nucleic acids, e.g., by genetic engineering techniques such as those described in Sambrook and Russell (supra). The term recombinant includes nucleic acids that have been altered solely by addition, substitution, or deletion of a portion of the nucleic acid. Frequently, a recombinant nucleic acid may include a nucleic acid sequence operably linked to a promoter sequence. Such a recombinant nucleic acid may be part of a vector that is used, for example, to transform a cell.
Alternatively, such recombinant nucleic acids may be part of a viral vector, e.g., based on a vaccinia virus, that could be use to vaccinate a mammal wherein the recombinant nucleic acid is expressed, inducing a protective immunological response in the mammal.
A "regulatory element" refers to a nucleic acid sequence usually derived from untranslated regions of a gene and includes enhancers, promoters, introns, and 5' and 3' untranslated regions (UTRs). Regulatory elements interact with host or viral proteins which control transcription, translation, or RNA stability.
"Reporter molecules" are chemical or biochemical moieties used for labeling a nucleic acid, amino acid, or antibody. Reporter molecules include radionuclides; enzymes; fluorescent, chemiluminescent, or chromogenic agents; substrates; cofactors; inhibitors; magnetic particles; and other moieties known in the art.
An "RNA equivalent," in reference to a DNA molecule, is composed of the same linear sequence of nucleotides as the reference DNA molecule with the exception that all occunences of the nitrogenous base ymine are replaced with uracil, and the sugar backbone is composed of ribose instead of deoxyribose.
The term "sample" is used in its broadest sense. A sample suspected of containing IRAP, nucleic acids encoding IRAP, or fragments thereof may comprise a bodily fluid; an extract from a cell, chromosome, organelle, or membrane isolated from a cell; a cell; genomic DNA, RNA, or cDNA, in solution or bound to a substrate; a tissue; a tissue print; etc.
The terms "specific binding" and "specifically binding" refer to that interaction between a protein or peptide and an agonist, an antibody, an antagonist, a small molecule, or any natural or synthetic binding composition. The interaction is dependent upon the presence of a particular structure of the protein, e.g., the antigenic determinant or epitope, recognized by the binding molecule. For example, if an antibody is specific for epitope "A," the presence of a polypeptide comprising the epitope A, or the presence of free unlabeled A, in a reaction containing free labeled A and the antibody will reduce the amount of labeled A that binds to the antibody. The term "substantially purified" refers to nucleic acid or amino acid sequences that are removed from their natural environment and are isolated or separated, and are at least about 60% free, preferably at least about 75% free, and most preferably at least about 90% free from other components with which they are naturally associated.
A "substitution" refers to the replacement of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides by different amino acid residues or nucleotides, respectively.
"Substrate" refers to any suitable rigid or semi-rigid support including membranes, filters, chips, slides, wafers, fibers, magnetic or nonmagnetic beads, gels, tubing, plates, polymers, microparticles and capillaries. The substrate can have a variety of surface forms, such as wells, trenches, pins, channels and pores, to which polynucleotides or polypeptides are bound. A "transcript image" or "expression profile" refers to the collective pattern of gene expression by a particular cell type or tissue under given conditions at a given time.
"Transformation" describes a process by which exogenous DNA is introduced into a recipient cell. Transformation may occur under natural or artificial conditions according to various methods well known in the art, and may rely on any known method for the insertion of foreign nucleic acid sequences into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell. The method for transformation is selected based on the type of host cell being transformed and may include, but is not limited to, bacteriophage or viral infection, electroporation, heat shock, lipofection, and particle bombardment. The term "transformed cells" includes stably transformed cells in which the inserted DNA is capable of replication either as an autonomously replicating plasmid or as part of the host chromosome, as well as transiently transformed cells which express the inserted DNA or RNA for limited periods of time. A "transgenic organism," as used herein, is any organism, including but not limited to animals and plants, in which one or more ofthe cells of the organism contains heterologous nucleic acid introduced by way of human intervention, such as by transgenic techniques well known in the art. The nucleic acid is introduced into the cell, directly or indirectly by introduction into a precursor of the cell, by way of deliberate genetic manipulation, such as by microinjection or by infection with a recombinant virus. In another embodiment, the nucleic acid can be introduced by infection with a recombinant viral vector, such as a lentiviral vector (Lois, C. et al. (2002) Science 295:868-872). The term genetic manipulation does not include classical cross-breeding, or in vitro fertilization, but rather is directed to the introduction of a recombinant DNA molecule. The transgenic organisms contemplated in accordance with the present invention include bacteria, cyanobacteria, fungi, plants and animals. The isolated DNA of the present invention can be introduced into the host by methods known in the art, for example infection, transfection, transformation or transconjugation. Techniques for transferring the DNA of the present invention into such organisms are widely known and provided in references such as Sambrook and Russell (supra).
A "variant" of a particular nucleic acid sequence is defined as a nucleic acid sequence having at least 40% sequence identity to the particular nucleic acid sequence over a certain length of one of the nucleic acid sequences using blastn with the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0.9 (May-07-1999) set at default parameters. Such a pair of nucleic acids may show, for example, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% or greater sequence identity over a certain defined length. A variant may be described as, for example, an "allelic" (as defined above), "splice," "species," or "polymoφhic" variant. A splice variant may have significant identity to a reference molecule, but will generally have a greater or lesser number of polynucleotides due to alternate splicing during mRNA processing. The conesponding polypeptide may possess additional functional domains or lack domains that are present in the reference molecule. Species variants are polynucleotides that vary from one species to another. The resulting polypeptides will generally have significant amino acid identity relative to each other. A polymoφhic variant is a variation in the polynucleotide sequence of a particular gene between individuals of a given species. Polymoφhic variants also may encompass "single nucleotide polymoφhisms" (SNPs) in which the polynucleotide sequence varies by one nucleotide base. The presence of SNPs may be indicative of, for example, a certain population, a disease state, or a propensity for a disease state.
A "variant" of a particular polypeptide sequence is defined as a polypeptide sequence having at least 40% sequence identity or sequence similarity to the particular polypeptide sequence over a certain length of one of the polypeptide sequences using blastp with the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0.9 (May-07-1999) set at default parameters. Such a pair of polypeptides may show, for example, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% or greater sequence identity or sequence similarity over a certain defined length of one of the polypeptides.
THE INVENTION
Various embodiments of the invention mclude new human immune response associated proteins (IRAP), the polynucleotides encoding TRAP, and the use of these compositions for the diagnosis, treatment, or prevention of immune system, neurological, developmental, muscle, and cell proliferative disorders.
Table 1 summarizes the nomenclature for the full length polynucleotide and polypeptide embodiments of the invention. Each polynucleotide and its conesponding polypeptide are conelated to a single Incyte project identification number (Incyte Project ID). Each polypeptide sequence is denoted by both a polypeptide sequence identification number (Polypeptide SEQ ID NO:) and an Incyte polypeptide sequence number (Incyte Polypeptide ID) as shown. Each polynucleotide sequence is denoted by both a polynucleotide sequence identification number (Polynucleotide SEQ ID NO:) and an Incyte polynucleotide consensus sequence number (Incyte Polynucleotide ID) as shown. Column 6 shows the Incyte ID numbers of physical, full length clones conesponding to the polypeptide and polynucleotide sequences of the invention. The full length clones encode polypeptides which have at least 95% sequence identity to the polypeptide sequences shown in column 3.
Table 2 shows sequences with homology to polypeptide embodiments of the invention as identified by BLAST analysis against the GenBank protein (genpept) database and the PROTEOME database. Columns 1 and 2 show the polypeptide sequence identification number (Polypeptide SEQ ID NO:) and the conesponding Incyte polypeptide sequence number (Incyte Polypeptide ID) for polypeptides of the invention. Column 3 shows the GenBank identification number (GenBank ID NO:) of the nearest GenBank homolog and the PROTEOME database identification numbers (PROTEOME ID NO:) of the nearest PROTEOME database homologs. Column 4 shows the probability scores for the matches between each polypeptide and its homolog(s). Column 5 shows the annotation ofthe GenBank and PROTEOME database homolog(s) along with relevant citations where applicable, all of which are expressly incoφorated by reference herein.
Table 3 shows various structural features of the polypeptides of the invention. Columns 1 and 2 show the polypeptide sequence identification number (SEQ ID NO:) and the conesponding Incyte polypeptide sequence number (Incyte Polypeptide ID) for each polypeptide of the invention. Column 3 shows the number of amino acid residues in each polypeptide. Column 4 shows potential phosphorylation sites, and column 5 shows potential glycosylation sites, as determined by the MOTIFS program of the GCG sequence analysis software package (Accelrys, Burlington MA). Column 6 shows amino acid residues comprising signature sequences, domains, and motifs. Column 7 shows analytical methods for protein structure/function analysis and in some cases, searchable databases to which the analytical methods were applied.
Together, Tables 2 and 3 summarize the properties of polypeptides of the invention, and these properties establish that the claimed polypeptides are immune response associated proteins. For example, SEQ ID NO:4 is 100% identical, from residue Ml to residue S136, to human C4b-binding protein beta-chain (GenBank ID g387660) as determined by the Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probability score is 2.9e-76, which indicates the probability of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence alignment by chance. SEQ ID NO:4 also has homology to proteins identified as complement component 4 binding proteins, which have anticoagulant binding functions, and are C4b-binding proteins, as determined by BLAST analysis using the PROTEOME database. SEQ ID NO:4 also contains a sushi domain as determined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database of conserved protein families/domains. (See Table 3.) Data from BLIMPS, and other BLAST analyses provide further conoborative evidence that SEQ ID NO:4 is a C4b-binding protein. In another example, SEQ ID NO:6 is 33% identical, from residue Lll to residue N202, to the human immunoregulatory signaling molecule CMRF35A (GenBank ID gl4495324) as determined by the Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probability score is 3.0e-19, which indicates the probability of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence alignment by chance. SEQ ID NO:6 also has homology to CMRF35A (PROTEOME ID 432342|CMRF35, 629070|Fcamr) as determined by BLAST analysis using the PROTEOME database. SEQ ID NO:6 also contains an immunoglobulin domain as determined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM/ NCY/SMART database. In another example, SEQ ID NO:7 is 97% identical, from residue Ml to residue A142, to the human K12 Golgi-associated protein precursor (GenBank ID g2062391) as determined by the Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probability score is 6.0e-71. SEQ ID NO:7 also has homology to secreted hematopoiesis- and immune process-associated proteins (PROTEOME ID 337942|SECTM1, 619020|Sectml), as determined by BLAST analysis using the PROTEOME database. In another example, SEQ ID NO:ll is 95% identical, from residue 168 to residue E353, to human sDC-SIGN2 (soluble Dendritic Cell-Specific ICAM-3 -Grabbing Nonintegrin 2) type I isoform (GenBank ID gl5383614) as determined by the Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probability score is 8.7e-148, which indicates the probability of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence alignment by chance. SEQ ID NO: 11 has homology to a dendritic cell-specific lectin that binds ICAM-3, promotes adhesion to T cells, stimulates T-cell proliferation, and may promote infection by HIV-1, as determined by BLAST analysis using the PROTEOME database. SEQ ID NO: 11 also contains a C-type lectin (CTL) or carbohydrate-recognition domain (CRD) domain as determined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM and SMART database of conserved protein families/domains. (See Table 3.) Data from BLIMPS and MOTIFS analyses and BLAST analyses against the DOMO database, provide further conoborative evidence that SEQ ID NO:l 1 is a C-type lectin. In another example, SEQ ID NO:16 is 94% identical, from residue Ml to residue C275, to properdin (GenBank ID g35678) as determined by the Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST). The BLAST probability score is 7.4e-156, which indicates the probability of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence alignment by chance. SEQ ID NO: 16 also has homology to properdin factor, a serum protein that contains thrombospondin repeats and plays a role in complement-mediated clearance and inactivation mechanisms. SEQ ED NO: 16 also contains a thrombospondin domain as deteπnined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based SMART and PFAM databases of conserved protein families/domains. (See Table 3.) Data from BLIMPS analyses, and BLAST analyses against the PRODOM and DOMO databases, provide further conoborative evidence that SEQ ID NO:16 is a properdin. SEQ ID NO:l-3, SEQ DD NO:5, SEQ DD NO:8-10, and SEQ DD NO:12-15 were analyzed and annotated in a similar manner. The algorithms and parameters for the analysis of SEQ DD NO: 1-16 are described in Table 7.
As shown in Table 4, the full length polynucleotide embodiments were assembled using cDNA sequences or coding (exon) sequences derived from genomic DNA, or any combination of these two types of sequences. Column 1 lists the polynucleotide sequence identification number
(Polynucleotide SEQ DD NO:), the conesponding Incyte polynucleotide consensus sequence number (Incyte DD) for each polynucleotide of the invention, and the length of each polynucleotide sequence in basepairs. Column 2 shows the nucleotide start (5') and stop (3') positions of the cDNA and/or genomic sequences used to assemble the full length polynucleotide embodiments, and of fragments of the polynucleotides which are useful, for example, in hybridization or amplification technologies that identify SEQ DD NO: 17-32 or that distinguish between SEQ DD NO: 17-32 and related polynucleotides.
The polynucleotide fragments described in Column 2 of Table 4 may refer specifically, for example, to Incyte cDNAs derived from tissue-specific cDNA libraries or from pooled cDNA libraries. Alternatively, the polynucleotide fragments described in column 2 may refer to GenBank cDNAs or ESTs which contributed to the assembly of the full length polynucleotides. In addition, the polynucleotide fragments described in column 2 may identify sequences derived from the ENSEMBL (The Sanger Centre, Cambridge, UK) database (i.e., those sequences including the designation "ENST"). Alternatively, the polynucleotide fragments described in column 2 may be derived from the NCBI RefSeq Nucleotide Sequence Records Database (i.e., those sequences including the designation "NM" or "NT") or the NCBI RefSeq Protein Sequence Records (i.e., those sequences including the designation "NP"). Alternatively, the polynucleotide fragments described in column 2 may refer to assemblages of both cDNA and Genscan-predicted exons brought together by an "exon stitching" algorithm. For example, a polynucleotide sequence identified as FL_XXXXXX_N1_N2_YYYYY_N3_N4 represents a "stitched" sequence in which XXXXXX is the identification number of the cluster of sequences to which the algorithm was applied, and YYYYY is the number of the prediction generated by the algorithm, and N1 2_3,„, if present, represent specific exons that may have been manually edited during analysis (See Example V). Alternatively, the polynucleotide fragments in column 2 may refer to assemblages of exons brought together by an "exon-stretching" algorithm. For example, a polynucleotide sequence identified as F KXXXXX_gAAAAA_gBBBBB_l_N is a "stretched" sequence, with XXXXXX- being the Incyte project identification number, gAAAAA being the GenBank identification number of the human genomic sequence to which the "exon-stretching" algorithm was applied, gPBBBB being the GenBank identification number or ΝCBI RefSeq identification number of the nearest GenBank protein homolog, and N referring to specific exons (See Example V). In instances where a RefSeq sequence was used as a protein homolog for the "exon-stretching" algorithm, a RefSeq identifier (denoted by "ΝM," "ΝP," or "NT") may be used in place of the GenBank identifier (i.e. , gBBBBB). Alternatively, a prefix identifies component sequences that were hand-edited, predicted from genomic DNA sequences, or derived from a combination of sequence analysis methods. The following Table lists examples of component sequence prefixes and conesponding sequence analysis methods associated with the prefixes (see Example IV and Example V).
Figure imgf000040_0001
In some cases, Incyte cDNA coverage redundant with the sequence coverage shown in
Table 4 was obtained to confirm the final consensus polynucleotide sequence, but the relevant Incyte cDNA identification numbers are not shown.
Table 5 shows the representative cDNA libraries for those full length polynucleotides which were assembled using Incyte cDNA sequences. The representative cDNA library is the Incyte cDNA library which is most frequently represented by the Incyte cDNA sequences which were used to assemble and confirm the above polynucleotides. The tissues and vectors which were used to construct the cDNA libraries shown in Table 5 are described in Table 6.
Table 8 shows single nucleotide polymoφhisms (SNPs) found in polynucleotide sequences of the invention, along with allele frequencies in different human populations. Columns 1 and 2 show the polynucleotide sequence identification number (SEQ DD NO:) and the conesponding Incyte project identification number (PDD) for polynucleotides of the invention. Column 3 shows the Incyte identification number for the EST in which the SNP was detected (EST DD), and column 4 shows the identification number for the SNP (SNP DD). Column 5 shows the position within the EST sequence at which the SNP is located (EST SNP), and column 6 shows the position ofthe SNP within the full- length polynucleotide sequence (CB1 SNP). Column 7 shows the allele found in the EST sequence. Columns 8 and 9 show the two alleles found at the SNP site. Column 10 shows the amino acid encoded by the codon including the SNP site, based upon the allele found in the EST. Columns 11-14 show the frequency of allele 1 in four different human populations. An entry of n/d (not detected) indicates that the frequency of allele 1 in the population was too low to be detected, while n a (not available) indicates that the allele frequency was not determined for the population.
The invention also encompasses IRAP variants. Various embodiments of IRAP variants can have at least about 80%, at least about 90%, or at least about 95% amino acid sequence identity to the E AP amino acid sequence, and can contain at least one functional or structural characteristic of IRAP.
Various embodiments also encompass polynucleotides which encode IRAP. In a particular embodiment, the invention encompasses a polynucleotide sequence comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ DD NO: 17-32, which encodes IRAP. The polynucleotide sequences of SEQ DD NO: 17-32, as presented in the Sequence Listing, embrace the equivalent RNA sequences, wherein occunences of the nitrogenous base thymine are replaced with uracil, and the sugar backbone is composed of ribose instead of deoxyribose.
The invention also encompasses variants of a polynucleotide encoding IRAP. In particular, such a variant polynucleotide will have at least about 70%, or alternatively at least about 85%, or even at least about 95% polynucleotide sequence identity to a polynucleotide encoding IRAP. A particular aspect of the invention encompasses a variant of a polynucleotide comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ DD NO: 17-32 which has at least about 70%, or alternatively at least about 85%, or even at least about 95% polynucleotide sequence identity to a nucleic acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ DD NO: 17-32. Any one of the polynucleotide variants described above can encode a polypeptide which contains at least one functional or structural characteristic of IRAP.
In addition, or in the alternative, a polynucleotide variant of the invention is a splice variant of a polynucleotide encoding IRAP. A splice variant may have portions which have significant sequence identity to a polynucleotide encoding IRAP, but will generally have a greater or lesser number of polynucleotides due to additions or deletions of blocks of sequence arising from alternate splicing during mRNA processing. A splice variant may have less than about 70%, or alternatively less than about 60%, or alternatively less than about 50% polynucleotide sequence identity to a polynucleotide encoding IRAP over its entire length; however, portions of the splice variant will have at least about 70%, or alternatively at least about 85%, or alternatively at least about 95%, or alternatively 100% polynucleotide sequence identity to portions of the polynucleotide encoding DIAP. For example, a polynucleotide comprising a sequence of SEQ DD NO: 18, a polynucleotide comprising a sequence of SEQ DD NO: 19, and a polynucleotide comprising a sequence of SEQ DD NO:20 are splice variants of each other; and a polynucleotide comprising a sequence of SEQ DD NO:22 and a polynucleotide comprising a sequence of SEQ DD NO:26 are splice variants of each other; and a polynucleotide comprising a sequence of SEQ DD NO:23 and a polynucleotide comprising a sequence of SEQ DD NO:24 are splice variants of each other. Any one of the splice variants described above can encode a polypeptide which contains at least one functional or structural characteristic of IRAP. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that as a result of the degeneracy of the genetic code, a multitude of polynucleotide sequences encoding IRAP, some bearing minimal similarity to the polynucleotide sequences of any known and naturally occurring gene, may be produced. Thus, the invention contemplates each and every possible variation of polynucleotide sequence that could be made by selecting combinations based on possible codon choices. These combinations are made in accordance with the standard triplet genetic code as applied to the polynucleotide sequence of naturally occurring IRAP, and all such variations are to be considered as being specifically disclosed.
Although polynucleotides which encode --RAP and its variants are generally capable of hybridizing to polynucleotides encoding naturally occurring -IRAP under appropriately selected conditions of stringency, it may be advantageous to produce polynucleotides encoding IRAP or its derivatives possessing a substantially different codon usage, e.g., inclusion of non-naturally occurring codons. Codons may be selected to increase the rate at which expression of the peptide occurs in a particular prokaryotic or eukaryotic host in accordance with the frequency with which particular codons are utilized by the host. Other reasons for substantially altering the nucleotide sequence encoding IRAP and its derivatives without altering the encoded amino acid sequences include the production of RNA transcripts having more desirable properties, such as a greater half-life, than transcripts produced from the naturally occurring sequence.
The invention also encompasses production of polynucleotides which encode J-RAP and IRAP derivatives, or fragments thereof, entirely by synthetic chemistry. After production, the synthetic polynucleotide may be inserted into any of the many available expression vectors and cell systems using reagents well known in the art. Moreover, synthetic chemistry may be used to introduce mutations into a polynucleotide encoding IRAP or any fragment thereof.
Embodiments of the invention can also include polynucleotides that are capable of hybridizing to the claimed polynucleotides, and, in particular, to those having the sequences shown in SEQ DD NO:17-32 and fragments thereof, under various conditions of stringency (Wahl, G.M. and S.L.
Berger (1987) Methods Enzymol. 152:399-407; Kimmel, A.R. (1987) Methods Enzymol. 152:507- 511). Hybridization conditions, including annealing and wash conditions, are described in "Definitions."
Methods for DNA sequencing are well known in the art and may be used to practice any of the embodiments of the invention. The methods may employ such enzymes as the Klenow fragment of DNA polymerase I, SEQUENASE (US Biochemical, Cleveland OH), Taq polymerase (Applied Biosystems), thermostable T7 polymerase (Amersham Biosciences, Piscataway NJ), or combinations of polymerases and proofreading exonucleases such as those found in the ELONGASE amplification system (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA). Preferably, sequence preparation is automated with machines such as the MICROLAB 2200 liquid transfer system (Hamilton, Reno NV), PTC200 thermal cycler (MJ Research, Watertown MA) and ABI CATALYST 800 thermal cycler (Applied Biosystems). Sequencing is then carried out using either the ABI 373 or 377 DNA sequencing system (Applied Biosystems), the MEGABACE 1000 DNA sequencing system (Amersham Biosciences), or other systems known in the art. The resulting sequences are analyzed using a variety of algorithms which are well known in the art (Ausubel et al., supra, ch. 7; Meyers, R.A. (1995) Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, Wiley VCH, New York NY, pp. 856-853). The nucleic acids encoding J-RAP may be extended utilizing a partial nucleotide sequence and employing various PCR-based methods known in the art to detect upstream sequences, such as promoters and regulatory elements. For example, one method which may be employed, restriction-site PCR, uses universal and nested primers to amplify unknown sequence from genomic DNA within a cloning vector (Sarkar, G. (1993) PCR Methods Applic. 2:318-322). Another method, inverse PCR, uses primers that extend in divergent directions to amplify unknown sequence from a circularized template. The template is derived from restriction fragments comprising a known genomic locus and sunounding sequences (Triglia, T. et al. (1988) Nucleic Acids Res. 16:8186). A third method, capture PCR, involves PCR amplification of DNA fragments adjacent to known sequences in human and yeast artificial chromosome DNA (Lagerstrom, M. et al. (1991) PCR Methods Applic. 1:111-119). In this method, multiple restriction enzyme digestions and ligations may be used to insert an engineered double-stranded sequence into a region of unknown sequence before performing PCR. Other methods which may be used to retrieve unknown sequences are known in the art (Parker, J.D. et al. (1991) Nucleic Acids Res. 19:3055-3060). Additionally, one may use PCR, nested primers, and PROMOTERFTNDER libraries (Clontech, Palo Alto CA) to walk genomic DNA. This procedure avoids the need to screen libraries and is useful in finding intron/exon junctions. For all PCR-based methods, primers may be designed using commercially available software, such as OLIGO 4.06 primer analysis software (National Biosciences, Plymouth MN) or another appropriate program, to be about 22 to 30 nucleotides in length, to have a GC content of about 50% or more, and to anneal to the template at temperatures of about 68°C to 72°C.
When screening for full length cDNAs, it is preferable to use libraries that have been size-selected to include larger cDNAs. In addition, random-primed libraries, which often include sequences containing the 5' regions of genes, are preferable for situations in which an oligo d(T) library does not yield a full-length cDNA. Genomic libraries may be useful for extension of sequence into 5' non-transcribed regulatory regions.
Capillary electrophoresis systems which are commercially available may be used to analyze the size or corifiπn the nucleotide sequence of sequencing or PCR products. In particular, capillary sequencing may employ flowable polymers for electrophoretic separation, four different nucleotide- specific, laser-stimulated fluorescent dyes, and a charge coupled device camera for detection of the emitted wavelengths. Output light intensity may be converted to electrical signal using appropriate software (e.g., GENOTYPER and SEQUENCE NAVIGATOR, Applied Biosystems), and the entire process from loading of samples to computer analysis and electronic data display may be computer controlled. Capillary electrophoresis is especially preferable for sequencing small DNA fragments which may be present in limited amounts in a particular sample.
In another embodiment of the invention, polynucleotides or fragments thereof which encode IRAP may be cloned in recombinant DNA molecules that direct expression of --RAP, or fragments or functional equivalents thereof, in appropriate host cells. Due to the inherent degeneracy of the genetic code, other polynucleotides which encode substantially the same or a functionally equivalent polypeptides may be produced and used to express .-RAP.
The polynucleotides of the invention can be engineered using methods generally known in the art in order to alter ]-RAP-encoding sequences for a variety of purposes including, but not limited to, modification of the cloning, processing, and/or expression of the gene product. DNA shuffling by random fragmentation and PCR reassembly of gene fragments and synthetic oligonucleotides may be used to engineer the nucleotide sequences. For example, oligonucleotide-mediated site-directed mutagenesis may be used to introduce mutations that create new restriction sites, alter glycosylation patterns, change codon preference, produce splice variants, and so forth.
The nucleotides of the present invention may be subjected to DNA shuffling techniques such as MOLECULARBREEDING (Maxygen Inc. , Santa Clara CA; described in U.S. Patent No.
5,837,458; Chang, C.-C. et al. (1999) Nat. Biotechnol. 17:793-797; Christians, F.C. et al. (1999) Nat. Biotechnol. 17:259-264; and Crameri, A. et al. (1996) Nat. Biotechnol. 14:315-319) to alter or improve the biological properties of IRAP, such as its biological or enzymatic activity or its ability to bind to other molecules or compounds. DNA shuffling is a process by which a library of gene variants is produced using PCR-mediated recombination of gene fragments. The library is then subjected to selection or screening procedures that identify those gene variants with the desired properties. These prefened variants may then be pooled and further subjected to recursive rounds of DNA shuffling and selectiori/screening. Thus, genetic diversity is created through "artificial" breeding and rapid molecular evolution. For example, fragments of a single gene containing random point mutations may be recombined, screened, and then reshuffled until the desired properties are optimized. Alternatively, fragments of a given gene may be recombined with fragments of homologous genes in the same gene family, either from the same or different species, thereby maximizing the genetic diversity of multiple naturally occurring genes in a directed and controllable manner.
I-n another embodiment, polynucleotides encoding IRAP may be synthesized, in whole or in part, using one or more chemical methods well known in the art (Caruthers, M.H. et al. (1980) Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser. 7:215-223; Horn, T. et al. (1980) Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser. 7:225-232). Alternatively, IRAP itself or a fragment thereof may be synthesized using chemical methods known in the art. For example, peptide synthesis can be performed using various solution-phase or solid-phase techniques (Creighton, T. (1984) Proteins, Structures and Molecular Properties, WH Freeman, New York NY, pp. 55-60; Roberge, J.Y. et al. (1995) Science 269:202-204). Automated synthesis may be achieved using the ABI 431 A peptide synthesizer (Applied Biosystems).
Additionally, the amino acid sequence of J-RAP, or any part thereof, maybe altered during direct synthesis and/or combined with sequences from other proteins, or any part thereof, to produce a variant polypeptide or a polypeptide having a sequence of a naturally occurring polypeptide. The peptide may be substantially purified by preparative high performance liquid chromatography (Chiez, R.M. and F.Z. Regnier (1990) Methods Enzymol. 182:392-421). The composition of the synthetic peptides may be confirmed by amino acid analysis or by sequencing (Creighton, supra, pp. 28-53).
In order to express a biologically active IRAP, the polynucleotides encoding J-RAP or derivatives thereof may be inserted into an appropriate expression vector, i.e., a vector which contains the necessary elements for transcriptional and translational control of the inserted coding sequence in a suitable host. These elements include regulatory sequences, such as enhancers, constitutive and inducible promoters, and 5' and 3' untranslated regions in the vector and in polynucleotides encoding J-RAP. Such elements may vary in their strength and specificity. Specific initiation signals may also be used to achieve more efficient translation of polynucleotides encoding IRAP. Such signals include the ATG initiation codon and adjacent sequences, e.g. the Kozak sequence. In cases where a polynucleotide sequence encoding J-RAP and its initiation codon and upstream regulatory sequences are inserted into the appropriate expression vector, no additional transcriptional or translational control signals may be needed. However, in cases where only coding sequence, or a fragment thereof, is inserted, exogenous translational control signals including an in- frame ATG initiation codon should be provided by the vector. Exogenous translational elements and initiation codons may be of various origins, both natural and synthetic. The efficiency of expression may be enhanced by the inclusion of enhancers appropriate for the particular host cell system used (Scharf, D. et al. (1994) Results Probl. Cell Differ. 20:125-162).
Methods which are well known to those skilled in the art may be used to construct expression vectors containing polynucleotides encoding IRAP and appropriate transcriptional and translational control elements. These methods include in vitro recombinant DNA techniques, synthetic techniques, and in vivo genetic recombination (Sambrook and Russell, supra, ch. 1-4, and 8; Ausubel et al., supra, ch. 1, 3, and 15).
A variety of expression vector/host systems may be utilized to contain and express polynucleotides encoding IRAP. These include, but are not limited to, microorganisms such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage, plasmid, or cosmid DNA expression vectors; yeast transformed with yeast expression vectors; insect cell systems infected with viral expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus); plant cell systems transformed with viral expression vectors (e.g., cauliflower mosaic virus, CaMV, or tobacco mosaic virus, TMV) or with bacterial expression vectors (e.g., Ti or pBR322 plasmids); or animal cell systems (Sambrook and Russell, supra; Ausubel et al., supra; Van Heeke, G. and S.M. Schuster (1989) J. Biol. Chem. 264:5503-5509; Engelhard, E.K. et al. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:3224-3227; Sandig, V. et al. (1996) Hum. Gene Ther.
7:1937-1945; Takamatsu, N. (1987) EMBO J. 6:307-311; The McGraw Hill Yearbook of Science and Technology (1992) McGraw Hill, New York NY, pp. 191-196; Logan, J. and T. Shenk (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:3655-3659; Harrington, J.J. et al. (1997) Nat. Genet. 15:345-355). Expression vectors derived from retto viruses, adenoviruses, or heφes or vaccinia viruses, or from various bacterial plasmids, may be used for delivery of polynucleotides to the targeted organ, tissue, or cell population (Di Nicola, M. et al. (1998) Cancer Gen. Ther. 5:350-356; Yu, M. et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6340-6344; Buller, R.M. et al. (1985) Nature 317:813-815; McGregor, D.P. et al. (1994) Mol. Immunol. 31:219-226; Verma, I.M. and N. Somia (1997) Nature 389:239- 242). The invention is not limited by the host cell employed.
In bacterial systems, a number of cloning and expression vectors may be selected depending upon the use intended for polynucleotides encoding J-RAP. For example, routine cloning, subcloning, and propagation of polynucleotides encoding IRAP can be achieved using a multifunctional E. coli vector such as PBLUΕSCRJPT (Stratagene, La Jolla CA) or PSPORT1 plasmid (Invitrogen). Ligation of polynucleotides encoding IRAP into the vector's multiple cloning site disrupts the lacZ gene, allowing a colorimetric screening procedure for identification of transformed bacteria containing recombinant molecules. In addition, these vectors may be useful for in vitro transcription, dideoxy sequencing, single strand rescue with helper phage, and creation of nested deletions in the cloned sequence (Van Heeke, G. and S.M. Schuster (1989) J. Biol. Chem. 264:5503-5509). When large quantities of J-RAP are needed, e.g. for the production of antibodies, vectors which direct high level expression of IRAP may be used. For example, vectors containing the strong, inducible SP6 or T7 bacteriophage promoter may be used. Yeast expression systems may be used for production of J-RAP. A number of vectors containing constitutive or inducible promoters, such as alpha factor, alcohol oxidase, and PGH promoters, may be used in the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae or Pichia pastoris. In addition, such vectors direct either the secretion or intracellular retention of expressed proteins and enable integration of foreign polynucleotide sequences into the host genome for stable propagation (Ausubel et al., supra; Bitter, G.A. et al. (1987) Methods Enzymol. 153:516-544; Scorer, CA. et al. (1994) Bio/Technology 12:181-184).
Plant systems may also be used for expression of IRAP. Transcription of polynucleotides encoding IRAP may be driven by viral promoters, e.g., the 35S and 19S promoters of CaMV used alone or in combination with the omega leader sequence from TMV (Takamatsu, N. (1987) EMBO J. 6:307-311). Alternatively, plant promoters such as the small subunit of RUBISCO or heat shock promoters maybe used (Coruzzi, G. et al. (1984) EMBO J. 3:1671-1680; Broglie, R. et al. (1984) Science 224:838-843; Winter, J. et al. (1991) Results Probl. Cell Differ. 17:85-105). These constructs can be introduced into plant cells by direct DNA transformation or pathogen-mediated transfection (The McGraw Hill Yearbook of Science and Technology (1992) McGraw Hill, New York NY, pp. 191-196).
In mammalian cells, a number of viral-based expression systems may be utilized. In cases where an adenovirus is used as an expression vector, polynucleotides encoding IRAP may be ligated into an adenovirus transcription/translation complex consisting of the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence. Insertion in a non-essential El or E3 region of the viral genome may be used to obtain infective virus which expresses IRAP in host cells (I-ogan, J. and T. Shenk (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:3655-3659). In addition, transcription enhancers, such as the Rous sarcoma virus (RSV) enhancer, may be used to increase expression in mammalian host cells. SV40 or EBV-based vectors may also be used for high-level protein expression.
Human artificial chromosomes (HACs) may also be employed to deliver larger fragments of DNA than can be contained in and expressed from a plasmid. HACs of about 6 kb to 10 Mb are constructed and delivered via conventional delivery methods (liposomes, polycationic amino polymers, or vesicles) for therapeutic puφoses (Hanington, J.J. et al. (1997) Nat. Genet. 15:345-355).
For long term production of recombinant proteins in mammalian systems, stable expression of IRAP in cell lines is prefened. For example, polynucleotides encoding IRAP can be transformed into cell lines using expression vectors which may contain viral origins of replication and/or endogenous expression elements and a selectable marker gene on the same or on a separate vector. Following the introduction of the vector, cells may be allowed to grow for about 1 to 2 days in enriched media before being switched to selective media. The puφose of the selectable marker is to confer resistance to a selective agent, and its presence allows growth and recovery of cells which successfully express the introduced sequences. Resistant clones of stably transformed cells may be propagated using tissue culture techniques appropriate to the cell type. Any number of selection systems may be used to recover transformed cell lines. These include, but are not limited to, the heφes simplex virus thymidine kinase and adenine phosphoribosyltransferase genes, for use in tic and apr cells, respectively (Wigler, M. et al. (1977) Cell 11:223-232; I-owy, I. et al. (1980) Cell 22:817-823). Also, antimetabohte, antibiotic, or herbicide resistance can be used as the basis for selection. For example, dhfr confers resistance to methotrexate; neo confers resistance to the aminoglycosides neomycin and G-418; and als and pat confer resistance to chlorsulfuron and phosphinotricin acetyltransferase, respectively (Wigler, M. et al. (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:3567-3570; Colbere-Garapin, F. et al. (1981) J. Mol. Biol. 150:1-14). Additional selectable genes have been described, e.g., trpB and hisD, which alter cellular requirements for metabolites (Hartman, S.C. and R.C. Mulligan (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:8047-8051). Visible markers, e.g., anthocyanins, green fluorescent proteins (GFP; Clontech), β- glucuronidase and its substrate β-glucuronide, or luciferase and its substrate luciferin may be used. These markers can be used not only to identify transformants, but also to quantify the amount of transient or stable protein expression attributable to a specific vector system (Rhodes, CA. (1995) Methods Mol. Biol. 55:121-131).
Although the presence/absence of marker gene expression suggests that the gene of interest is also present, the presence and expression of the gene may need to be confirmed. For example, if the sequence encoding J-RAP is inserted within a marker gene sequence, transformed cells containing polynucleotides encoding J-RAP can be identified by the absence of marker gene function. Alternatively, a marker gene can be placed in tandem with a sequence encoding IRAP under the control of a single promoter. Expression of the marker gene in response to induction or selection usually indicates expression of the tandem gene as well. In general, host cells that contain the polynucleotide encoding J-RAP and that express JRAP may be identified by a variety of procedures known to those of skill in the art. These procedures include, but are not limited to, DNA-DNA or DNA-RNA hybridizations, PCR amplification, and protein bioassay or immunoassay techniques which include membrane, solution, or chip based technologies for the detection and/or quantification of nucleic acid or protein sequences. Immunological methods for detecting and measuring the expression of JRAP using either specific polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies are known in the art. Examples of such techniques include enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), radioimmunoassays (RIAs), and fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS). A two-site, monoclonal-based immunoassay utilizing monoclonal antibodies reactive to two non-interfering epitopes on JRAP is prefened, but a competitive binding assay may be employed. These and other assays are well known in the art (Hampton, R. et al. (1990) Serological Methods, a Laboratory Manual, APS Press, St. Paul MN, Sect. JV; Coligan, J.E. et al. (1997) Cunent Protocols in Immunology, Greene Pub. Associates and Wiley-Interscience, New York NY; Pound, J.D. (1998) Jmmunochemical Protocols, Humana Press, Totowa NJ). A wide variety of labels and conjugation techniques are known by those skilled in the art and may be used in various nucleic acid and amino acid assays. Means for producing labeled hybridization or PCR probes for detecting sequences related to polynucleotides encoding IRAP include oligolabeling, nick translation, end-labeling, or PCR amplification using a labeled nucleotide. Alternatively, polynucleotides encoding JRAP, or any fragments thereof, may be cloned into a vector for the production of an mRNA probe. Such vectors are known in the art, are commercially available, and may be used to synthesize RNA probes in vitro by addition of an appropriate RNA polymerase such as T7, T3, or SP6 and labeled nucleotides. These procedures may be conducted using a variety of commercially available kits, such as those provided by Amersham Biosciences, Promega (Madison WT), and US Biochemical. Suitable reporter molecules or labels which may be used for ease of detection include radionuclides, enzymes, fluorescent, chemiluminescent, or chromogenic agents, as well as substrates, cofactors, inhibitors, magnetic particles, and the like. Host cells transformed with polynucleotides encoding JRAP may be cultured under conditions suitable for the expression and recovery of the protein from cell culture. The protein produced by a transformed cell may be secreted or retained intracellularly depending on the sequence and/or the vector used. As will be understood by those of skill in the art, expression vectors containing polynucleotides which encode J AP may be designed to contain signal sequences which direct secretion of J-RAP through a prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell membrane.
In addition, a host cell strain may be chosen for its ability to modulate expression of the inserted polynucleotides or to process the expressed protein in the desired fashion. Such modifications of the polypeptide include, but are not limited to, acetylation, carboxylation, glycosylation, phosphorylation, lipidation, and acylation. Post-translational processing which cleaves a "prepro" or "pro" form of the protein may also be used to specify protein targeting, folding, and/or activity. Different host cells which have specific cellular machinery and characteristic mechanisms for post-translational activities (e.g., CHO, HeLa, MDCK, HEK293, and WI38) are available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC, Manassas VA) and may be chosen to ensure the conect modification and processing of the foreign protein. In another embodiment of the invention, natural, modified, or recombinant polynucleotides encoding IRAP may be ligated to a heterologous sequence resulting in translation of a fusion protein in any of the aforementioned host systems. For example, a chimeric IRAP protein containing a heterologous moiety that can be recognized by a commercially available antibody may facilitate the screening of peptide libraries for inhibitors of J-RAP activity. Heterologous protein and peptide moieties may also facilitate purification of fusion proteins using commercially available affinity matrices. Such moieties include, but are not limited to, glutathione S-transferase (GST), maltose binding protein (MBP), thioredoxin (Trx), calmodulin binding peptide (CBP), 6-His, FLAG, c-myc, and hemagglutinin (HA). GST, MBP, Trx, CBP, and 6-His enable purification of their cognate fusion proteins on immobilized glutathione, maltose, phenylarsine oxide, calmodulin, and metal-chelate resins, respectively. FLAG, c-myc, and hemagglutinin (HA) enable immunoaffinity purification of fusion proteins using commercially available monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies that specifically recognize these epitope tags. A fusion protein may also be engineered to contain a proteolytic cleavage site located between the IRAP encoding sequence and the heterologous protein sequence, so that J-RAP may be cleaved away from the heterologous moiety following purification. Methods for fusion protein expression and purification are discussed in Ausubel et al. (supra, ch. 10 and 16). A variety of commercially available kits may also be used to facilitate expression and purification of fusion proteins.
In another embodiment, synthesis of radiolabeled JRAP may be achieved in vitro using the TNT rabbit reticulocyte lysate or wheat germ extract system (Promega). These systems couple transcription and translation of protein-coding sequences operably associated with the T7, T3, or SP6 promoters. Translation takes place in the presence of a radiolabeled amino acid precursor, for example, 35S-methionine.
J-RAP, fragments of J-RAP, or variants of J-RAP may be used to screen for compounds that specifically bind to JRAP. One or more test compounds may be screened for specific binding to J-RAP. In various embodiments, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100, or 200 test compounds can be screened for specific binding to IRAP. Examples of test compounds can include antibodies, anticalins, oligonucleotides, proteins (e.g., ligands or receptors), or small molecules.
In related embodiments, variants of J-RAP can be used to screen for binding of test compounds, such as antibodies, to JRAP, a variant of JRAP, or a combination of J-RAP and/or one or more variants IRAP. In an embodiment, a variant of IRAP can be used to screen for compounds that bind to a variant of IRAP, but not to JRAP having the exact sequence of a sequence of SEQ DD NO:l-16. IRAP variants used to perform such screening can have a range of about 50% to about
99% sequence identity to IRAP, with various embodiments having 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, and 95% sequence identity.
In an embodiment, a compound identified in a screen for specific binding to JRAP can be closely related to the natural ligand of JRAP, e.g., a ligand or fragment thereof, a natural substrate, a structural or functional mimetic, or a natural binding partner (Coligan, J.E. et al. (1991) Cunent
Protocols in Immunology l(2):Chapter 5). In another embodiment, the compound thus identified can be a natural ligand of a receptor JRAP (Howard, A.D. et al. (2001) Trends Pharmacol. Sci.22:132- 140; Wise, A. et al. (2002) Drug Discovery Today 7:235-246).
J-n other embodiments, a compound identified in a screen for specific binding to J-RAP can be closely related to the natural receptor to which IRAP binds, at least a fragment of the receptor, or a fragment of the receptor including all or a portion of the ligand binding site or binding pocket. For example, the compound may be a receptor for IRAP which is capable of propagating a signal, or a decoy receptor for J-RAP which is not capable of propagating a signal (Ashkenazi, A. and V.M. Divit (1999) Curr. Opin. Cell Biol. 11:255-260; Mantovani, A. et al. (2001) Trends Immunol. 22:328-336). The compound can be rationally designed using known techniques. Examples of such techniques include those used to construct the compound etanercept (ENBREL; Amgen Inc., Thousand Oaks CA), which is efficacious for treating rheumatoid arthritis in humans. Etanercept is an engineered p75 tumor necrosis factor (TNF) receptor dimer linked to the Fc portion of human IgGx (Taylor, P.C et al. (2001) Cun. Opin. Immunol. 13:611-616).
In one embodiment, two or more antibodies having similar or, alternatively, different specificities can be screened for specific binding to IRAP, fragments of J-RAP, or variants of J-RAP. The binding specificity of the antibodies thus screened can thereby be selected to identify particular fragments or variants of J-RAP. In one embodiment, an antibody can be selected such that its binding specificity allows for preferential identification of specific fragments or variants of J-RAP. In another embodiment, an antibody can be selected such that its binding specificity allows for preferential diagnosis of a specific disease or condition having increased, decreased, or otherwise abnormal production of JRAP.
In an embodiment, anticalins can be screened for specific binding to J-RAP, fragments of J-RAP, or variants of JRAP. Anticalins are ligand-binding proteins that have been constructed based on a lipocalin scaffold (Weiss, G.A. and H.B. Lowman (2000) Chem. Biol. 7:R177-R184; Skena, A. (2001) J. Biotechnol. 74:257-275). The protein architecture of lipocalins can include abeta-banel having eight antiparaUel beta-strands, which supports four loops at its open end. These loops form the natural ligand-binding site of the lipocalins, a site which can be re-engineered in vitro by amino acid substitutions to impart novel binding specificities. The amino acid substitutions can be made using methods known in the art or described herein, and can include conservative substitutions (e.g., substitutions that do not alter binding specificity) or substitutions that modestly, moderately, or significantly alter binding specificity.
In one embodiment, screening for compounds which specifically bind to, stimulate, or inhibit IRAP involves producing appropriate cells which express JRAP, either as a secreted protein or on the cell membrane. Prefened cells can include cells from mammals, yeast, Drosophila, or E. coli. CeUs expressing J-RAP or ceU membrane fractions which contain J-RAP are then contacted with a test compound and binding, stimulation, or inhibition of activity of either J-RAP or the compound is analyzed.
An assay may simply test binding of a test compound to the polypeptide, wherein binding is detected by a fluorophore, radioisotope, enzyme conjugate, or other detectable label. For example, the assay may comprise the steps of combining at least one test compound with J-RAP, either in solution or affixed to a solid support, and detecting the binding of J-RAP to the compound. Alternatively, the assay may detect or measure binding of a test compound in the presence of a labeled competitor. AdditionaUy, the assay may be carried out using ceU-free preparations, chemical libraries, or natural product mixtures, and the test compound(s) may be free in solution or affixed to a solid support.
An assay can be used to assess the ability of a compound to bind to its natural ligand and/or to inhibit the binding of its natural ligand to its natural receptors. Examples of such assays include radio-labeling assays such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 5,914,236 and U.S. Patent No.
6,372,724. In a related embodiment, one or more amino acid substitutions can be introduced into a polypeptide compound (such as a receptor) to improve or alter its ability to bind to its natural ligands (Matthews, D.J. and J.A. WeUs. (1994) Chem. Biol. 1:25-30). In another related embodiment, one or more amino acid substitutions can be introduced into a polypeptide compound (such as a ligand) to improve or alter its ability to bind to its natural receptors (C^mήngham, B.C. and J.A. WeUs (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:3407-3411; Lowman, H.B. et al. (1991) J. Biol. Chem. 266:10982- 10988).
IRAP, fragments of JRAP, or variants of JRAP may be used to screen for compounds that modulate the activity of IRAP. Such compounds may include agonists, antagonists, or partial or inverse agonists. In one embodiment, an assay is performed under conditions permissive for IRAP activity, wherein IRAP is combined with at least one test compound, and the activity of IRAP in the presence of a test compound is compared with the activity of J-RAP in the absence of the test compound. A change in the activity of IRAP in the presence of the test compound is indicative of a compound that modulates the activity of IRAP. Alternatively, a test compound is combined with an in vitro or cell-free system comprising D AP under conditions suitable for IRAP activity, and the assay is performed. In either of these assays, a test compound which modulates the activity of IRAP may do so indirectly and need not come in direct contact with the test compound. At least one and up to a plurality of test compounds may be screened.
In another embodiment, polynucleotides encoding IRAP or their mammalian homologs may be "knocked out" in an animal model system using homologous recombination in embryonic stem (ES) cells. Such techniques are weU known in the art and are useful for the generation of animal models of human disease (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,175,383 and U.S. Patent No. 5,767,337). For example, mouse ES ceUs, such as the mouse 129/SvJ ceU line, are derived from the early mouse embryo and grown in culture. The ES cells are transformed with a vector containing the gene of interest disrupted by a marker gene, e.g., the neomycin phosphotransferase gene (neo; Capecchi, M.R. (1989) Science 244:1288-1292). The vector integrates into the conesponding region of the host genome by homologous recombination. Alternatively, homologous recombination takes place using the Cre-loxP system to knockout a gene of interest in a tissue- or developmental stage-specific manner (Marth, J.D. (1996) Clin. Invest. 97:1999-2002; Wagner, K.U. et al. (1997) Nucleic Acids Res. 25:4323-4330). Transformed ES cells are identified and microinjected into mouse ceU blastocysts such as those from the C57BL/6 mouse strain. The blastocysts are surgicaUy transfened to pseudopregnant dams, and the resulting chimeric progeny are genotyped and bred to produce heterozygous or homozygous strains. Transgenic animals thus generated may be tested with potential therapeutic or toxic agents.
Polynucleotides encoding IRAP may also be manipulated in vitro in ES ceUs derived from human blastocysts. Human ES ceUs have the potential to differentiate into at least eight separate cell lineages including endoderm, mesoderm, and ectodermal ceU types. These ceU lineages differentiate into, for example, neural ceUs, hematopoietic lineages, and cardiomyocytes (Thomson, J.A. et al. (1998) Science 282:1145-1147).
Polynucleotides encoding IRAP can also be used to create "knockin" humanized animals (pigs) or transgenic animals (mice or rats) to model human disease. With knockin technology, a region of a polynucleotide encoding IRAP is injected into animal ES ceUs, and the injected sequence integrates into the animal ceU genome. Transformed ceUs are injected into blastulae, and the blastulae are implanted as described above. Transgenic progeny or inbred lines are studied and treated with potential pharmaceutical agents to obtain information on treatment of a human disease. Alternatively, a mammal inbred to overexpress J-RAP, e.g., by secreting JRAP in its milk, may also serve as a convenient source of that protein (Janne, J. et al. (1998) Biotechnol. Annu. Rev. 4:55-74). THERAPEUTICS
Chemical and structural similarity, e.g., in the context of sequences and motifs, exists between regions of IRAP and immune response associated proteins. In addition, examples of tissues expressing JRAP can be found in Table 6 and can also be found in Example XI. Therefore, IRAP appears to play a role in immune system, neurological, developmental, muscle, and ceU proliferative disorders. In the treatment of disorders associated with increased JRAP expression or activity, it is desirable to decrease the expression or activity of JRAP. In the treatment of disorders associated with decreased J-RAP expression or activity, it is desirable to increase the expression or activity of JRAP.
Therefore, in one embodiment, IRAP or a fragment or derivative thereof may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of J-RAP. Examples of such disorders include, but are not limited to, an immune system disorder such as acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (ADDS), X-linked agammaglobinemia of Bruton, common variable immunodeficiency (CVT), DiGeorge's syndrome (thymic hypoplasia), thymic dysplasia, isolated IgA deficiency, severe combined immunodeficiency disease (SCDD), immunodeficiency with thrombocytopenia and eczema (Wiskott-Aldrich syndrome), Chediak-Higashi syndrome, chronic granulomatous diseases, hereditary angioneurotic edema, immunodeficiency associated with Cushing's disease, Addison's disease, adult respiratory distress syndrome, aUergies, ankylosing spondylitis, amyloidosis, anemia, asthma, atherosclerosis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune thyroiditis, autoimmune polyendocrinopathy-candidiasis-ectodermal dystrophy (APECED), bronchitis, cholecystitis, contact dermatitis, Crohn's disease, atopic dermatitis, dermatomyositis, diabetes mellitus, emphysema, episodic lymphopenia with lymphocytotoxins, erythroblastosis fetalis, erythema nodosum, atrophic gastritis, glomerulonephritis, Goodpasture's syndrome, gout, Graves' disease, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, hypereosinophilia, irritable bowel syndrome, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, myocardial or pericardial inflammation, osteoarthritis, osteoporosis, pancreatitis, polymyositis, psoriasis, Reiter's syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, scleroderma, Sjogren's syndrome, systemic anaphylaxis, systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis, thrombocytopenic puφura, ulcerative colitis, uveitis, Werner syndrome, complications of cancer, hemodialysis, and extracoφoreal circulation, viral, bacterial, fungal, parasitic, protozoal, and helminthic infections, and trauma; a neurological disorder such as epilepsy, ischemic cerebrovascular disease, stroke, cerebral neoplasms, Alzheimer's disease, Pick's disease, Huntington's disease, dementia, Parkinson's disease and other extrapyramidal disorders, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and other motor neuron disorders, progressive neural muscular atrophy, retinitis pigmentosa, hereditary ataxias, multiple sclerosis and other demyelinating diseases, bacterial and viral meningitis, brain abscess, subdural empyema, epidural abscess, suppurative intracranial thrombophlebitis, myelitis and radiculitis, viral central nervous system disease, prion diseases including kuru, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, and Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheihker syndrome, fatal familial insomnia, nutritional and metabolic diseases of the nervous system, neurofibromatosis, tuberous sclerosis, cerebeUoretinal hemangioblastomatosis, encephalotrigeminal syndrome, mental retardation and other developmental disorders of the central nervous system including Down syndrome, cerebral palsy, neuroskeletal disorders, autonomic nervous system disorders, cranial nerve disorders, spinal cord diseases, muscular dystrophy and other neuromuscular disorders, peripheral nervous system disorders, dermatomyositis and polymyositis, inherited, metabolic, endocrine, and toxic myopathies, myasthenia gravis, periodic paralysis, mental disorders including mood, anxiety, and schizophrenic disorders, seasonal affective disorder (SAD), akathesia, amnesia, catatonia, diabetic neuropathy, tardive dyskinesia, dystonias, paranoid psychoses, postheφetic neuralgia, Tourette's disorder, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, and familial frontotemporal dementia; a developmental disorder such as renal tubular acidosis, anemia, Cushing's syndrome, achondroplastic dwarfism, Duchenne and Becker muscular dystrophy, epilepsy, gonadal dysgenesis, WAGR syndrome (Wil s' tumor, aniridia, genitourinary abnormalities, and mental retardation), Smith-Magenis syndrome, myelodysplastic syndrome, hereditary mucoepithelial dysplasia, hereditary keratodermas, hereditary neuropathies such as Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease and neurofibromatosis, hypothyroidism, hydrocephalus, seizure disorders such as Syndenham's chorea and cerebral palsy, spina bifida, anencephaly, craniorachischisis, congenital glaucoma, cataract, and sensorineural hearing loss; a muscle disorder such as cardiomyopathy, myocarditis, Duchenne' s muscular dystrophy, Becker's muscular dystrophy, myotonic dystrophy, central core disease, nemaline myopathy, centronuclear myopathy, lipid myopathy, mitochondrial myopathy, infectious myositis, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, inclusion body myositis, thyrotoxic myopathy, and ethanol myopathy; and a ceU proliferative disorder such as actinic keratosis, arteriosclerosis, atherosclerosis, bursitis, cinhosis, hepatitis, mixed connective tissue disease (MCTD), myelofibrosis, paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, polycythemia vera, psoriasis, primary thrombocythemia, and cancers including adenocarcinoma, leukemia, lymphoma, melanoma, myeloma, sarcoma, teratocarcinoma, and, in particular, cancers of the adrenal gland, bladder, bone, bone marrow, brain, breast, cervix, colon, gaU bladder, ganglia, gastrointestinal tract, heart, kidney, liver, lung, muscle, ovary, pancreas, parathyroid, penis, prostate, salivary glands, skin, spleen, testis, thymus, thyroid, and uterus.
In another embodiment, a vector capable of expressing J-RAP or a fragment or derivative thereof may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of JRAP including, but not limited to, those described above. In a further embodiment, a composition comprising a substantiaUy purified J-RAP in conjunction with a suitable pharmaceutical canier may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of IRAP including, but not limited to, those provided above.
In stiU another embodiment, an agonist which modulates the activity of IRAP may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of J-RAP including, but not limited to, those listed above. In a further embodiment, an antagonist of IRAP may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with increased expression or activity of IRAP. Examples of such disorders include, but are not limited to, those immune system, neurological, developmental, muscle, and ceU proliferative disorders described above. In one aspect, an antibody which specifically binds JRAP may be used directly as an antagonist or indirectly as a targeting or delivery mechanism for bringing a pharmaceutical agent to ceUs or tissues which express JRAP.
In an additional embodiment, a vector expressing the complement of the polynucleotide encoding J AP may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with increased expression or activity of JRAP including, but not limited to, those described above.
In other embodiments, any protein, agonist, antagonist, antibody, complementary sequence, or vector embodiments may be administered in combination with other appropriate therapeutic agents. Selection of the appropriate agents for use in combination therapy may be made by one of ordinary skiU in the art, according to conventional pharmaceutical principles. The combination of therapeutic agents may act synergisticaUy to effect the treatment or prevention of the various disorders described above. Using this approach, one may be able to achieve therapeutic efficacy with lower dosages of each agent, thus reducing the potential for adverse side effects.
An antagonist of J-RAP may be produced using methods which are generaUy known in the art. In particular, purified JRAP may be used to produce antibodies or to screen libraries of pharmaceutical agents to identify those which specificaUy bind IRAP. Antibodies to J-RAP may also be generated using methods that are weU known in the art. Such antibodies may include, but are not limited to, polyclonal, monoclonal, chimeric, and single chain antibodies, Fab fragments, and fragments produced by a Fab expression library. In an embodiment, neutraUzing antibodies (i.e., those which inhibit dimer formation) can be used therapeuticaUy. Single chain antibodies (e.g., from camels or Uamas) may be potent enzyme inhibitors and may have application in the design of peptide mimetics, and in the development of immuno-adsorbents and biosensors (Muyldermans, S. (2001) J. Biotechnol. 74:277-302).
For the production of antibodies, various hosts including goats, rabbits, rats, mice, camels, dromedaries, Uamas, humans, and others may be immunized by injection with JRAP or with any fragment or oligopeptide thereof which has immunogenic properties. Depending on the host species, various adjuvants may be used to increase immunological response. Such adjuvants include, but are not Umited to, Freund's, mineral gels such as aluminum hydroxide, and surface active substances such as lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, KLH, and dinitrophenol. Among adjuvants used in humans, BCG (bacilli Calmette-Guerin) and Corynebacterium parvum are especiaUy preferable.
It is prefened that the oligopeptides, peptides, or fragments used to induce antibodies to
JRAP have an amino acid sequence consisting of at least about 5 amino acids, and generally wiU consist of at least about 10 amino acids. It is also preferable that these oUgopeptides, peptides, or fragments are substantially identical to a portion of the amino acid sequence of the natural protein.
Short stretches of IRAP amino acids may be fused with those of another protein, such as KLH, and antibodies to the chimeric molecule may be produced.
Monoclonal antibodies to IRAP may be prepared using any technique which provides for the production of antibody molecules by continuous ceU lines in culture. These include, but are not limited to, the hybridoma technique, the human B-ceU hybridoma technique, and the EBV-hybridoma technique (Kohler, G. et al. (1975) Nature 256:495-497; Kozbor, D. et al. (1985) J. Immunol.
Methods 81:31-42; Cote, R.J. et al. (1983) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 80:2026-2030; Cole, S.P. et al. (1984) Mol. CeU Biol. 62:109-120).
I-n addition, techmques developed for the production of "chimeric antibodies," such as the spUcing of mouse antibody genes to human antibody genes to obtain a molecule with appropriate antigen specificity and biological activity, can be used (Morrison, S.L. et al. (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci. USA 81:6851-6855; Neuberger, M.S. et al. (1984) Nature 312:604-608; Takeda, S. et al. (1985)
Nature 314:452-454). Alternatively, techniques described for the production of single chain antibodies may be adapted, using methods known in the art, to produce IRAP-specific single chain antibodies. Antibodies with related specificity, but of distinct idiotypic composition, may be generated by chain shuffling from random combinatorial immunoglobulin Ubraries (Burton, D.R. (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci. USA 88:10134-10137).
Antibodies may also be produced by inducing in vivo production in the lymphocyte population or by screening immunoglobulin libraries or panels of highly specific binding reagents as disclosed in the literature (Orlandi, R. et al. (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:3833-3837; Winter, G. et al.
(1991) Nature 349:293-299).
Antibody fragments which contain specific binding sites for IRAP may also be generated. For example, such fragments include, but are not limited to, F(ab fragments produced by pepsin digestion of the antibody molecule and Fab fragments generated by reducing the disulfide bridges of the F(ab')2 fragments. Alternatively, Fab expression libraries maybe constructed to allow rapid and easy identification of monoclonal Fab fragments with the desired specificity (Huse, W.D. et al. (1989) Science 246:1275-1281).
Various immunoassays may be used for screening to identify antibodies having the desired specificity. Numerous protocols for competitive binding or immunoradiometric assays using either polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies with established specificities are weU known in the art. Such immunoassays typicaUy involve the measurement of complex formation between JRAP and its specific antibody. A two-site, monoclonal-based immunoassay utilizing monoclonal antibodies reactive to two non-interfering IRAP epitopes is generaUy used, but a competitive binding assay may also be employed (Pound, supra).
Various methods such as Scatchard analysis in conjunction with radioimmunoassay techniques may be used to assess the affinity of antibodies for J-RAP. Affinity is expressed as an association constant, K_, which is defined as the molar concentration of J-RAP-antibody complex divided by the molar concentrations of free antigen and free antibody under equilibrium conditions. The Ka determined for a preparation of polyclonal antibodies, which are heterogeneous in their affinities for multiple IRAP epitopes, represents the average affinity, or avidity, of the antibodies for J-RAP. The Ka determined for a preparation of monoclonal antibodies, which are monospecific for a particular J AP epitope, represents a true measure of affinity. High-affinity antibody preparations with Ka ranging from about 109 to 1012 L/mole are prefened for use in immunoassays in which the J-RAP-antibody complex must withstand rigorous manipulations. I-ow-afftnity antibody preparations with K-. ranging from about 106 to 107 L/mole are prefened for use in immunopurification and similar procedures which ultimately require dissociation of IRAP, preferably in active form, from the antibody (Catty, D. (1988) Antibodies, Volume I: A Practical Approach, IRL Press, Washington DC; LiddeU, J.E. and A. Cryer (1991) A Practical Guide to Monoclonal Antibodies, John Wiley & Sons, New York NY).
The titer and avidity of polyclonal antibody preparations may be further evaluated to determine the quality and suitability of such preparations for certain downstream appUcations. For example, a polyclonal antibody preparation containing at least 1-2 mg specific antibody/ml, preferably 5-10 mg specific antibody/ml, is generaUy employed in procedures requiring precipitation of J-RAP- antibody complexes. Procedures for evaluating antibody specificity, titer, and avidity, and guidelines for antibody quality and usage in various applications, are generaUy available (Catty, supra; Coligan et al., supra).
In another embodiment of the invention, polynucleotides encoding JRAP, or any fragment or complement thereof, may be used for therapeutic purposes. In one aspect, modifications of gene expression can be achieved by designing complementary sequences or antisense molecules (DNA, RNA, PNA, or modified oUgonucleotides) to the coding or regulatory regions of the gene encoding IRAP. Such technology is weU known in the art, and antisense oligonucleotides or larger fragments can be designed from various locations along the coding or control regions of sequences encoding JRAP (Agrawal, S., ed. (1996) Antisense Therapeutics, Humana Press, Totawa NJ). In therapeutic use, any gene delivery system suitable for introduction of the antisense sequences into appropriate target ceUs can be used. Antisense sequences can be delivered intraceUularly in the form of an expression plasmid which, upon transcription, produces a sequence complementary to at least a portion of the ceUular sequence encoding the target protein (Slater, J.E. et al. (1998) J. AUergy Clin. Immunol. 102:469-475; Scanlon, K.J. et al. (1995) 9:1288-1296). Antisense sequences can also be introduced intraceUularly through the use of viral vectors, such as retrovirus and adeno-associated virus vectors (MiUer, A.D. (1990) Blood 76:271; Ausubel et al., supra; Uckert, W. and W. Walther (1994) Pharmacol. Ther. 63:323-347). Other gene delivery mechamsms include liposome-derived systems, artificial viral envelopes, and other systems known in the art (Rossi, J.J. (1995) Br. Med. BuU. 51:217-225; Boado, R.J. et al. (1998) J. Pharm. Sci. 87:1308-1315; Morris, M.C et al. (1997) Nucleic Acids Res. 25:2730-2736).
In another embodiment of the invention, polynucleotides encoding JRAP maybe used for somatic or germline gene therapy. Gene therapy may be performed to (i) conect a genetic deficiency (e.g., in the cases of severe combined immunodeficiency (SCDD)-Xl disease characterized by X-linked inheritance (Cavazzana-Calvo, M. et al. (2000) Science 288:669-672), severe combined immunodeficiency syndrome associated with an inherited adenosine deaminase (ADA) deficiency (Blaese, R.M. et al. (1995) Science 270:475-480; Bordignon, C et al. (1995) Science 270:470-475), cystic fibrosis (Zabner, J. et al. (1993) CeU 75:207-216; Crystal, R.G. et al. (1995) Hum. Gene Therapy 6:643-666; Crystal, R.G. et al. (1995) Hum. Gene Therapy 6:667-703), thalassamias, famihal hypercholesterolemia, and hemophilia resulting from Factor VDI or Factor JX deficiencies (Crystal, R.G. (1995) Science 270:404-410; Verma, I.M. and N. Somia (1997) Nature 389:239-242)), (ii) express a conditionaUy lethal gene product (e.g., in the case of cancers which result from unregulated ceU proliferation), or (iii) express a protein which affords protection against intracellular parasites (e.g., against human retroviruses, such as human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) (Baltimore, D. (1988) Nature 335:395-396; Poeschla, E. et al. (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93:11395-11399), hepatitis B or C virus (HBV, HCV); fungal parasites, such as Candida albicans and Paracoccidioides brasiliensis; and protozoan parasites such as Plasmodium falciparum and Trypanosoma cruzi). In the case where a genetic deficiency in JRAP expression or regulation causes disease, the expression of JRAP from an appropriate population of transduced ceUs may aUeviate the clinical manifestations caused by the genetic deficiency.
In a further embodiment of the invention, diseases or disorders caused by deficiencies in IRAP are treated by constructing mammaUan expression vectors encoding IRAP and introducing these vectors by mechanical means into J-RAP-deficient cells. Mechanical transfer technologies for use with ceUs in vivo or ex vitro include (i) direct DNA microinjection into individual cells, (ii) ballistic gold particle delivery, (iii) liposome-mediated transfection, (iv) receptor-mediated gene transfer, and (v) the use of DNA transposons (Morgan, R.A. and W.F. Anderson (1993) Annu. Rev. Biochem. 62:191-217; Ivies, Z. (1997) Cell 91:501-510; Boulay, J.-L. and H. Recipon (1998) Cun. Opin. Biotechnol. 9:445-450).
Expression vectors that may be effective for the expression of IRAP include, but are not Umited to, the PCDNA 3.1, EPITAG, PRCCMV2, PREP, PVAX, PCR2-TOPOTA vectors (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA), PCMV-SCRIPT, PCMV-TAG, PEGSH/PERV (Stratagene, La JoUa CA), and PTET-OFF, PTET-ON, PTRE2, PTRE2-LUC, PTK-HYG (Clontech, Palo Alto CA). IRAP may be expressed using (i) a constitutively active promoter, (e.g., from cytomegalo virus
(CMV), Rous sarcoma virus (RSV), SV40 virus, thymidine kinase (TK), or β-actin genes), (ii) an inducible promoter (e.g., the tetracycline-regulated promoter (Gossen, M. and H. Bujard (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:5547-5551; Gossen, M. et al. (1995) Science 268:1766-1769; Rossi, F.M.V. and H.M. Blau (1998) Cun. Opin. Biotechnol. 9:451-456), commerciaUy available in the T-REX plasmid (Invitrogen)); the ecdysone-inducible promoter (available in the plasmids PVGRXR and
PIND; Invitrogen); the FK506/rapamycin inducible promoter; or the RU486/mifepristone inducible promoter (Rossi, F.M.V. and H.M. Blau, supra)), or (iii) a tissue-specific promoter or the native promoter of the endogenous gene encoding IRAP from a normal individual.
Commercially available liposome transformation kits (e.g., the PERFECT LIPID TRANSFECTION KIT, available from Invitrogen) aUow one with ordinary skiU in the art to deliver polynucleotides to target ceUs in culture and require rriinimal effort to optimize experimental parameters. In the alternative, transformation is performed using the calcium phosphate method (Graham, F.L. and A.J. Eb (1973) Virology 52:456-467), or by electroporation (Neumann, E. et al. (1982) EMBO J. 1:841-845). The introduction of DNA to primary ceUs requires modification of these standardized mammaUan transfection protocols.
In another embodiment of the invention, diseases or disorders caused by genetic defects with respect to JRAP expression are treated by constructing a retrovirus vector consisting of (i) the polynucleotide encoding J-RAP under the control of an independent promoter or the retrovirus long terminal repeat (LTR) promoter, (ii) appropriate RNA packaging signals, and (iii) a Rev-responsive element (RRE) along with additional retrovirus s-acting RNA sequences and coding sequences required for efficient vector propagation. Retrovirus vectors (e.g., PFB and PFBNEO) are commerciaUy available (Stratagene) and are based on pubUshed data (Riviere, I. et al. (1995) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92:6733-6737), incoφorated by reference herein. The vector is propagated in an appropriate vector producing ceU line (VPCL) that expresses an envelope gene with a tropism for receptors on the target ceUs or a promiscuous envelope protein such as VSVg (Armentano, D. et al. (1987) J. Virol. 61:1647-1650; Bender, M.A. et al. (1987) J. Virol. 61:1639-1646; Adam, M.A. and A.D. MiUer (1988) J. Virol. 62:3802-3806; Dull, T. et al. (1998) J. Virol. 72:8463-8471; Zufferey, R. et al. (1998) J. Virol. 72:9873-9880). U.S. Patent No. 5,910,434 to Rigg ("Method for obtaining retrovirus packaging ceU lines producing high transducing efficiency retroviral supernatant") discloses a method for obtaining retrovirus packaging ceU lines and is hereby incoφorated by reference. Propagation of retrovirus vectors, transduction of a population of ceUs (e.g., CD4+ T-cells), and the return of transduced ceUs to a patient are procedures weU known to persons skiUed in the art of gene therapy and have been weU documented (Ranga, U. et al. (1997) J. Virol. 71:7020-7029; Bauer, G. et al. (1997) Blood 89:2259-2267; Bonyhadi, M.L. (1997) J. Virol. 71:4707-4716; Ranga, U. et al. (1998) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95:1201-1206; Su, L. (1997) Blood 89:2283-2290).
In an embodiment, an adenovirus-based gene therapy delivery system is used to deliver polynucleotides encoding IRAP to ceUs which have one or more genetic abnormalities with respect to the expression of IRAP. The construction and packaging of adenovirus-based vectors are weU known to those with ordinary skiU in the art. Replication defective adenovirus vectors have proven to be versatile for importing genes encoding immunoregulatory proteins into intact islets in the pancreas (Csete, M.E. et al. (1995) Transplantation 27:263-268). PotentiaUy useful adenoviral vectors are described in U.S. Patent No. 5,707,618 to Armentano ("Adenovirus vectors for gene therapy"), hereby incoφorated by reference. For adenoviral vectors, see also Antinozzi, P.A. et al. (1999; Annu. Rev. Nutr. 19:511-544) and Verma, I.M. and N. Somia (1997; Nature 18:389:239-242). In another embodiment, a heφes-based, gene therapy deUvery system is used to deUver polynucleotides encoding IRAP to target ceUs which have one or more genetic abnormauties with respect to the expression of J-RAP. The use of herpes simplex virus (HS V)-based vectors may be especiaUy valuable for introducing IRAP to ceUs of the central nervous system, for which HSV has a tropism. The construction and packaging of heφes-based vectors are weU known to those with ordinary skill in the art. A repkcation-competent heφes simplex virus (HSV) type 1-based vector has been used to deliver a reporter gene to the eyes of primates (Liu, X. et al. (1999) Exp. Eye Res. 169:385-395). The construction of a HSV-1 virus vector has also been disclosed in detail in U.S. Patent No. 5,804,413 to DeLuca ("Herpes simplex virus strains for gene transfer"), which is hereby incorporated by reference. U.S. Patent No. 5,804,413 teaches the use of recombinant HSV d92 which consists of a genome containing at least one exogenous gene to be transfened to a ceU under the control of the appropriate promoter for puφoses including human gene therapy. Also taught by this patent are the construction and use of recombinant HSV strains deleted for ICP4, ICP27 and ICP22. For HSV vectors, see also Goins, W.F. et al. (1999; J. Virol. 73:519-532) and Xu, H. et al. (1994; Dev. Biol. 163:152-161). The mampulation of cloned heφesvirus sequences, the generation of recombinant virus foUowing the transfection of multiple plasmids containing different segments of the large heφesvirus genomes, the growth and propagation of heφesvirus, and the infection of ceUs with heφesvirus are techniques weU known to those of ordinary skiU in the art.
In another embodiment, an alphavirus (positive, single-stranded RNA virus) vector is used to deUver polynucleotides encoding IRAP to target ceUs. The biology of the prototypic alphavirus,
Semliki Forest Virus (SFV), has been studied extensively and gene transfer vectors have been based on the SFV genome (Garoff, H. and K.-J. Li (1998) Cun. Opin. Biotechnol. 9:464-469). During alphavirus RNA repUcation, a subgenomic RNA is generated that normaUy encodes the viral capsid proteins. This subgenomic RNA replicates to higher levels than the full length genomic RNA, resulting in the oveφroduction of capsid proteins relative to the viral proteins with enzymatic activity (e.g., protease and polymerase). Similarly, inserting the coding sequence for RAP into the alphavirus genome in place of the capsid-coding region results in the production of a large number of JRAP-coding RNAs and the synthesis of high levels of J-RAP in vector transduced ceUs. While alphavirus infection is typicaUy associated with ceU lysis within a few days, the abiUty to estabUsh a persistent infection in hamster normal kidney ceUs (BHK-21) with a variant of Sindbis virus (SIN) indicates that the lytic repUcation of alphaviruses can be altered to suit the needs of the gene therapy application (Dryga, S.A. et al. (1997) Virology 228:74-83). The wide host range of alphaviruses wiU aUow the introduction of JRAP into a variety of cell types. The specific transduction of a subset of ceUs in a population may require the sorting of ceUs prior to transduction. The methods of manipulating infectious cDNA clones of alphaviruses, performing alphavirus cDNA and RNA transfections, and performing alphavirus infections, are well known to those with ordinary skill in the art.
Ohgonucleotides derived from the transcription initiation site, e.g., between about positions -10 and +10 from the start site, may also be employed to inhibit gene expression. Similarly, inhibition can be achieved using triple helix base-pairing methodology. Triple hehx pairing is useful because it causes inhibition of the ability of the double heUx to open sufficiently for the binding of polymerases, transcription factors, or regulatory molecules. Recent therapeutic advances using triplex DNA have been described in the Uterature (Gee, J.E. et al. (1994) in Huber, B.E. and B.I. Can, Molecular and Immunologic Approaches, Futura PubUshing, Mt. Kisco NY, pp. 163-177). A complementary sequence or antisense molecule may also be designed to block translation of mRNA by preventing the transcript from binding to ribosomes. Ribozymes, enzymatic RNA molecules, may also be used to catalyze the specific cleavage of
RNA. The mechanism of ribozyme action involves sequence-specific hybridization of the ribozyme molecule to complementary target RNA, foUowed by endonucleolytic cleavage. For example, engineered hammerhead motif ribozyme molecules may specifically and efficiently catalyze endonucleolytic cleavage of RNA molecules encodmg IRAP. Specific ribozyme cleavage sites within any potential RNA target are initiaUy identified by scanning the target molecule for ribozyme cleavage sites, including the foUowing sequences: GUA, GUU, and GUC Once identified, short RNA sequences of between 15 and 20 ribonucleotides, conesponding to the region of the target gene containing the cleavage site, may be evaluated for secondary structural features which may render the oligonucleotide inoperable. The suitabiUty of candidate targets may also be evaluated by testing accessibiUty to hybridization with complementary ohgonucleotides using ribonuclease protection assays.
Complementary ribonucleic acid molecules and ribozymes may be prepared by any method known in the art for the synthesis of nucleic acid molecules. These include techniques for chemicaUy synthesizing ohgonucleotides such as soUd phase phosphoramidite chemical synthesis. Alternatively, RNA molecules may be generated by in vitro and in vivo transcription of DNA molecules encoding IRAP. Such DNA sequences may be incoφorated into a wide variety of vectors with suitable RNA polymerase promoters such as T7 or SP6. Alternatively, these cDNA constructs that synthesize complementary RNA, constitutively or inducibly, can be introduced into ceU Unes, ceUs, or tissues.
RNA molecules may be modified to increase intraceUular stabihty and half-life. Possible modifications include, but are not limited to, the addition of flanking sequences at the 5' and/or 3 'ends of the molecule, or the use of phosphorothioate or 2' O-methyl rather than phosphodiesterase linkages within the backbone of the molecule. This concept is inherent in the production of PNAs and can be extended in aU of these molecules by the inclusion of nontraditional bases such as inosine, queosine, and wybutosine, as well as acetyl-, methyl-, thio-, and similarly modified forms of adenine, cytidine, guanine, thymine, and uridine which are not as easily recognized by endogenous endonucleases. In other embodiments of the invention, the expression of one or more selected polynucleotides of the present invention can be altered, inhibited, decreased, or silenced using RNA interference (RNAi) or post-transcriptional gene silencing (PTGS) methods known in the art. RNAi is a post-transcriptional mode of gene silencing in which double-stranded RNA (dsRNA) introduced into a targeted ceU specificaUy suppresses the expression of the homologous gene (i.e., the gene bearing the sequence complementary to the dsRNA). This effectively knocks out or substantiaUy reduces the expression of the targeted gene. PTGS can also be accompUshed by use of DNA or
DNA fragments as weU. RNAi methods are described by Fire, A. et al. (1998; Nature 391:806-811) and Gura, T. (2000; Nature 404:804-808). PTGS can also be initiated by introduction of a complementary segment of DNA into the selected tissue using gene dehvery and/or viral vector deUvery methods described herein or known in the art. RNAi can be induced in mammaUan ceUs by the use of smaU interfering RNA also known as siRNA. SiRNA are shorter segments of dsRNA (typicaUy about 21 to 23 nucleotides in length) that result in vivo from cleavage of introduced dsRNA by the action of an endogenous ribonuclease. SiRNA appear to be the mediators of the RNAi effect in mammals. The most effective siRNAs appear to be 21 nucleotide dsRNAs with 2 nucleotide 3' overhangs. The use of siRNA for inducing RNAi in mammaUan ceUs is described by Elbasbir, S.M. et al. (2001 ; Nature 411 :494-498).
SiRNA can either be generated indirectly by introduction of dsRNA into the targeted ceU, or directly by mammalian transfection methods and agents described herein or known in the art (such as hposome-mediated transfection, viral vector methods, or other polynucleotide delivery/introductory methods). Suitable SiRNAs can be selected by examining a transcript of the target polynucleotide (e.g., mRNA) for nucleotide sequences downstream from the AUG start codon and recording the occunence of each nucleotide and the 3' adjacent 19 to 23 nucleotides as potential siRNA target sites, with sequences having a 21 nucleotide length being prefened. Regions to be avoided for target siRNA sites include the 5' and 3 'untranslated regions (UTRs) and regions near the start codon (within 75 bases), as these may be richer in regulatory protein binding sites. UTR-binding proteins and/or translation initiation complexes may interfere with binding of the siRNP endonuclease complex. The selected target sites for siRNA can then be compared to the appropriate genome database (e.g., human, etc.) using BLAST or other sequence comparison algorithms known in the art. Target sequences with significant homology to other coding sequences can be eliminated from consideration. The selected SiRNAs can be produced by chemical synthesis methods known in the art or by in vitro transcription using commerciaUy available methods and kits such as the SILENCER siRNA construction kit (Ambion, Austin TX). In alternative embodiments, long-term gene silencing and/or RNAi effects can be induced in selected tissue using expression vectors that continuously express siRNA. This can be accompUshed using expression vectors that are engineered to express haiφin RNAs (shRNAs) using methods known in the art (see, e.g., Brummelkamp, T.R. et al. (2002) Science 296:550-553; and Paddison, P.J. et al. (2002) Genes Dev. 16:948-958). In these and related embodiments, shRNAs can be delivered to target ceUs using expression vectors known in the art. An example of a suitable expression vector for deUvery of siRNA is the PSJLENCER1.0-U6 (circular) plasmid (Ambion). Once dehvered to the target tissue, shRNAs are processed in vivo into siRNA-like molecules capable of carrying out gene-specific silencing.
In various embodiments, the expression levels of genes targeted by RNAi or PTGS methods can be deteixnined by assays for mRNA and/or protein analysis. Expression levels of the mRNA of a targeted gene, can be determined by northern analysis methods using, for example, the NORTHERNMAX-GLY kit (Ambion); by microanay methods; by PCR methods; by real time PCR methods; and by other RNA/polynucleotide assays known in the art or described herein. Expression levels of the protein encoded by the targeted gene can be determined by Western analysis using standard techniques known in the art.
An additional embodiment ofthe invention encompasses a method for screening for a compound which is effective in altering expression of a polynucleotide encoding IRAP. Compounds which may be effective in altering expression of a specific polynucleotide may include, but are not limited to, ohgonucleotides, antisense ohgonucleotides, triple helix-forming oligonucleotides, transcription factors and other polypeptide transcriptional regulators, and non-macromolecular chemical entities which are capable of interacting with specific polynucleotide sequences. Effective compounds may alter polynucleotide expression by acting as either inhibitors or promoters of polynucleotide expression. Thus, in the treatment of disorders associated with increased JRAP expression or activity, a compound which specifically inhibits expression of the polynucleotide encoding J-RAP may be therapeutically useful, and in the treatment of disorders associated with decreased J-RAP expression or activity, a compound which specificaUy promotes expression of the polynucleotide encoding JRAP may be therapeuticaUy useful.
In various embodiments, one or more test compounds may be screened for effectiveness in altering expression of a specific polynucleotide. A test compound may be obtained by any method commonly known in the art, including chemical modification of a compound known to be effective in altering polynucleotide expression; selection from an existing, commerciaUy-available or proprietary Ubrary of naturally-occurring or non-natural chemical compounds; rational design of a compound based on chemical and/or structural properties of the target polynucleotide; and selection from a Ubrary of chemical compounds created combinatorially or randomly. A sample comprising a polynucleotide encoding IRAP is exposed to at least one test compound thus obtained. The sample may comprise, for example, an intact or permeabiUzed ceU, or an in vitro ceU-free or reconstituted biochemical system. Alterations in the expression of a polynucleotide encoding IRAP are assayed by any method commonly known in the art. TypicaUy, the expression of a specific nucleotide is detected by hybridization with a probe having a nucleotide sequence complementary to the sequence of the polynucleotide encoding IRAP. The amount of hybridization may be quantified, thus forming the basis for a comparison of the expression of the polynucleotide both with and without exposure to one or more test compounds. Detection of a change in the expression of a polynucleotide exposed to a test compound indicates that the test compound is effective in altering the expression of the polynucleotide. A screen for a compound effective in altering expression of a specific polynucleotide can be carried out, for example, using a Schizosaccharomyces pombe gene expression system (Atkins, D. et al. (1999) U.S. Patent No. 5,932,435; Arndt, G.M. et al. (2000) Nucleic Acids Res. 28:E15) or a human ceU line such as HeLa ceU (Clarke, M.L. et al. (2000) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Cornmun. 268:8-13). A particular embodiment of the present invention involves screening a combinatorial Ubrary of oligonucleotides (such as deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, peptide nucleic acids, and modified oligonucleotides) for antisense activity against a specific polynucleotide sequence (Bruice, T.W. et al. (1997) U.S. Patent No. 5,686,242; Bruice, T.W. et al. (2000) U.S. Patent No. 6,022,691).
Many methods for introducing vectors into ceUs or tissues are available and equaUy suitable for use in vivo, in vitro, and ex vivo. For ex vivo therapy, vectors may be introduced into stem ceUs taken from the patient and clonaUy propagated for autologous transplant back into that same patient. Dehvery by transfection, by Uposome injections, or by polycationic amino polymers may be achieved using methods which are well known in the art (Goldman, C.K. et al. (1997) Nat. Biotechnol. 15:462- 466). Any of the therapeutic methods described above may be applied to any subject in need of such therapy, including, for example, mammals such as humans, dogs, cats, cows, horses, rabbits, and monkeys.
An additional embodiment of the invention relates to the administration of a composition which generally comprises an active ingredient formulated with a pharmaceuticaUy acceptable excipient. Excipients may include, for example, sugars, starches, ceUuloses, gums, and proteins.
Various formulations are commonly known and are thoroughly discussed in the latest edition of
Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Maack Publishing, Easton PA). Such compositions may consist of JRAP, antibodies to IRAP, and mimetics, agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors of JRAP.
In various embodiments, the compositions described herein, such as pharmaceutical compositions, may be administered by any number of routes including, but not limited to, oral, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-arterial, intrameduUary, intrathecal, intraventricular, pulmonary, transdermal, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intranasal, enteral, topical, sublingual, or rectal means. Compositions for pulmonary administration may be prepared in Uquid or dry powder form. These compositions are generaUy aerosoUzed immediately prior to inhalation by the patient. In the case of small molecules (e.g. traditional low molecular weight organic drugs), aerosol delivery of fast- acting formulations is weU-known in the art. In the case of macromolecules (e.g. larger peptides and proteins), recent developments in the field of pulmonary dehvery via the alveolar region of the hing have enabled the practical dehvery of drugs such as insulin to blood circulation (see, e.g., Patton, J.S. et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,997,848). Pulmonary delivery aUows administration without needle injection, and obviates the need for potentiaUy toxic penetration enhancers.
Compositions suitable for use in the invention include compositions wherein the active ingredients are contained in an effective amount to achieve the intended puφose. The determination of an effective dose is weU within the capabiUty of those skiUed in the art.
SpeciaUzed forms of compositions may be prepared for direct intraceUular dehvery of macromolecules comprising IRAP or fragments thereof. For example, Uposome preparations containing a cell-impermeable macromolecule may promote ceU fusion and intraceUular dehvery of the macromolecule. Alternatively, JRAP or a fragment thereof may be joined to a short cationic N- terminal portion from the HJV Tat-1 protein. Fusion proteins thus generated have been found to transduce into the ceUs of aU tissues, including the brain, in a mouse model system (Schwarze, S.R. et al. (1999) Science 285:1569-1572).
For any compound, the therapeuticaUy effective dose can be estimated initiaUy either in ceU culture assays, e.g., of neoplastic ceUs, or in animal models such as mice, rats, rabbits, dogs, monkeys, or pigs. An animal model may also be used to deteimine the appropriate concentration range and route of administration. Such information can then be used to determine useful doses and routes for administration in humans.
A therapeuticaUy effective dose refers to that amount of active ingredient, for example IRAP or fragments thereof, antibodies of JRAP, and agonists, antagonists or inhibitors of JRAP, which ameliorates the symptoms or condition. Therapeutic efficacy and toxicity may be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in ceU cultures or with experimental animals, such as by calculating the ED50 (the dose therapeuticaUy effective in 50% of the population) or LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) statistics. The dose ratio of toxic to therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index, which can be expressed as the LD50/ED50 ratio. Compositions which exhibit large therapeutic indices are prefened. The data obtained from ceU culture assays and animal studies are used to formulate a range of dosage for human use. The dosage contained in such compositions is preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that includes the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage varies within this range depending upon the dosage form employed, the sensitivity of the patient, and the route of administration.
The exact dosage will be determined by the practitioner, in Ught of factors related to the subject requiring treatment. Dosage and administration are adjusted to provide sufficient levels of the active moiety or to maintain the desired effect. Factors which may be taken into account mclude the severity of the disease state, the general health of the subject, the age, weight, and gender of the subject, time and frequency of administration, drug combination(s), reaction sensitivities, and response to therapy. Long-acting compositions may be administered every 3 to 4 days, every week, or biweekly depending on the half-Ufe and clearance rate of the particular formulation.
Normal dosage amounts may vary from about 0.1 μg to 100,000 μg, up to a total dose of about 1 gram, depending upon the route of administration. Guidance as to particular dosages and methods of dehvery is provided in the literature and generaUy available to practitioners in the art. Those skilled in the art wiU employ different formulations for nucleotides than for proteins or their inhibitors. Similarly, dehvery of polynucleotides or polypeptides wiU be specific to particular cells, conditions, locations, etc. DIAGNOSTICS
In another embodiment, antibodies which specifically bind J-RAP may be used for the diagnosis of disorders characterized by expression of J-RAP, or in assays to monitor patients being treated with J-RAP or agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors of JRAP. Antibodies useful for diagnostic puφoses may be prepared in the same manner as described above for therapeutics. Diagnostic assays for JRAP include methods which utilize the antibody and a label to detect J-RAP in human body fluids or in extracts of ceUs or tissues. The antibodies may be used with or without modification, and may be labeled by covalent or non-covalent attachment of a reporter molecule. A wide variety of reporter molecules, several of which are described above, are known in the art and may be used.
A variety of protocols for measuring IRAP, including ELISAs, RIAs, and FACS, are known in the art and provide a basis for diagnosing altered or abnormal levels of JRAP expression. Normal or standard values for JRAP expression are established by combining body fluids or ceU extracts taken from normal mammaUan subjects, for example, human subjects, with antibodies to JRAP under conditions suitable for complex formation. The amount of standard complex formation may be quantitated by various methods, such as photometric means. Quantities of JRAP expressed in subject, control, and disease samples from biopsied tissues are compared with the standard values. Deviation between standard and subject values estabhshes the parameters for diagnosing disease. In another embodiment of the invention, polynucleotides encoding IRAP may be used for diagnostic puφoses. The polynucleotides which may be used include ohgonucleotides, complementary RNA and DNA molecules, and PNAs. The polynucleotides may be used to detect and quantify gene expression in biopsied tissues in which expression of IRAP may be conelated with disease. The diagnostic assay may be used to determine absence, presence, and excess expression of JRAP, and to monitor regulation of IRAP levels during therapeutic intervention. In one aspect, hybridization with PCR probes which are capable of detecting polynucleotides, including genomic sequences, encoding IRAP or closely related molecules may be used to identify nucleic acid sequences which encode IRAP. The specificity of the probe, whether it is made from a highly specific region, e.g., the 5 'regulatory region, or from a less specific region, e.g., a conserved motif, and the stringency of the hybridization or amplification wiU determine whether the probe identifies only naturaUy occurring sequences encoding JRAP, aUelic variants, or related sequences.
Probes may also be used for the detection of related sequences, and may have at least 50% sequence identity to any of the JRAP encoding sequences. The hybridization probes of the subject invention may be DNA or RNA and may be derived from the sequence of SEQ DD NO:17-32 or from genomic sequences including promoters, enhancers, and introns of the J-RAP gene.
Means for producing specific hybridization probes for polynucleotides encoding IRAP include the cloning of polynucleotides encoding JRAP or IRAP derivatives into vectors for the production of mRNA probes. Such vectors are known in the art, are commercially available, and may be used to synthesize RNA probes in vitro by means of the addition of the appropriate RNA polymerases and the appropriate labeled nucleotides. Hybridization probes may be labeled by a variety of reporter groups, for example, by radionuclides such as 32P or 35S, or by enzymatic labels, such as alkaline phosphatase coupled to the probe via avidin/biotin coupling systems, and the like. Polynucleotides encoding J-RAP may be used for the diagnosis of disorders associated with expression of IRAP. Examples of such disorders include, but are not limited to, an immune system disorder such as acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (ADDS), X-linked agammaglobinemia of Bruton, common variable immunodeficiency (CVT), DiGeorge's syndrome (thymic hypoplasia), thymic dysplasia, isolated IgA deficiency, severe combined immunodeficiency disease (SCDD), immunodeficiency with thrombocytopenia and eczema (Wiskott-Aldrich syndrome), Chediak-Higashi syndrome, chronic granulomatous diseases, hereditary angioneurotic edema, immunodeficiency associated with Cushing's disease, Addison's disease, adult respiratory distress syndrome, allergies, ankylosing spondylitis, amyloidosis, anemia, asthma, atherosclerosis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune thyroiditis, autoimmune polyendocrinopathy-candidiasis-ectodermal dystrophy (APECED), bronchitis, cholecystitis, contact dermatitis, Crohn's disease, atopic dermatitis, dermatomyositis, diabetes mellitus, emphysema, episodic lymphopenia with lymphocytotoxins, erythroblastosis fetalis, erythema nodosum, atrophic gastritis, glomerulonephritis, Goodpasture's syndrome, gout, Graves' disease, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, hypereosinophiUa, irritable bowel syndrome, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, myocardial or pericardial inflammation, osteoarthritis, osteoporosis, pancreatitis, polymyositis, psoriasis, Reiter's syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, scleroderma, Sjogren's syndrome, systemic anaphylaxis, systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis, thrombocytopenic puφura, ulcerative colitis, uveitis, Werner syndrome, complications of cancer, hemodialysis, and extracoφoreal circulation, viral, bacterial, fungal, parasitic, protozoal, and helminthic infections, and trauma; a neurological disorder such as epilepsy, ischemic cerebrovascular disease, stroke, cerebral neoplasms, Alzheimer's disease, Pick's disease, Huntington's disease, dementia, Parkinson's disease and other extrapyramidal disorders, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and other motor neuron disorders, progressive neural muscular atrophy, retinitis pigmentosa, hereditary ataxias, multiple sclerosis and other demyelinating diseases, bacterial and viral meningitis, brain abscess, subdural empyema, epidural abscess, suppurative intracranial thrombophlebitis, myelitis and radiculitis, viral central nervous system disease, prion diseases including kuru, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, and Gerstmar -Stiaussler-Scheinker syndrome, fatal familial insomnia, nutritional and metaboUc diseases of the nervous system, neurofibromatosis, tuberous sclerosis, cerebeUoretinal hemangioblastomatosis, encephalotrigeminal syndrome, mental retardation and other developmental disorders of the central nervous system including Down syndrome, cerebral palsy, neuroskeletal disorders, autonomic nervous system disorders, cranial nerve disorders, spinal cord diseases, muscular dystrophy and other neuromuscular disorders, peripheral nervous system disorders, dermatomyositis and polymyositis, inherited, metaboUc, endocrine, and toxic myopathies, myasthenia gravis, periodic paralysis, mental disorders including mood, anxiety, and schizophrenic disorders, seasonal affective disorder (SAD), akathesia, amnesia, catatonia, diabetic neuropathy, tardive dyskinesia, dystonias, paranoid psychoses, postheφetic neuralgia, Tourette's disorder, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, and famiUal frontotemporal dementia; a developmental disorder such as renal tubular acidosis, anemia, Oishing's syndrome, achondroplastic dwarfism, Duchenne and Becker muscular dystrophy, epilepsy, gonadal dysgenesis, WAGR syndrome (Wilms' tumor, aniridia, genitourinary abnormalities, and mental retardation), Smith-Magenis syndrome, myelodysplastic syndrome, hereditary mucoepithelial dysplasia, hereditary keratodermas, hereditary neuropathies such as Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease and neurofibromatosis, hypothyroidism, hydrocephalus, seizure disorders such as Syndenham's chorea and cerebral palsy, spina bifida, anencephaly, craniorachischisis, congenital glaucoma, cataract, and sensorineural hearing loss; a muscle disorder such as cardiomyopathy, myocarditis, Duchenne's muscular dystrophy, Becker's muscular dystrophy, myotonic dystrophy, central core disease, nemaline myopathy, centronuclear myopathy, Upid myopathy, mitochondrial myopathy, infectious myositis, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, inclusion body myositis, thyrotoxic myopathy, and ethanol myopathy; and a ceU proUferative disorder such as actinic keratosis, arteriosclerosis, atherosclerosis, bursitis, cirrhosis, hepatitis, mixed connective tissue disease (MCTD), myelofibrosis, paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, polycythemia vera, psoriasis, primary thrombocythemia, and cancers including adenocarcinoma, leukemia, lymphoma, melanoma, myeloma, sarcoma, teratocarcinoma, and, in particular, cancers of the adrenal gland, bladder, bone, bone marrow, brain, breast, cervix, colon, gaU bladder, gangUa, gastrointestinal tract, heart, kidney, Uver, lung, muscle, ovary, pancreas, parathyroid, penis, prostate, saUvary glands, skin, spleen, testis, thymus, thyroid, and uterus. Polynucleotides encoding JRAP may be used in Southern or northern analysis, dot blot, or other membrane-based technologies; in PCR technologies; in dipstick, pin, and multiformat ELISA-hke assays; and in microanays utiUzing fluids or tissues from patients to detect altered IRAP expression. Such qualitative or quantitative methods are well known in the art.
In a particular embodiment, polynucleotides encoding IRAP may be used in assays that detect the presence of associated disorders, particularly those mentioned above. Polynucleotides complementary to sequences encoding JRAP may be labeled by standard methods and added to a fluid or tissue sample from a patient under conditions suitable for the formation of hybridization complexes. After a suitable incubation period, the sample is washed and the signal is quantified and compared with a standard value. Jf the amount of signal in the patient sample is significantly altered in comparison to a control sample then the presence of altered levels of polynucleotides encoding
JRAP in the sample indicates the presence of the associated disorder. Such assays may also be used to evaluate the efficacy of a particular therapeutic treatment regimen in animal studies, in clinical trials, or to monitor the treatment of an individual patient.
In order to provide a basis for the diagnosis of a disorder associated with expression of IRAP, a normal or standard profile for expression is established. This may be accomplished by combining body fluids or ceU extracts taken from normal subjects, either animal or human, with a sequence, or a fragment thereof, encoding JRAP, under conditions suitable for hybridization or ampUfication. Standard hybridization may be quantified by comparing the values obtained from normal subjects with values from an experiment in which a known amount of a substantiaUy purified polynucleotide is used. Standard values obtained in this manner may be compared with values obtained from samples from patients who are symptomatic for a disorder. Deviation from standard values is used to estabUsh the presence of a disorder.
Once the presence of a disorder is estabUshed and a treatment protocol is initiated, hybridization assays may be repeated on a regular basis to determine if the level of expression in the patient begins to approximate that which is observed in the normal subject. The results obtained from successive assays may be used to show the efficacy of treatment over a period ranging from several days to months.
With respect to cancer, the presence of an abnormal amount of transcript (either under- or overexpressed) in biopsied tissue from an individual may indicate a predisposition for the development of the disease, or may provide a means for detecting the disease prior to the appearance of actual clinical symptoms. A more definitive diagnosis of this type may aUow health professionals to employ preventative measures or aggressive treatment earUer, thereby preventing the development or further progression of the cancer.
Additional diagnostic uses for oUgonucleotides designed from the sequences encoding JRAP may involve the use of PCR. These okgomers may be chemicaUy synthesized, generated enzymatically, or produced in vitro. OUgomers wiU preferably contain a fragment of a polynucleotide encoding JRAP, or a fragment of a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide encoding JRAP, and wiU be employed under optimized conditions for identification of a specific gene or condition. OUgomers may also be employed under less stringent conditions for detection or quantification of closely related DNA or RNA sequences.
In a particular aspect, oUgonucleotide primers derived from polynucleotides encoding IRAP may be used to detect single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs). SNPs are substitutions, insertions and deletions that are a frequent cause of inherited or acquired genetic disease in humans. Methods of SNP detection include, but are not limited to, single-stranded conformation polymoφhism (SSCP) and fluorescent SSCP (fSSCP) methods. In SSCP, oUgonucleotide primers derived from polynucleotides encoding IRAP are used to ampUfy DNA using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR). The DNA may be derived, for example, from diseased or normal tissue, biopsy samples, bodily fluids, and the Uke. SNPs in the DNA cause differences in the secondary and tertiary structures of PCR products in single-stranded form, and these differences are detectable using gel electrophoresis in non-denaturing gels. In fSCCP, the oUgonucleotide primers are fluorescently labeled, which allows detection of the amplimers in high-throughput equipment such as DNA sequencing machines. AdditionaUy, sequence database analysis methods, termed in sihco SNP (isSNP), are capable of identifying polymorphisms by comparing the sequence of individual overlapping DNA fragments which assemble into a common consensus sequence. These computer- based methods filter out sequence variations due to laboratory preparation of DNA and sequencing enors using statistical models and automated analyses of DNA sequence chromatograms. In the alternative, SNPs may be detected and characterized by mass spectrometry using, for example, the high throughput MASSARRAY system (Sequenom, Inc., San Diego CA).
SNPs may be used to study the genetic basis of human disease. For example, at least 16 common SNPs have been associated with non-insulin-dependent diabetes melUtus. SNPs are also useful for exarnining differences in disease outcomes in monogenic disorders, such as cystic fibrosis, sickle ceU anemia, or chronic granulomatous disease. For example, variants in the mannose-binding lectin, MBL2, have been shown to be conelated with deleterious pulmonary outcomes in cystic fibrosis. SNPs also have utikty in pharmacogenomics, the identification of genetic variants that influence a patient's response to a drug, such as Ufe-threatening toxicity. For example, a variation in N-acetyl transferase is associated with a high incidence of peripheral neuropathy in response to the anti-tuberculosis drug isoniazid, while a variation in the core promoter of the ALOX5 gene results in diminished clinical response to treatment with an anti-asthma drug that targets the 5-kρoxygenase pathway. Analysis of the distribution of SNPs in different populations is useful for investigating genetic drift, mutation, recombination, and selection, as well as for tracing the origins of populations and their migrations (Taylor, J.G. et al. (2001) Trends Mol. Med. 7:507-512; Kwok, P.-Y. and Z. Gu (1999) Mol. Med. Today 5:538-543; Nowotny, P. et al. (2001) Cun. Opin. Neurobiol. 11:637-641). Methods which may also be used to quantify the expression of IRAP include radiolabeling or biotinylating nucleotides, coampUfication of a control nucleic acid, and inteφolating results from standard curves (Melby, P.C et al. (1993) J. Immunol. Methods 159:235-244; Duplaa, C. et al. (1993) Anal. Biochem. 212:229-236). The speed of quantitation of multiple samples may be accelerated by running the assay in a high-throughput format where the oligomer or polynucleotide of interest is presented in various dilutions and a spectrophotometric or colorimetric response gives rapid quantitation.
In further embodiments, ohgonucleotides or longer fragments derived from any of the polynucleotides described herein may be used as elements on a microanay. The microarray can be used in transcript imaging techniques which monitor the relative expression levels of large numbers of genes simultaneously as described below. The microanay may also be used to identify genetic variants, mutations, and polymoφhisms. This information may be used to determine gene function, to understand the genetic basis of a disorder, to diagnose a disorder, to monitor progression/regression of disease as a function of gene expression, and to develop and monitor the activities of therapeutic agents in the treatment of disease. In particular, this information may be used to develop a pharmacogenomic profile of a patient in order to select the most appropriate and effective treatment regimen for that patient. For example, therapeutic agents which are highly effective and display the fewest side effects may be selected for a patient based on his/her pharmacogenomic profile.
In another embodiment, IRAP, fragments of IRAP, or antibodies specific for IRAP may be used as elements on a microanay. The microanay may be used to monitor or measure protein- protein interactions, drug-target interactions, and gene expression profiles, as described above. A particular embodiment relates to the use of the polynucleotides of the present invention to generate a transcript image of a tissue or ceU type. A transcript image represents the global pattern of gene expression by a particular tissue or ceU type. Global gene expression patterns are analyzed by quantifying the number of expressed genes and their relative abundance under given conditions and at a given time (Seilhamer et al., "Comparative Gene Transcript Analysis," U.S. Patent No. 5,840,484; hereby expressly incoφorated by reference herein). Thus a transcript image may be generated by hybridizing the polynucleotides of the present invention or their complements to the totaUty of transcripts or reverse transcripts of a particular tissue or ceU type. In one embodiment, the hybridization takes place in high-throughput format, wherein the polynucleotides of the present invention or their complements comprise a subset of a pluraUty of elements on a microanay. The resultant transcript image would provide a profile of gene activity.
Transcript images maybe generated using transcripts isolated from tissues, ceU lines, biopsies, or other biological samples. The transcript image may thus reflect gene expression in vivo, as in the case of a tissue or biopsy sample, or in vitro, as in the case of a ceU Une.
Transcript images which profile the expression of the polynucleotides of the present invention may also be used in conjunction with in vitro model systems and preclinical evaluation of pharmaceuticals, as weU as toxicological testing of industrial and naturaUy-occurring environmental compounds. All compounds induce characteristic gene expression patterns, frequently termed molecular fingeφrints or toxicant signatures, which are indicative of mechanisms of action and toxicity (Nuwaysir, E.F. et al. (1999) Mol. Carcinog. 24:153-159; Steiner, S. and N.L. Anderson (2000) Toxicol. Lett. 112-113:467-471). If a test compound has a signature similar to that of a compound with known toxicity, it is Ukely to share those toxic properties. These fingeφrints or signatures are most useful and refined when they contain expression information from a large number of genes and gene famines. IdeaUy, a genome- wide measurement of expression provides the highest quaUty signature. Even genes whose expression is not altered by any tested compounds are important as weU, as the levels of expression of these genes are used to normaUze the rest of the expression data. The normaUzation procedure is useful for comparison of expression data after treatment with different compounds. While the assignment of gene function to elements of a toxicant signature aids in inteφretation of toxicity mechanisms, knowledge of gene function is not necessary for the statistical matching of signatures which leads to prediction of toxicity (see, for example, Press Release 00-02 from the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences, released February 29, 2000, available at http://www.niehs.nih.gov/oc/news/toxchip.htm). Therefore, it is important and desirable in toxicological screening using toxicant signatures to include aU expressed gene sequences. In an embodiment, the toxicity of a test compound can be assessed by treating a biological sample containing nucleic acids with the test compound. Nucleic acids that are expressed in the treated biological sample are hybridized with one or more probes specific to the polynucleotides of the present invention, so that transcript levels conesponding to the polynucleotides of the present invention may be quantified. The transcript levels in the treated biological sample are compared with levels in an untreated biological sample. Differences in the transcript levels between the two samples are indicative of a toxic response caused by the test compound in the treated sample.
Another embodiment relates to the use of the polypeptides disclosed herein to analyze the proteome of a tissue or ceU type. The term proteome refers to the global pattern of protein expression in a particular tissue or ceU type. Each protein component of a proteome can be subjected individuaUy to further analysis. Proteome expression patterns, or profiles, are analyzed by quantifying the number of expressed proteins and their relative abundance under given conditions and at a given time. A profile of a cell's proteome may thus be generated by separating and analyzing the polypeptides of a particular tissue or cell type. J-n one embodiment, the separation is achieved using two-dimensional gel electrophoresis, in which proteins from a sample are separated by isoelectric focusing in the first dimension, and then according to molecular weight by sodium dodecyl sulfate slab gel electrophoresis in the second dimension (Steiner and Anderson, supra). The proteins are visuaUzed in the gel as discrete and uniquely positioned spots, typicaUy by staining the gel with an agent such as Coomassie Blue or silver or fluorescent stains. The optical density of each protein spot is generaUy proportional to the level of the protein in the sample. The optical densities of equivalently positioned protein spots from different samples, for example, from biological samples either treated or untreated with a test compound or therapeutic agent, are compared to identify any changes in protein spot density related to the treatment. The proteins in the spots are partiaUy sequenced using, for example, standard methods employing chemical or enzymatic cleavage foUowed by mass spectrometry. The identity of the protein in a spot may be determined by comparing its partial sequence, preferably of at least 5 contiguous amino acid residues, to the polypeptide sequences of interest. In some cases, further sequence data may be obtained for definitive protein identification. A proteomic profile may also be generated using antibodies specific for JRAP to quantify the levels of JRAP expression. In one embodiment, the antibodies are used as elements on a microanay, and protein expression levels are quantified by exposing the microanay to the sample and detecting the levels of protein bound to each anay element (Lueking, A. et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 270:103- 111; Mendoze, L.G. et al. (1999) Biotechniques 27:778-788). Detection may be performed by a variety of methods known in the art, for example, by reacting the proteins in the sample with a thiol- or amino-reactive fluorescent compound and detecting the amount of fluorescence bound at each anay element.
Toxicant signatures at the proteome level are also useful for toxicolo ical screening, and should be analyzed in paraUel with toxicant signatures at the transcript level. There is a poor conelation between transcript and protein abundances for some proteins in some tissues (Anderson, N.L. and J. Seilhamer (1997) Electrophoresis 18:533-537), so proteome toxicant signatures may be useful in the analysis of compounds which do not significantly affect the transcript image, but which alter the proteomic profile. In addition, the analysis of transcripts in body fluids is difficult, due to rapid degradation of mRNA, so proteomic profiling may be more reUable and informative in such cases. In another embodiment, the toxicity of a test compound is assessed by treating a biological sample containing proteins with the test compound. Proteins that are expressed in the treated biological sample are separated so that the amount of each protein can be quantified. The amount of each protein is compared to the amount of the conesponding protein in an untreated biological sample. A difference in the amount of protein between the two samples is indicative of a toxic response to the test compound in the treated sample. Individual proteins are identified by sequencing the amino acid residues of the individual proteins and comparing these partial sequences to the polypeptides of the present invention.
In another embodiment, the toxicity of a test compound is assessed by treating a biological sample containing proteins with the test compound. Proteins from the biological sample are incubated with antibodies specific to the polypeptides of the present invention. The amount of protein recognized by the antibodies is quantified. The amount of protein in the treated biological sample is compared with the amount in an untreated biological sample. A difference in the amount of protein between the two samples is indicative of a toxic response to the test compound in the treated sample. Microarrays may be prepared, used, and analyzed using methods known in the art (Brennan, T.M. et al. (1995) U.S. Patent No. 5,474,796; Schena, M. et al. (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA
93:10614-10619; Baldeschweiler et al. (1995) PCT appUcation WO95/25116; Shalon, D. et al. (1995) PCT apphcation WO95/35505; HeUer, R.A. et al. (1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:2150-2155; HeUer, M.J. et al. (1997) U.S. Patent No. 5,605,662). Various types of microanays are weU known and thoroughly described in Schena, M., ed. (1999; DNA Microanays: A Practical Approach, Oxford University Press, London).
In another embodiment of the invention, nucleic acid sequences encoding IRAP may be used to generate hybridization probes useful in mapping the naturaUy occurring genomic sequence. Either coding or noncoding sequences may be used, and in some instances, noncoding sequences may be preferable over coding sequences. For example, conservation of a coding sequence among members of a multi-gene family may potentiaUy cause undesired cross hybridization during chromosomal mapping. The sequences may be mapped to a particular chromosome, to a specific region of a chromosome, or to artificial chromosome constructions, e.g., human artificial chromosomes (HACs), yeast artificial chromosomes (YACs), bacterial artificial chromosomes (BACs), bacterial PI constructions, or single chromosome cDNA Ubraries (Harrington, J.J. et al. (1997) Nat. Genet. 15:345-355; Price, CM. (1993) Blood Rev. 7:127-134; Trask, B.J. (1991) Trends Genet. 7:149-154). Once mapped, the nucleic acid sequences may be used to develop genetic linkage maps, for example, which conelate the inheritance of a disease state with the inheritance of a particular chromosome region or restriction fragment length polymoφhism (RFLP) (Lander, E.S. and D. Botstein (1986) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83:7353-7357).
Fluorescent in situ hybridization (FISH) may be conelated with other physical and genetic map data (Heinz-Ulrich, et al. (1995) in Meyers, supra, pp. 965-968). Examples of genetic map data can be found in various scientific journals or at the Online MendeUan Inheritance in Man (OMJM) World Wide Web site. Conelation between the location of the gene encoding IRAP on a physical map and a specific disorder, or a predisposition to a specific disorder, may help define the region of DNA associated with that disorder and thus may further positional cloning efforts.
In situ hybridization of chromosomal preparations and physical mapping techniques, such as linkage analysis using estabUshed chromosomal markers, may be used for extending genetic maps. Often the placement of a gene on the chromosome of another mammaUan species, such as mouse, may reveal associated markers even if the exact chromosomal locus is not known. This information is valuable to investigators searching for disease genes using positional cloning or other gene discovery techniques. Once the gene or genes responsible for a disease or syndrome have been crudely locahzed by genetic linkage to a particular genomic region, e.g., ataxia-telangiectasia to llq22-23, any sequences mapping to that area may represent associated or regulatory genes for further investigation (Gatti, R.A. et al. (1988) Nature 336:577-580). The nucleotide sequence of the instant invention may also be used to detect differences in the chromosomal location due to translocation, inversion, etc., among normal, canier, or affected individuals. In another embodiment of the invention, IRAP, its catalytic or immunogenic fragments, or oUgopeptides thereof can be used for screening Ubraries of compounds in any of a variety of drug screening techniques. The fragment employed in such screening may be free in solution, affixed to a soUd support, borne on a ceU surface, or located intraceUularly. The formation of binding complexes between J-RAP and the agent being tested may be measured.
Another technique for drug screening provides for high throughput screening of compounds having suitable binding affinity to the protein of interest (Geysen, et al. (1984) PCT appUcation WO84/03564). In this method, large numbers of different smaU test compounds are synthesized on a soUd substrate. The test compounds are reacted with J-RAP, or fragments thereof, and washed. Bound IRAP is then detected by methods weU known in the art. Purified J-RAP can also be coated directly onto plates for use in the aforementioned drug screening techniques. Alternatively, non-neutraUzing antibodies can be used to capture the peptide and immobiUze it on a soUd support. In another embodiment, one may use competitive drug screening assays in which neutraUzing antibodies capable of binding J-RAP specificaUy compete with a test compound for binding J-RAP. In this manner, antibodies can be used to detect the presence of any peptide which shares one or more antigenic determinants with J AP.
In additional embodiments, the nucleotide sequences which encode J-RAP may be used in any molecular biology techniques that have yet to be developed, provided the new techniques rely on properties of nucleotide sequences that are cunently known, including, but not limited to, such properties as the triplet genetic code and specific base pair interactions.
Without further elaboration, it is beUeved that one skiUed in the art can, using the preceding description, utiUze the present invention to its uUest extent. The foUowing embodiments are, therefore, to be construed as merely illustrative, and not Umitative of the remainder of the disclosure in any way whatsoever.
The disclosures of aU patents, appUcations, and pubhcations mentioned above and below, including U.S. Ser. No. 60/361,088, U.S. Ser. No. 60/368,494, U.S. Ser. No. 60/379,876, and U.S. Ser. No. 60/392,641, are hereby expressly incoφorated by reference.
EXAMPLES I. Construction of cDNA Libraries
Incyte cDNAs were derived from cDNA Ubraries described in the LJ-FESEQ GOLD database (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA). Some tissues were homogenized and lysed in guanidinium isothiocyanate, while others were homogenized and lysed in phenol or in a suitable mixture of denaturants, such as TRIZOL (Invitrogen), a monophasic solution of phenol and guanidine isothiocyanate. The resulting lysates were centrifuged over CsCl cushions or extracted with chloroform. RNA was precipitated from the lysates with either isopropanol or sodium acetate and ethanol, or by other routine methods.
Phenol extraction and precipitation of RNA were repeated as necessary to increase RNA purity. In some cases, RNA was treated with DNase. For most Ubraries, poly(A)+ RNA was isolated using ohgo d(T)-coupled paramagnetic particles (Promega), OLIGOTEX latex particles (QIAGEN, Chatsworth CA), or an OLIGOTEX mRNA purification kit (QIAGEN). Alternatively, RNA was isolated directly from tissue lysates using other RNA isolation kits, e.g., the POLY(A)PURE mRNA purification kit (Ambion, Austin TX).
In some cases, Stratagene was provided with RNA and constructed the conesponding cDNA Ubraries. Otherwise, cDNA was synthesized and cDNA Ubraries were constructed with the UNIZAP vector system (Stratagene) or SUPERSCRIPT plasmid system (Invitrogen), using the recommended procedures or similar methods known in the art (Ausubel et al., supra, ch. 5). Reverse transcription was initiated using ohgo d(T) or random primers. Synthetic oUgonucleotide adapters were Ugated to double stranded cDNA, and the cDNA was digested with the appropriate restriction enzyme or enzymes. For most Ubraries, the cDNA was size-selected (300-1000 bp) using SEPHACRYL S1000, SEPHAROSE CL2B, or SEPHAROSE CL4B column chromatography (Amersham Biosciences) or preparative agarose gel electrophoresis. cDNAs were Ugated into compatible restriction enzyme sites of the polyUnker of a suitable plasmid, e.g., PBLUESCRJPT plasmid (Stratagene), PSPORT1 plasmid (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA), PCDNA2.1 plasmid (Invitrogen), PBK-CMV plasmid (Stratagene), PCR2-TOPOTA plasmid (Invitrogen), PCMV-ICIS plasmid (Stratagene), pIGEN (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA), pRARE (Incyte Genomics), or pINCY (Incyte Genomics), or derivatives thereof. Recombinant plasmids were transformed into competent E. coli ceUs including XLl-Blue, XLl-BlueMRF, or SOLR from Stratagene or DH5α, DH10B, or ElectroMAX DH10B from Invitrogen. II. Isolation of cDNA Clones
Plasmids obtained as described in Example I were recovered from host ceUs by in vivo excision using the UNIZAP vector system (Stratagene) or by ceU lysis. Plasmids were purified using at least one of the foUowing: a Magic or WIZARD Minipreps DNA purification system (Promega); an AGTC Miniprep purification kit (Edge Biosystems, Gaithersburg MD); and QIAWELL 8 Plasmid, QIAWELL 8 Plus Plasmid, QIAWELL 8 Ultra Plasmid purification systems or the R.E.A.L. PREP
96 plasmid purification kit from QIAGEN. Following precipitation, plasmids were resuspended in 0.1 ml of distiUed water and stored, with or without lyophiUzation, at 4°C Alternatively, plasmid DNA was ampUfied from host ceU lysates using direct link PCR in a high-throughput format (Rao, V.B. (1994) Anal. Biochem. 216:1-14). Host cell lysis and thermal cycling steps were carried out in a single reaction mixture. Samples were processed and stored in 384-weU plates, and the concentration of ampUfied plasmid DNA was quantified fluorometricaUy using PICOGREEN dye (Molecular Probes, Eugene OR) and a FLUOROSKAN D fluorescence scanner (Labsystems Oy, Helsinki, Finland). III. Sequencing and Analysis
Incyte cDNA recovered in plasmids as described in Example D were sequenced as foUows. Sequencing reactions were processed using standard methods or high-throughput instrumentation such as the ABI CATALYST 800 (AppUed Biosystems) thermal cycler or the PTC-200 thermal cycler (MJ Research) in conjunction with the HYDRA microdispenser (Robbins Scientific) or the MICROLAB 2200 (Hamilton) Uquid transfer system. cDNA sequencing reactions were prepared using reagents provided by Amersham Biosciences or suppUed in ABI sequencing kits such as the ABI PRISM BIGDYE Terminator cycle sequencing ready reaction kit (AppUed Biosystems). Electrophoretic separation of cDNA sequencing reactions and detection of labeled polynucleotides were carried out using the MEGABACE 1000 DNA sequencing system (Amersham Biosciences); the ABI PRISM 373 or 377 sequencing system (AppUed Biosystems) in conjunction with standard ABI protocols and base calling software; or other sequence analysis systems known in the art. Reading frames within the cDNA sequences were identified using standard methods (Ausubel et al., supra, ch. 7). Some of the cDNA sequences were selected for extension using the techniques disclosed in Example VJH.
The polynucleotide sequences derived from Incyte cDNAs were vaUdated by removing vector, linker, and poly(A) sequences and by masking ambiguous bases, using algorithms and programs based on BLAST, dynamic programming, and dinucleotide nearest neighbor analysis. The Incyte cDNA sequences or translations thereof were then queried against a selection of pubUc databases such as the GenBank primate, rodent, mammaUan, vertebrate, and eukaryote databases, and BLOCKS, PRINTS, DOMO, PRODOM; PROTEOME databases with sequences from Homo sapiens, Rattus norvegicus, Mus musculus, Caenorhabditis elegans, Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Schizosaccharomyces pombe, and Candida albicans (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA); hidden Markov model (HMM)-based protein family databases such as PFAM, INCY, and ΗGRFAM (Haft, D.H. et al. (2001) Nucleic Acids Res. 29:41-43); and HMM-based protein domain databases such as SMART (Schultz, J. et al. (1998) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95:5857-5864; Letunic, I. et al. (2002) Nucleic Acids Res. 30:242-244). (HMM is a probabiUstic approach which analyzes consensus primary structures of gene famiUes; see, for example, Eddy, S.R. (1996) Cun. Opin. Struct. Biol. 6:361-365.) The queries were performed using programs based on BLAST, FASTA, BLIMPS, and HMMER. The Incyte cDNA sequences were assembled to produce fuU length polynucleotide sequences. Alternatively, GenBank cDNAs, GenBank ESTs, stitched sequences, stretched sequences, or Genscan-predicted coding sequences (see Examples IV and V) were used to extend Incyte cDNA assemblages to full length. Assembly was performed using programs based on Phred, Phrap, and Consed, and cDNA assemblages were screened for open reading frames using programs based on GeneMark, BLAST, and FASTA. The full length polynucleotide sequences were translated to derive the conesponding fuU length polypeptide sequences. Alternatively, a polypeptide may begin at any of the methionine residues of the full length translated polypeptide. FuU length polypeptide sequences were subsequently analyzed by querying against databases such as the GenBank protein databases (genpept), SwissProt, the PROTEOME databases, BLOCKS, PRINTS, DOMO, PRODOM, Prosite, bidden Markov model (HMM)-based protein family databases such as PFAM, INCY, and ΗGRFAM; and HMM-based protein domain databases such as SMART. FuU length polynucleotide sequences are also analyzed using MACDNASIS PRO software (MiraiBio, Alameda CA) and LASERGENE software (DNASTAR). Polynucleotide and polypeptide sequence aUgnments are generated using default parameters specified by the CLUSTAL algorithm as incoφorated into the MEGALIGN multisequence aUgnment program (DNASTAR), which also calculates the percent identity between aUgned sequences.
Table 7 summarizes the tools, programs, and algorithms used for the analysis and assembly of Incyte cDNA and fuU length sequences and provides apphcable descriptions, references, and threshold parameters. The first column of Table 7 shows the tools, programs, and algorithms used, the second column provides brief descriptions thereof, the third column presents appropriate references, aU of which are incoφorated by reference herein in their entirety, and the fourth column presents, where apphcable, the scores, probabiUty values, and other parameters used to evaluate the strength of a match between two sequences (the higher the score or the lower the probabiUty value, the greater the identity between two sequences).
The programs described above for the assembly and analysis of fuU length polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences were also used to identify polynucleotide sequence fragments from SEQ DD
NO:17-32. Fragments from about 20 to about 4000 nucleotides which are useful in hybridization and ampUfication technologies are described in Table 4, column 2. IV. Identification and Editing of Coding Sequences from Genomic DNA
Putative immune response associated proteins were initiaUy identified by running the Genscan gene identification program against pubUc genomic sequence databases (e.g., gbpri and gbhtg). Genscan is a general-puφose gene identification program which analyzes genomic DNA sequences from a variety of organisms (Burge, C and S. Karlin (1997) J. Mol. Biol. 268:78-94; Burge, C. and S. Karlin (1998) Cun. Opin. Struct. Biol. 8:346-354). The program concatenates predicted exons to form an assembled cDNA sequence extending from a metMonine to a stop codon. The output of Genscan is a FASTA database of polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences. The maximum range of sequence for Genscan to analyze at once was set to 30 kb. To determine which of these Genscan predicted cDNA sequences encode immune response associated proteins, the encoded polypeptides were analyzed by querying against PFAM models for immune response associated proteins. Potential immune response associated proteins were also identified by homology to Incyte cDNA sequences that had been annotated as immune response associated proteins. These selected Genscan-predicted sequences were then compared by BLAST analysis to the genpept and gbpri pubUc databases. Where necessary, the Genscan-predicted sequences were then edited by comparison to the top BLAST hit from genpept to conect enors in the sequence predicted by Genscan, such as extra or omitted exons. BLAST analysis was also used to find any Incyte cDNA or pubUc cDNA coverage of the Genscan-predicted sequences, thus providing evidence for transcription. When Incyte cDNA coverage was available, this information was used to conect or confirm the Genscan predicted sequence. Full length polynucleotide sequences were obtained by assembhng Genscan-predicted coding sequences with Incyte cDNA sequences and/or pubUc cDNA sequences using the assembly process described in Example UI. Alternatively, fuU length polynucleotide sequences were derived entirely from edited or unedited Genscan-predicted coding sequences. V. Assembly of Genomic Sequence Data with cDNA Sequence Data "Stitched" Sequences
Partial cDNA sequences were extended with exons predicted by the Genscan gene identification program described in Example IV. Partial cDNAs assembled as described in Example DI were mapped to genomic DNA and parsed into clusters containing related cDNAs and Genscan exon predictions from one or more genomic sequences. Each cluster was analyzed using an algorithm based on graph theory and dynamic prograiriming to integrate cDNA and genomic information, generating possible spUce variants that were subsequently coiifirmed, edited, or extended to create a full length sequence. Sequence intervals in which the entire length of the interval was present on more than one sequence in the cluster were identified, and intervals thus identified were considered to be equivalent by transitivity. For example, if an interval was present on a cDNA and two genomic sequences, then aU three intervals were considered to be equivalent. This process aUows unrelated but consecutive genomic sequences to be brought together, bridged by cDNA sequence. Intervals thus identified were then "stitched" together by the stitching algorithm in the order that they appear along their parent sequences to generate the longest possible sequence, as weU as sequence variants. Linkages between intervals which proceed along one type of parent sequence (cDNA to cDNA or genomic sequence to genomic sequence) were given preference over linkages which change parent type (cDNA to genomic sequence). The resultant stitched sequences were translated and compared by BLAST analysis to the genpept and gbpri pubUc databases. Inconect exons predicted by Genscan were conected by comparison to the top BLAST hit from genpept. Sequences were further extended with additional cDNA sequences, or by inspection of genomic DNA, when necessary. "Stretched" Sequences
Partial DNA sequences were extended to fuU length with an algorithm based on BLAST analysis. First, partial cDNAs assembled as described in Example ID were queried against pubUc databases such as the GenBank primate, rodent, mammalian, vertebrate, and eukaryote databases using the BLAST program. The nearest GenBank protein homolog was then compared by BLAST analysis to either Incyte cDNA sequences or GenScan exon predicted sequences described in
Example JN. A chimeric protein was generated by using the resultant high-scoring segment pairs (HSPs) to map the translated sequences onto the GenBank protein homolog. Insertions or deletions may occur in the chimeric protein with respect to the original GenBank protein homolog. The GenBank protein homolog, the chimeric protein, or both were used as probes to search for homologous genomic sequences from the pubUc human genome databases. Partial DΝA sequences were therefore "stretched" or extended by the addition of homologous genomic sequences. The resultant stretched sequences were examined to determine whether it contained a complete gene. VI. Chromosomal Mapping of IRAP Encoding Polynucleotides
The sequences which were used to assemble SEQ DD NO: 17-32 were compared with sequences from the Incyte LIFESEQ database and pubhc domain databases using BLAST and other implementations of the Smith- Waterman algorithm. Sequences from these databases that matched SEQ DD NO: 17-32 were assembled into clusters of contiguous and overlapping sequences using assembly algorithms such as Phrap (Table 7). Radiation hybrid and genetic mapping data available from pubUc resources such as the Stanford Human Genome Center (SHGC), Whitehead Institute for Genome Research (WIGR), and Genethon were used to determine if any of the clustered sequences had been previously mapped. Inclusion of a mapped sequence in a cluster resulted in the assignment of aU sequences of that cluster, including its particular SEQ DD NO:, to that map location.
Map locations are represented by ranges, or intervals, of human chromosomes. The map position of an interval, in centiMorgans, is measured relative to the terminus of the chromosome's p- arm. (The centiMorgan (cM) is a unit of measurement based on recombination frequencies between chromosomal markers. On average, 1 cM is roughly equivalent to 1 megabase (Mb) of DNA in humans, although this can vary widely due to hot and cold spots of recombination.) The cM distances are based on genetic markers mapped by Genethon which provide boundaries for radiation hybrid markers whose sequences were included in each of the clusters. Human genome maps and other resources available to the pubhc, such as the NCBI "GeneMap'99" World Wide Web site (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/genemap/), can be employed to determine if previously identified disease genes map within or in proximity to the intervals indicated above.
Heritable forms of lung carcinoma have not been reported and thus, identification of relevant disease-associated genes through conventional linkage analysis is not possible. However, several studies of sporadic nonsmaU ceU lung carcinoma (NSCLC) tumors have reported loss of heterozygosity (LOH) in regions of chromosome 11 suggesting the presence of one or more tumor suppressor genes (Bepler, G. and Garcia-Blanco, M.A. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 91:5513-5517; Iizuka, M. (1995) Genes, Chromosomes & Cancer 13:40-46; Rasio, D. (1995) Cancer Research 55:3988-3991). In a study of 79 patients with lung cancer, Iizuka and coworkers found that llql4- 1 lq24.2 was deleted in many of the lung tumors studied. Mapping of this region with additional markers showed that the region of chromosome 1 lq bounded by markers Dl 1S939 and Dl 1S938 was commonly deleted (Iizuka, et al., supra). In another study it was shown that human A549
NSCLC ceUs transformed with a human-derived YAC clone containing a region of chromosome llq within the region bounded by Dl 1S939 and Dl 1S938, exhibited Uttle or no increase in ceU number (versus control ceUs whose number increased 5-10-fold in the same 5 day period). Further studies of these hybrid ceUs showed a decrease in tumorigenicity and an increase in latency foUowing injection into athymic, nude mice, as compared with mice injected with control A549 ceUs. These studies suggest the presence of a tumor suppressor gene within this region of chromosome llq and support the association of LOH in this region with NSCLC. Restriction fragment length polymoφhism (RFLP) markers shown to be near regions of DNA known as sequence-tagged sites (STS), have been mapped to NT_Contigs generated by the Human Genome Project using ePCR (Schuler, G.D. (1997) Genome Research 7: 541-550, and (1998) Trends Biotechnol. 16(ll):456-459). Contigs containing regions of DNA with known disease-associated markers are therefore used to identify IRAP sequences that map to disease-associated regions of the genome.
Polynucleotides encoding IRAP were mapped to NT_Contigs. Contigs longer than 1Mb were broken into subcontigs of 1Mb length with overlapping sections of lOOkb. A preUminary step used an algorithm, similar to MEGABLAST, to define the mRNA sequence /masked genomic DNA contig pairings. The cDNA/genomic pairings identified by the first algorithm were coirfirmed, and the IRAP polynucleotides mapped to DNA contigs, using SJM4 (Florea, L. et al. (1998) Genome Res. 8:967-974, version May 2000) which had been optimized for high throughput processing and strand assignment confidence. The SIM4 output of the mRNA sequence/genomic contig pairs was further processed to determine the conect location of the TRAP polynucleotides on the genomic contig, as weU as their strand identity.
SEQ DD NO:25 was mapped to NT_Contig 009151_021.8 from Genbank, version 128, covering a 5.5 Mb region of the genome that also contains lung cancer-associated genetic markers D11S939 and D11S938. The maximum distance between SEQ DD NO:25 and markers D11S939 and D11S938, therefore, is 5.5 Mb. Thus, SEQ DD NO:25 is in proximity with genetic markers shown to consistently associate with lung cancer. Therefore, in various embodiments, SEQ DD NO:25 can be used for one or more of the following: i) determination of LOH in persons with lung cancer in the lung cancer disease region at llql2-24.2, n) diagnostic assays for lung cancer, and hi) developing therapeutics and/or other treatments for lung cancer. VII. Analysis of Polynucleotide Expression Northern analysis is a laboratory technique used to detect the presence of a transcript of a gene and involves the hybridization of a labeled nucleotide sequence to a membrane on which RNAs from a particular ceU type or tissue have been bound (Sambrook and RusseU, supra, ch. 7; Ausubel et al., supra, ch. 4).
Analogous computer techniques applying BLAST were used to search for identical or related molecules in databases such as GenBank or LIFESEQ (Incyte Genomics). This analysis is much faster than multiple membrane-based hybridizations. In addition, the sensitivity of the computer search can be modified to deteπnine whether any particular match is categorized as exact or similar. The basis of the search is the product score, which is defined as:
BLAST Score x Percent Identity 5 x minimum {length(Seq. 1), length(Seq. 2)}
The product score takes into account both the degree of similarity between two sequences and the length of the sequence match. The product score is a normaUzed value between 0 and 100, and is calculated as follows: the BLAST score is multipUed by the percent nucleotide identity and the product is divided by (5 times the length of the shorter of the two sequences). The BLAST score is calculated by assigning a score of +5 for every base that matches in a high-scoring segment pair (HSP), and -4 for every mismatch. Two sequences may share more than one HSP (separated by gaps). If there is more than one HSP, then the pair with the highest BLAST score is used to calculate the product score. The product score represents a balance between fractional overlap and quahty in a BLAST aUgnment. For example, a product score of 100 is produced only for 100% identity over the entire length of the shorter of the two sequences being compared. A product score of 70 is produced either by 100% identity and 70% overlap at one end, or by 88% identity and 100% overlap at the other. A product score of 50 is produced either by 100% identity and 50% overlap at one end, or 79% identity and 100% overlap.
Alternatively, polynucleotides encoding JRAP are analyzed with respect to the tissue sources from which they were derived. For example, some fuU length sequences are assembled, at least in part, with overlapping Incyte cDNA sequences (see Example EH). Each cDNA sequence is derived from a cDNA Ubrary constructed from a human tissue. Each human tissue is classified into one of the following organ/tissue categories: cardiovascular system; connective tissue; digestive system; embryonic structures; endocrine system; exocrine glands; genitaUa, female; genitaUa, male; germ ceUs; hemic and immune system; Uver; musculoskeletal system; nervous system; pancreas; respiratory system; sense organs; skin; stomatognathic system; unclassified/mixed; or urinary tract. The number of libraries in each category is counted and divided by the total number of Ubraries across aU categories. Similarly, each human tissue is classified into one of the following disease/condition categories: cancer, ceU line, developmental, inflammation, neurological, trauma, cardiovascular, pooled, and other, and the number of Ubraries in each category is counted and divided by the total number of libraries across aU categories. The resulting percentages reflect the tissue- and disease-specific expression of cDNA encoding IRAP. cDNA sequences and cDNA Ubrary/tissue information are found in the LIFESEQ GOLD database (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA).
VIII. Extension of IRAP Encoding Polynucleotides
FuU length polynucleotides are produced by extension of an appropriate fragment of the full length molecule using oUgonucleotide primers designed from this fragment. One primer was synthesized to initiate 5' extension of the known fragment, and the other primer was synthesized to initiate 3 ' extension of the known fragment. The initial primers were designed using OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences), or another appropriate program, to be about 22 to 30 nucleotides in length, to have a GC content of about 50% or more, and to anneal to the target sequence at temperatures of about 68 °C to about 72 °C. Any stretch of nucleotides which would result in hairpin structures and primer-primer dimerizations was avoided.
Selected human cDNA Ubraries were used to extend the sequence. If more than one extension was necessary or desired, additional or nested sets of primers were designed.
High fideUty ampUfication was obtained by PCR using methods well known in the art. PCR was performed in 96-weU plates using the PTC-200 thermal cycler (MJ Research, Inc.). The reaction mix contained DNA template, 200 nmol of each primer, reaction buffer containing Mg2+, (NH4)2SO4, and 2-mercaptoethanol, Taq DNA polymerase (Amersham Biosciences), ELONGASE enzyme (Invitrogen), and Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene), with the foUowing parameters for primer pair PCI A and PCI B: Step 1: 94°C, 3 min; Step 2: 94°C, 15 sec; Step 3: 60°C, 1 min; Step 4: 68°C, 2 min; Step 5: Steps 2, 3, and 4 repeated 20 times; Step 6: 68°C, 5 min; Step 7: storage at 4°C In the alternative, the parameters for primer pair T7 and SK+ were as foUows: Step 1: 94°C, 3 min; Step 2: 94°C, 15 sec; Step 3: 57°C, 1 min; Step 4: 68°C, 2 min; Step 5: Steps 2, 3, and 4 repeated 20 times; Step 6: 68 °C, 5 min; Step 7: storage at 4°C
The concentration of DNA in each weU was determined by dispensing 100 μl PICOGREEN quantitation reagent (0.25% (v/v) PICOGREEN; Molecular Probes, Eugene OR) dissolved in IX TE and 0.5 μl of undiluted PCR product into each weU of an opaque fluorimeter plate (Corning Costar, Acton MA), aUowing the DNA to bind to the reagent. The plate was scanned in a Fluoroskan D (Labsystems Oy, Helsinki, Finland) to measure the fluorescence of the sample and to quantify the concentration of DNA. A 5 μl to 10 μl aUquot of the reaction mixture was analyzed by electrophoresis on a 1 % agarose gel to determine which reactions were successful in extending the sequence.
The extended nucleotides were desalted and concentrated, transfened to 384-weU plates, digested with CviJI cholera virus endonuclease (Molecular Biology Research, Madison WI), and sonicated or sheared prior to reUgation into pUC 18 vector (Amersham Biosciences). For shotgun sequencing, the digested nucleotides were separated on low concentration (0.6 to 0.8%) agarose gels, fragments were excised, and agar digested with Agar ACE (Promega). Extended clones were rehgated using T4 Ugase (New England Biolabs, Beverly MA) into pUC 18 vector (Amersham Biosciences), treated with Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene) to fill-in restriction site overhangs, and transfected into competent E. coli cells. Transformed ceUs were selected on antibiotic-containing media, and individual colonies were picked and cultured overnight at 37 °C in 384-weU plates in LB/2x carb Uquid media.
The cells were lysed, and DNA was ampUfied by PCR using Taq DNA polymerase (Amersham Biosciences) and Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene) with the foUowing parameters: Step
1: 94°C, 3 min; Step 2: 94°C, 15 sec; Step 3: 60°C, 1 min; Step 4: 72°C, 2 min; Step 5: steps 2, 3, and 4 repeated 29 times; Step 6: 72°C, 5 min; Step 7: storage at 4°C DNA was quantified by PICOGREEN reagent (Molecular Probes) as described above. Samples with low DNA recoveries were reampUfied using the same conditions as described above. Samples were diluted with 20% dimethysulfoxide (1:2, v/v), and sequenced using DYENAMIC energy transfer sequencing primers and the DYENAMIC DIRECT kit (Amersham Biosciences) or the ABI PRISM BIGDYE Teπninator cycle sequencing ready reaction kit (AppUed Biosystems).
In like manner, fuU length polynucleotides are verified using the above procedure or are used to obtain 5 ' regulatory sequences using the above procedure along with oUgonucleotides designed for such extension, and an appropriate genomic Ubrary.
IX. Identification of Single Nucleotide Polymorphisms in IRAP Encoding Polynucleotides
Common DNA sequence variants Jcnown as single nucleotide polymoφhisms (SNPs) were identified in SEQ ID NOT7-32 using the LJFESEQ database (Incyte Genomics). Sequences from the same gene were clustered together and assembled as described in Example ID, aUowing the identification of all sequence variants in the gene. An algorithm consisting of a series of filters was used to distinguish SNPs from other sequence variants. PreUminary filters removed the majority of basecaU enors by requiring a miriimum Phred quahty score of 15, and removed sequence aUgnment enors and enors resulting from improper trimming of vector sequences, chimeras, and sphce variants. An automated procedure of advanced chromosome analysis analysed the original chromatogram files in the vicinity of the putative SNP. Clone enor filters used statisticaUy generated algorithms to identify enors introduced during laboratory processing, such as those caused by reverse transcriptase, polymerase, or somatic mutation. Clustering enor filters used statistically generated algorithms to identify enors resulting from clustering of close homologs or pseudogenes, or due to contamination by non-human sequences. A final set of filters removed dupUcates and SNPs found in immunoglobulins or T-cell receptors. Certain SNPs were selected for further characterization by mass spectrometry using the high throughput MASSARRAY system (Sequenom, Inc.) to analyze aUele frequencies at the SNP sites in four different human populations. The Caucasian population comprised 92 individuals (46 male, 46 female), including 83 from Utah, four French, three Venezualan, and two Amish individuals. The African population comprised 194 individuals (97 male, 97 female), aU African Americans. The Hispanic population comprised 324 individuals (162 male, 162 female), aU Mexican Hispanic. The
Asian population comprised 126 individuals (64 male, 62 female) with a reported parental breakdown of 43% Chinese, 31% Japanese, 13% Korean, 5% Vietnamese, and 8% other Asian. AUele frequencies were first analyzed in the Caucasian population; in some cases those SNPs which showed no aUeUc variance in this population were not further tested in the other three populations. X. Labeling and Use of Individual Hybridization Probes
Hybridization probes derived from SEQ DD NO: 17-32 are employed to screen cDNAs, genomic DNAs, or mRNAs. Although the labeling of oUgonucleotides, consisting of about 20 base pairs, is specificaUy described, essentiaUy the same procedure is used with larger nucleotide fragments. OUgonucleotides are designed using state-of-the-art software such as OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences) and labeled by combining 50 pmol of each oUgomer, 250 μCi of [γ-32P] adenosine triphosphate (Amersham Biosciences), and T4 polynucleotide kinase (DuPont NEN, Boston MA). The labeled oUgonucleotides are substantiaUy purified using a SEPHADEX G-25 superfine size exclusion dextran bead column (Amersham Biosciences). An aUquot containing 107 counts per minute of the labeled probe is used in a typical membrane-based hybridization analysis of human genomic DNA digested with one of the foUowing endonucleases: Ase I, Bgl D, Eco RI, Pst I, Xba I, or Pvu D (DuPont NEN).
The DNA from each digest is fractionated on a 0.7% agarose gel and transfened to nylon membranes (Nytran Plus, Schleicher & SchueU, Durham NH). Hybridization is carried out for 16 hours at 40 °C. To remove nonspecific signals, blots are sequentially washed at room temperature under conditions of up to, for example, 0.1 x saline sodium citrate and 0.5% sodium dodecyl sulfate. Hybridization patterns are visuaUzed using autoradiography or an alternative imaging means and compared. XI. Microarrays
The linkage or synthesis of array elements upon a microanay can be achieved utiUzing photoUthography, piezoelectric printing (ink-jet printing; see, e.g., Baldeschweiler et al., supra), mechanical microspotting technologies, and derivatives thereof. The substrate in each of the aforementioned technologies should be uniform and soUd with a non-porous surface (Schena, M., ed. (1999) DNA Microanays: A Practical Approach, Oxford University Press, London). Suggested substrates include silicon, siUca, glass sUdes, glass chips, and siUcon wafers. Alternatively, a procedure analogous to a dot or slot blot may also be used to anange and link elements to the surface of a substrate using thermal, UV, chemical, or mechanical bonding procedures. A typical array may be produced using available methods and machines weU known to those of ordinary skill in the art and may contain any appropriate number of elements (Schena, M. et al. (1995) Science 270:467-470; Shalon, D. et al. (1996) Genome Res. 6:639-645; MarshaU, A. and J. Hodgson (1998) Nat. Biotechnol. 16:27-31).
FuU length cDNAs, Expressed Sequence Tags (ESTs), or fragments or oUgomers thereof may comprise the elements of the microanay. Fragments or oUgomers suitable for hybridization can be selected using software weU known in the art such as LASERGENE software (DNASTAR). The anay elements are hybridized with polynucleotides in a biological sample. The polynucleotides in the biological sample are conjugated to a fluorescent label or other molecular tag for ease of detection. After hybridization, nonhybridized nucleotides from the biological sample are removed, and a fluorescence scanner is used to detect hybridization at each anay element. Alternatively, laser desorbtion and mass spectrometry may be used for detection of hybridization. The degree of complementarity and the relative abundance of each polynucleotide which hybridizes to an element on the microanay may be assessed. In one embodiment, microanay preparation and usage is described in detail below. Tissue or Cell Sample Preparation
Total RNA is isolated from tissue samples using the guanidinium thiocyanate method and poly(A)+ RNA is purified using the oUgo-(dT) ceUulose method. Each poly(A)+ RNA sample is reverse transcribed using MMLV reverse-tianscriptase, 0.05 pg/μl oUgo-(dT) primer (21mer), IX first strand buffer, 0.03 units/μl RNase inhibitor, 500 μM dATP, 500 μM dGTP, 500 μM dTTP, 40 μM dCTP, 40 μM dCTP-Cy3 (BDS) or dCTP-Cy5 (Amersham Biosciences). The reverse transcription reaction is performed in a 25 ml volume containing 200 ng poly(A)+ RNA with GEMBRIGHT kits (Incyte Genomics). Specific control poly(A)+ RNAs are synthesized by in vitro transcription from non-coding yeast genomic DNA. After incubation at 37° C for 2 hr, each reaction sample (one with Cy3 and another with Cy5 labeling) is treated with 2.5 ml of 0.5M sodium hydroxide and incubated for 20 minutes at 85° C to the stop the reaction and degrade the RNA. Samples are purified using two successive CHROMA SPIN 30 gel filtration spin columns (Clontech, Palo Alto CA) and after combining, both reaction samples are ethanol precipitated using 1 ml of glycogen (1 mg/ml), 60 ml sodium acetate, and 300 ml of 100% ethanol. The sample is then dried to completion using a SpeedVAC (Savant Instruments Inc., Holbrook NY) and resuspended in 14 μl 5X SSC/0.2% SDS. Microarray Preparation
Sequences of the present invention are used to generate anay elements. Each anay element is ampUfied from bacterial ceUs containing vectors with cloned cDNA inserts. PCR ampUfication uses primers complementary to the vector sequences flanking the cDNA insert. Array elements are ampUfied in thirty cycles of PCR from an initial quantity of 1-2 ng to a final quantity greater than 5 μg. AmpUfied anay elements are then purified using SEPHACRYL-400 (Amersham Biosciences).
Purified anay elements are immobiUzed on polymer-coated glass sUdes. Glass microscope sUdes (Corning) are cleaned by ultrasound in 0.1% SDS and acetone, with extensive distiUed water washes between and after treatments. Glass sUdes are etched in 4% hydrofluoric acid (VWR Scientific Products Coφoration (VWR), West Chester PA), washed extensively in distiUed water, and coated with 0.05% aminopropyl silane (Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis MO) in 95% ethanol. Coated sUdes are cured in a 110°C oven. Anay elements are appUed to the coated glass substrate using a procedure described in U.S.
Patent No. 5,807,522, incoφorated herein by reference. 1 μl of the anay element DNA, at an average concentration of 100 ng/μl, is loaded into the open capiUary printing element by a high-speed robotic apparatus. The apparatus then deposits about 5 nl of anay element sample per sUde.
Microanays are UV-crosslinked using a STRATALINKER UV-crosslinker (Stratagene). Microanays are washed at room temperature once in 0.2% SDS and three times in distiUed water. Non-specific binding sites are blocked by incubation of microanays in 0.2% casein in phosphate buffered saline (PBS) (Tropix, Inc., Bedford MA) for 30 minutes at 60° C foUowed by washes in 0.2% SDS and distiUed water as before. Hybridization Hybridization reactions contain 9 μl of sample mixture consisting of 0.2 μg each of Cy3 and
Cy5 labeled cDNA synthesis products in 5X SSC, 0.2% SDS hybridization buffer. The sample mixture is heated to 65° C for 5 minutes and is aUquoted onto the microanay surface and covered with an 1.8 cm2 covershp. The anays are transfened to a wateφroof chamber having a cavity just shghtly larger than a microscope sUde. The chamber is kept at 100% humidity intemaUy by the addition of 140 μl of 5X SSC in a comer of the chamber. The chamber containing the anays is incubated for about 6.5 hours at 60° C. The anays are washed for 10 min at 45° C in a first wash buffer ( IX SSC, 0.1% SDS), three times for 10 minutes each at 45° C in a second wash buffer (0. IX SSC), and dried. Detection
Reporter-labeled hybridization complexes are detected with a microscope equipped with an Innova 70 mixed gas 10 W laser (Coherent, Inc., Santa Clara CA) capable of generating spectral lines at 488 nm for excitation of Cy3 and at 632 nm for excitation of Cy5. The excitation laser hght is focused on the anay using a 20X microscope objective (Nikon, Inc., Melville NY). The sUde containing the anay is placed on a computer-controUed X-Y stage on the microscope and raster- scanned past the objective. The 1.8 cm x 1.8 cm anay used in the present example is scanned with a resolution of 20 micrometers. In two separate scans, a mixed gas multiline laser excites the two fluorophores sequentiaUy.
Emitted Ught is spht, based on wavelength, into two photomultiplier tube detectors (PMT R1477, Hamamatsu Photonics Systems, Bridgewater NJ) conesponding to the two fluorophores. Appropriate filters positioned between the anay and the photomultiplier tubes are used to filter the signals. The emission maxima of the fluorophores used are 565 nm for Cy3 and 650 nm for Cy5. Each anay is typicaUy scanned twice, one scan per fluorophore using the appropriate filters at the laser source, although the apparatus is capable of recording the spectra from both fluorophores simultaneously.
The sensitivity of the scans is typicaUy caUbrated using the signal intensity generated by a cDNA control species added to the sample mixture at a known concentration. A specific location on the array contains a complementary DNA sequence, allowing the intensity of the signal at that location to be conelated with a weight ratio of hybridizing species of 1:100,000. When two samples from different sources (e.g., representing test and control ceUs), each labeled with a different fluorophore, are hybridized to a single anay for the puφose of identifying genes that are differentiaUy expressed, the caUbration is done by labeling samples of the caUbrating cDNA with the two fluorophores and adding identical amounts of each to the hybridization mixture.
The output of the photomultipher tube is digitized using a 12-bit RTI-835H analog-to-digital (AID) conversion board (Analog Devices, Inc., Norwood MA) instaUed in an IBM-compatible PC computer. The digitized data are displayed as an image where the. signal intensity is mapped using a linear 20-color transformation to a pseudocolor scale ranging from blue (low signal) to red (high signal). The data is also analyzed quantitatively. Where two different fluorophores are excited and measured simultaneously, the data are first conected for optical crosstalk (due to overlapping emission spectra) between the fluorophores using each fluorophore 's emission spectrum.
A grid is superimposed over the fluorescence signal image such that the signal from each spot is centered in each element of the grid. The fluorescence signal within each element is then integrated to obtain a numerical value conesponding to the average intensity of the signal. The software used for signal analysis is the GEMTOOLS gene expression analysis program (Incyte Genomics). Anay elements that exhibit at least about a two-fold change in expression, a signal-to- background ratio of at least about 2.5, and an element spot size of at least about 40%, are considered to be differentially expressed. Expression
SEQ ID NO:31 showed tissue-specific expression as determined by microanay analysis. RNA samples isolated from a variety of normal human tissues were compared to a common reference sample. Tissues contributing to the reference sample were selected for their abiUty to provide a complete distribution of RNA in the human body and include brain (4%), heart (7%), kidney (3%), lung (8%), placenta (46%), smaU intestine (9%), spleen (3%), stomach (6%), testis (9%), and uterus (5%). The normal tissues assayed were obtained from at least three different donors. RNA from each donor was separately isolated and individuaUy hybridized to the microanay. Since these hybridization experiments were conducted using a common reference sample, differential expression values are directly comparable from one tissue to another. The expression of SEQ DD NO:31 was increased by at least two-fold in leukocytes as compared to the reference sample. Therefore, SEQ DD NO:31 can be used as a tissue marker for leukocytes. XII. Complementary Polynucleotides
Sequences complementary to the IRAP-encoding sequences, or any parts thereof, are used to detect, decrease, or inhibit expression of naturaUy occurring IRAP. Although use of oUgonucleotides comprising from about 15 to 30 base pairs is described, essentiaUy the same procedure is used with smaUer or with larger sequence fragments. Appropriate oUgonucleotides are designed using OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences) and the coding sequence of JRAP. To inhibit transcription, a complementary oligonucleotide is designed from the most unique 5' sequence and used to prevent promoter binding to the coding sequence. To inhibit translation, a complementary oligonucleotide is designed to prevent ribosomal binding to the IRAP-encoding transcript.
XIII. Expression of IRAP
Expression and purification of IRAP is achieved using bacterial or virus-based expression systems. For expression of IRAP in bacteria, cDNA is subcloned into an appropriate vector containing an antibiotic resistance gene and an inducible promoter that directs high levels of cDNA transcription. Examples of such promoters include, but are not hmited to, the trp-lac (tac) hybrid promoter and the T5 or T7 bacteriophage promoter in conjunction with the lac operator regulatory element. Recombinant vectors are transformed into suitable bacterial hosts, e.g., BL21(DE3). Antibiotic resistant bacteria express TRAP upon induction with isopropyl beta-D- thiogalactopyranoside (JPTG). Expression of IRAP in eukaryotic cells is achieved by infecting insect or mammalian ceU lines with recombinant Autographica californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcMNPV), commonly known as baculovirus. The nonessential polyhedrin gene of baculovirus is replaced with cDNA encoding IRAP by either homologous recombination or bacterial-mediated transposition involving transfer plasmid intermediates. Viral infectivity is maintained and the strong polyhedrin promoter drives high levels of cDNA transcription. Recombinant baculovirus is used to infect Spodoptera frugiperda (Sf9) insect ceUs in most cases, or human hepatocytes, in some cases. Infection of the latter requires additional genetic modifications to baculovirus (Engelhard, E.K. et al. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:3224-3227; Sandig, V. et al. (1996) Hum. Gene Ther. 7:1937- 1945). In most expression systems, IRAP is synthesized as a fusion protein with, e.g., glutathione S- transferase (GST) or a peptide epitope tag, such as FLAG or 6-His, permitting rapid, single-step, affinity-based purification of recombinant fusion protein from crude cell lysates. GST, a 26-kilodalton enzyme from Schistosoma japonicum, enables the purification of fusion proteins on immobiUzed glutathione under conditions that maintain protein activity and antigenicity (Amersham Biosciences). FoUowing purification, the GST moiety can be proteolyticaUy cleaved from IRAP at specifically engineered sites. FLAG, an 8-amino acid peptide, enables incimunoaffinity purification using commercially available monoclonal and polyclonal anti-FLAG antibodies (Eastman Kodak). 6-His, a stretch of six consecutive histidine residues, enables purification on metal-chelate resins (QIAGEN). Methods for protein expression and purification are discussed in Ausubel et al. (supra, ch. 10 and 16). Purified IRAP obtained by these methods can be used directly in the assays shown in Examples
XVD and XVDI, where apphcable.
XIV. Functional Assays J-RAP function is assessed by expressing the sequences encoding TRAP at physiologicaUy elevated levels in mammaUan ceU culture systems. cDNA is subcloned into a mammaUan expression vector containing a strong promoter that drives high levels of cDNA expression. Vectors of choice include PCMV SPORT plasmid (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA) and PCR3.1 plasmid (Invitrogen), both of which contain the cytomegalovirus promoter. 5-10 μg of recombinant vector are transiently transfected into a human ceU line, for example, an endotheUal or hematopoietic ceU line, using either Uposome formulations or electroporation. 1-2 μg of an additional plasmid containing seq ences encoding a marker protein are co-transfected. Expression of a marker protein provides a means to distinguish transfected ceUs from nontransfected cells and is a reUable predictor of cDNA expression from the recombinant vector. Marker proteins of choice include, e.g., Green Fluorescent Protein
(GFP; Clontech), CD64, or a CD64-GFP fusion protein. Flow cytometry (FCM), an automated, laser optics-based technique, is used to identify transfected ceUs expressing GFP or CD64-GFP and to evaluate the apoptotic state of the ceUs and other ceUular properties. FCM detects and quantifies the uptake of fluorescent molecules that diagnose events preceding or coincident with ceU death. These events include changes in nuclear DNA content as measured by staining of DNA with propidium iodide; changes in ceU size and granularity as measured by forward Hght scatter and 90 degree side hght scatter; down-regulation of DNA synthesis as measured by decrease in bromodeoxyuridine uptake; alterations in expression of ceU surface and intraceUular proteins as measured by reactivity with specific antibodies; and alterations in plasma membrane composition as measured by the binding of fluorescein-conjugated Annexin V protein to the ceU surface. Methods in flow cytometry are discussed in Ormerod, M.G. (1994; Flow Cytometry, Oxford, New York NY).
The influence of IRAP on gene expression can be assessed using highly purified populations of cells transfected with sequences encoding JRAP and either CD64 or CD64-GFP. CD64 and CD64-GFP are expressed on the surface of transfected ceUs and bind to conserved regions of human immunoglobulin G (IgG). Transfected ceUs are efficiently separated from nontransfected ceUs using magnetic beads coated with either human IgG or antibody against CD64 (DYNAL, Lake Success NY). mRNA can be purified from the ceUs using methods well known by those of skiU in the art. Expression of mRNA encoding JRAP and other genes of interest can be analyzed by northern analysis or microanay techniques. XV. Production of IRAP Specific Antibodies
JRAP substantiaUy purified using polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (PAGE; see, e.g., Harrington, M.G. (1990) Methods Enzymol. 182:488-495), or other purification techniques, is used to immunize animals (e.g., rabbits, mice, etc.) and to produce antibodies using standard protocols. Alternatively, the J-RAP amino acid sequence is analyzed using LASERGENE software (DNASTAR) to determine regions of high immunogenicity, and a conesponding oUgopeptide is synthesized and used to raise antibodies by means known to those of skill in the art. Methods for selection of appropriate epitopes, such as those near the C-terminus or in hydrophiUc regions are weU described in the art (Ausubel et al., supra, ch. 11).
TypicaUy, oUgopeptides of about 15 residues in length are synthesized using an ABI 431 A peptide synthesizer (AppUed Biosystems) using FMOC chemistry and coupled to KLH (Sigma- Aldrich, St. Louis MO) by reaction with N-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (MBS) to increase immunogenicity (Ausubel et al., supra). Rabbits are immunized with the ohgopeptide-KLH complex in complete Freund's adjuvant. Resulting antisera are tested for antipeptide and anti-IRAP activity by, for example, binding the peptide or IRAP to a substrate, blocking with 1% BSA, reacting with rabbit antisera, washing, and reacting with radio-iodinated goat anti-rabbit IgG. XVI. Purification of Naturally Occurring IRAP Using Specific Antibodies NaturaUy occurring or recombinant TRAP is substantially purified by immunoaffinity chromatography using antibodies specific for IRAP. An i munoaff-nity column is constructed by covalently coupling anti-IRAP antibody to an activated chromatographic resin, such as CNBr-activated SEPHAROSE (Amersham Biosciences). After the coupling, the resin is blocked and washed according to the manufacturer's instructions. Media containing IRAP are passed over the in munoaffinity column, and the column is washed under conditions that aUow the preferential absorbance of TRAP (e.g., high ionic strength buffers in the presence of detergent). The column is eluted under conditions that disrupt antibody/lRAP binding (e.g., a buffer of pH 2 to pH 3, or a high concentration of a chaotrope, such as urea or thiocyanate ion), and J-RAP is coUected. XVII. Identification of Molecules Which Interact with IRAP
J-RAP, or biologicaUy active fragments thereof, are labeled with 125I Bolton-Hunter reagent (Bolton, A.E. and W.M. Hunter (1973) Biochem. J. 133:529-539). Candidate molecules previously anayed in the wells of a multi-weU plate are incubated with the labeled IRAP, washed, and any wells with labeled IRAP complex are assayed. Data obtained using different concentrations of IRAP are used to calculate values for the number, affinity, and association of JRAP with the candidate molecules.
Alternatively, molecules interacting with IRAP are analyzed using the yeast two-hybrid system as described in Fields, S. and O. Song (1989; Nature 340:245-246), or using commerciaUy available kits based on the two-hybrid system, such as the MATCHMAKER system (Clontech).
IRAP may also be used in the PATHCALLING process (CuraGen Corp., New Haven CT) which employs the yeast two-hybrid system in a high-throughput manner to deteπnine aU interactions between the proteins encoded by two large Ubraries of genes (Nandabalan, K. et al. (2000) U.S. Patent No. 6,057,101). XVIII. Demonstration of IRAP Activity
An assay for JRAP activity measures the abiUty of IRAP to recognize and precipitate antigens from serum. This activity can be measured by the quantitative precipitin reaction (Golub, E.S. et al. (1987) Immunology: A Synthesis, Sinauer Associates, Sunderland, MA, pages 113-115). IRAP is isotopicaUy labeled using methods known in the art. Various serum concentrations are added to constant amounts of labeled TRAP. JRAP-antigen complexes precipitate out of solution and are coUected by centrifugation. The amount of precipitable IRAP-antigen complex is proportional to the amount of radioisotope detected in the precipitate. The amount of precipitable JRAP-antigen complex is plotted against the serum concentration. For various serum concentrations, a characteristic precipitin curve is obtained, in which the amount of precipitable IRAP-antigen complex initiaUy increases proportionately with increasing serum concentration, peaks at the equivalence point, and then decreases proportionately with further increases in serum concentration. Thus, the amount of precipitable IRAP-antigen complex is a measure of IRAP activity which is characterized by sensitivity to both limiting and excess quantities of antigen.
Alternatively, an assay for TRAP activity measures the expression of TRAP on the ceU surface. cDNA encoding TRAP is transfected into a non-leukocytic ceU line. CeU surface proteins are labeled with biotin (de la Fuente, M.A. et al. (1997) Blood 90:2398-2405). Immunoprecipitations are performed using IRAP-specific antibodies, and immunoprecipitated samples are analyzed using SDS-PAGE and immunoblotting techniques. The ratio of labeled immunoprecipitant to unlabeled immunoprecipitant is proportional to the amount of JRAP expressed on the ceU surface.
Alternatively, an assay for JRAP activity measures the amount of cell aggregation induced by overexpression of JRAP. In this assay, cultured ceUs such as N1H3T3 are transfected with cDNA encoding J-RAP contained within a suitable mammaUan expression vector under control of a strong promoter. Cotransfection with cDNA encoding a fluorescent marker protein, such as Green
Fluorescent Protein (CLONTECH), is useful for identifying stable transfectants. The amount of ceU agglutination, or clumping, associated with transfected ceUs is compared with that associated with untransfected ceUs. The amount of cell agglutination is a direct measure of TRAP activity.
Various modifications and variations of the described compositions, methods, and systems of the invention wiU be apparent to those skiUed in the art without departing from the scope and spirit of the invention. It wiU be appreciated that the invention provides novel and useful proteins, and their encoding polynucleotides, which can be used in the drug discovery process, as weU as methods for using these compositions for the detection, diagnosis, and treatment of diseases and conditions. Although the invention has been described in connection with certain embodiments, it should be understood that the invention as claimed should not be unduly limited to such specific embodiments. Nor should the description of such embodiments be considered exhaustive or limit the invention to the precise forms disclosed. Furthermore, elements from one embodiment can be readily recombined with elements from one or more other embodiments. Such combinations can form a number of embodiments within the scope of the invention. It is intended that the scope of the invention be defined by the foUowing claims and their equivalents.
PF- 1380 PCT Table 1
Figure imgf000101_0001
Table 2
Figure imgf000102_0001
Table 2
Figure imgf000103_0001
Table 2
Figure imgf000104_0001
Table 2
s
Figure imgf000105_0001
Table 2
Figure imgf000106_0001
Table 2
Figure imgf000107_0001
Table 2
Figure imgf000108_0001
Table 2
Figure imgf000109_0001
Table 2
Figure imgf000110_0001
Table 2
Figure imgf000111_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000112_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000113_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000114_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000115_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000116_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000117_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000118_0001
PF- 1380 PCT Table 4
Figure imgf000119_0001
PF-1380PCT Table 4
Figure imgf000120_0001
PF- 1380 PCT Table 4
Figure imgf000121_0001
PF- 1380 PCT Table 5
Figure imgf000122_0001
Table 6
tv)
Figure imgf000123_0001
Figure imgf000123_0002
Table 6
Figure imgf000124_0002
Figure imgf000124_0001
Table 7
Figure imgf000125_0001
Table 7
Figure imgf000126_0001
Table 8
Figure imgf000127_0001

Claims

What is claimed is:
1. An isolated polypeptide selected from the group consisting of: a) a polypeptide comprising an -unino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring arnino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ED NO:2, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO:8, SEQ ID NO:10, SEQ ID NO:12, SEQ ID NO:14, and SEQ ID NO:16, c) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 91% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:3, SEQ ID NO:5, and SEQ ID NO.11, d) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 93% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:7, e) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 95% identical to an airiino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:13 and SEQ ID NO:15, f) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 98% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, g) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring arnino acid sequence at least 99% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:9, h) a polypeptide consisting essentially of a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, i) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16, and j) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16.
2. An isolated polypeptide of claim 1 comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16.
3. An isolated polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide of claim 1.
4. An isolated polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide of claim 2.
5. An isolated polynucleotide of claim 4 comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 17-32.
6. A recombinant polynucleotide comprising a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide of claim 3.
7. A cell transformed with a recombinant polynucleotide of claim 6.
8. A transgenic organism comprising a recombinant polynucleotide of claim 6.
9. A method of producing a polypeptide of claim 1, the method comprising: a) culturing a cell under conditions suitable for expression of the polypeptide, wherein said cell is transformed with a recombinant polynucleotide, and said recombinant polynucleotide comprises a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide of claim 1, and b) recovering the polypeptide so expressed.
10. A method of claim 9, wherein the polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16.
11. An isolated antibody which specifically binds to a polypeptide of claim 1.
12. An isolated polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of: a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 17-32, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:17, SEQ ID NO:21-22, and SEQ ID NO:25-28, c) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 94% identical to the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 19, d) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 95% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:23-24, e) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 99% identical to the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:18, f) a polynucleotide consisting essentially of a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ED NO:20 and SEQ ID NO:29-32, g) a polynucleotide complementary to a polynucleotide of a), h) a polynucleotide complementary to a polynucleotide of b), i) a polynucleotide complementary to a polynucleotide of c), j) a polynucleotide complementary to a polynucleotide of d), k) a polynucleotide complementary to a polynucleotide of e),
1) a polynucleotide complementary to a polynucleotide of f), and m) an RNA equivalent of a)-l).
13. An isolated polynucleotide comprising at least 60 contiguous nucleotides of a polynucleotide of claim 12.
14. A method of detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample, said target polynucleotide having a sequence of a polynucleotide of claim 12, the method comprising: a) hybridizing the sample with a probe comprising at least 20 contiguous nucleotides comprising a sequence complementary to said target polynucleotide in the sample, and which probe specifically hybridizes to said target polynucleotide, under conditions whereby a hybridization complex is formed between said probe and said target polynucleotide or fragments thereof, and b) detecting the presence or absence of said hybridization complex, and, optionally, if present, the amount thereof.
15. A method of claim 14, wherein the probe comprises at least 60 contiguous nucleotides.
16. A method of detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample, said target polynucleotide having a sequence of a polynucleotide of claim 12, the method comprising: a) amplifying said target polynucleotide or fragment thereof using polymerase chain reaction amplification, and b) detecting the presence or absence of said amplified target polynucleotide or fragment thereof, and, optionally, if present, the amount thereof.
17. A composition comprising a polypeptide of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
18. A composition of claim 17, wherein the polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-16.
19. A method for treating a disease or condition associated with decreased expression of functional IRAP, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition of claim 17.
20. A method of screening a compound for effectiveness as an agonist of a polypeptide of claim 1, the method comprising: a) exposing a sample comprising a polypeptide of claim 1 to a compound, and b) detecting agonist activity in the sample.
21. A composition comprising an agonist compound identified by a method of claim 20 and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
22. A method for treating a disease or condition associated with decreased expression of functional IRAP, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a composition of claim 21.
23. A method of screening a compound for effectiveness as an antagonist of a polypeptide of claim 1 , the method comprising: a) exposing a sample comprising a polypeptide of claim 1 to a compound, and b) detecting antagonist activity in the sample.
24. A composition comprising an antagonist compound identified by a method of claim 23 and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
25. A method for treating a disease or condition associated with overexpression of functional IRAP, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a composition of claim 24.
26. A method of screening for a compound that specifically binds to the polypeptide of claim 1, the method comprising: a) combining the polypeptide of claim 1 with at least one test compound under suitable conditions, and b) detecting binding of the polypeptide of claim 1 to the test compound, thereby identifying a compound that specifically binds to the polypeptide of claim 1.
27. A method of screening for a compound that modulates the activity of the polypeptide of claim 1, the method comprising: a) combining the polypeptide of claim 1 with at least one test compound under conditions permissive for the activity of the polypeptide of claim 1, b) assessing the activity of the polypeptide of claim 1 in the presence of the test compound, and c) comparing the activity of the polypeptide of claim 1 in the presence of the test compound with the activity of the polypeptide of claim 1 in the absence of the test compound, wherein a change in the activity of the polypeptide of claim 1 in the presence of the test compound is indicative of a compound that modulates the activity of the polypeptide of claim 1.
28. A method of screening a compound for effectiveness in altering expression of a target polynucleotide, wherein said target polynucleotide comprises a sequence of claim 5, the method comprising: a) exposing a sample comprising the target polynucleotide to a compound, under conditions suitable for the expression of the target polynucleotide, b) detecting altered expression of the target polynucleotide, and c) comparing the expression of the target polynucleotide in the presence of varying amounts of the compound and in the absence of the compound.
29. A method of assessing toxicity of a test compound, the method comprising: a) treating a biological sample containing nucleic acids with the test compound, b) hybridizing the nucleic acids of the treated biological sample with a probe comprising at least 20 contiguous nucleotides of a polynucleotide of claim 12 under conditions whereby a specific hybridization complex is formed between said probe and a target polynucleotide in the biological sample, said target polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence of a polynucleotide of claim 12 or fragment thereof, c) quantifying the amount of hybridization complex, and d) comparing the amount of hybridization complex in the treated biological sample with the amount of hybridization complex in an untreated biological sample, wherein a difference in the amount of hybridization complex in the treated biological sample is indicative of toxicity of the test compound.
30. A method for a diagnostic test for a condition or disease associated with the expression of IRAP in a biological sample, the method comprising: a) combining the biological sample with an antibody of claim 11 , under conditions suitable for the antibody to bind the polypeptide and form an antibody:polypeptide complex, and b) detecting the complex, wherein the presence of the complex correlates with the presence of the polypeptide in the biological sample.
31. The antibody of claim 11 , wherein the antibody is : a) a chimeric antibody, b) a single chain antibody, c) a Fab fragment, d) a F(ab')2 fragment, or e) a humanized antibody.
32. A composition comprising an antibody of claim 11 and an acceptable excipient.
33. A method of diagnosing a condition or disease associated with the expression of IRAP in a subject, comprising administering to said subject an effective amount of the composition of claim 32.
34. A composition of claim 32, further comprising a label.
35. A method of diagnosing a condition or disease associated with the expression of IRAP in a subject, comprising administering to said subject an effective amount of the composition of claim 34.
36. A method of preparing a polyclonal antibody with the specificity of the antibody of claim 11, the method comprising: a) immunizing an animal with a polypeptide consisting of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-16, or an immunogenic fragment thereof, under conditions to elicit an antibody response, b) isolating antibodies from the animal, and c) screening the isolated antibodies with the polypeptide, thereby identifying a polyclonal antibody which specifically binds to a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16.
37. A polyclonal antibody produced by a method of claim 36.
38. A composition comprising the polyclonal antibody of claim 37 and a suitable carrier.
39. A method of making a monoclonal antibody with the specificity of the antibody of claim 11, the method comprising: a) immunizing an animal with a polypeptide consisting of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-16, or an immunogenic fragment thereof, under conditions to elicit an antibody response, b) isolating antibody producing cells from the animal, c) fusing the antibody producing cells with immortalized cells to form monoclonal antibody-producing hybridoma cells, d) culturing the hybridoma cells, and e) isolating from the culture monoclonal antibody which specifically binds to a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16.
40. A monoclonal antibody produced by a method of claim 39.
41. A composition comprising the monoclonal antibody of claim 40 and a suitable canier.
42. The antibody of claim 11, wherein the antibody is produced by screening a Fab expression library.
43. The antibody of claim 11, wherein the antibody is produced by screening a recombinant immunoglobulin library.
44. A method of detecting a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-16 in a sample, the method comprising: a) incubating the antibody of claim 11 with the sample under conditions to allow specific binding of the antibody and the polypeptide, and b) detecting specific binding, wherein specific binding indicates the presence of a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-16 in the sample.
45. A method of purifying a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16 from a sample, the method comprising: a) incubating the antibody of claim 11 with the sample under conditions to allow specific binding of the antibody and the polypeptide, and b) separating the antibody from the sample and obtaining the purified polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-16.
46. A microarray wherein at least one element of the microanay is a polynucleotide of claim
13.
47. A method of generating an expression profile of a sample which contains polynucleotides, the method comprising: a) labeling the polynucleotides of the sample, b) contacting the elements of the microarray of claim 46 with the labeled polynucleotides of the sample under conditions suitable for the formation of a hybridization complex, and c) quantifying the expression of the polynucleotides in the sample.
48. An array comprising different nucleotide molecules affixed in distinct physical locations on a solid substrate, wherein at least one of said nucleotide molecules comprises a first oligonucleotide or polynucleotide sequence specifically hybridizable with at least 30 contiguous nucleotides of a target polynucleotide, and wherein said target polynucleotide is a polynucleotide of claim 12.
49. An anay of claim 48, wherein said first oligonucleotide or polynucleotide sequence is completely complementary to at least 30 contiguous nucleotides of said target polynucleotide.
50. An anay of claim 48, wherein said first oligonucleotide or polynucleotide sequence is completely complementary to at least 60 contiguous nucleotides of said target polynucleotide.
51. An anay of claim 48, wherein said first oligonucleotide or polynucleotide sequence is completely complementary to said target polynucleotide.
52. An array of claim 48, which is a microanay.
53. An anay of claim 48, further comprising said target polynucleotide hybridized to a nucleotide molecule comprising said first oligonucleotide or polynucleotide sequence.
54. An anay of claim 48, wherein a linker joins at least one of said nucleotide molecules to said solid substrate.
55. An array of claim 48, wherein each distinct physical location on the substrate contains multiple nucleotide molecules, and the multiple nucleotide molecules at any single distinct physical location have the same sequence, and each distinct physical location on the substrate contains nucleotide molecules having a sequence which differs from the sequence of nucleotide molecules at another distinct physical location on the substrate.
56. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:l.
57. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the arnino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2.
58. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:3.
59. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:4.
60. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the -unino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:5.
61. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:6.
62. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the -unino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:7.
63. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:8.
64. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:9.
65. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the arnino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10.
66. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the arnino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:l 1.
67. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:12.
68. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the arnino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 13.
69. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:14.
70. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15.
71. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the arnino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 16.
72. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ DD NO: 17.
73. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:18.
74. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO.19.
75. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:20.
76. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ED NO:21.
77. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:22.
78. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:23.
79. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.
80. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ED NO:25.
81. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ED NO:26.
82. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:27.
83. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ DD NO:28.
84. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:29.
85. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:30.
86. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:31.
87. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ED NO:32.
PCT/US2003/006307 2002-03-01 2003-02-28 Immune response associated proteins WO2003074726A2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2003212475A AU2003212475A1 (en) 2002-03-01 2003-02-28 Immune response associated proteins

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US36108802P 2002-03-01 2002-03-01
US60/361,088 2002-03-01
US36849402P 2002-03-27 2002-03-27
US60/368,494 2002-03-27
US37987602P 2002-05-10 2002-05-10
US60/379,876 2002-05-10
US39264102P 2002-06-28 2002-06-28
US60/392,641 2002-06-28

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2003074726A2 true WO2003074726A2 (en) 2003-09-12
WO2003074726A3 WO2003074726A3 (en) 2004-12-09

Family

ID=27792294

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2003/006307 WO2003074726A2 (en) 2002-03-01 2003-02-28 Immune response associated proteins

Country Status (2)

Country Link
AU (1) AU2003212475A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2003074726A2 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2262831A1 (en) * 2008-03-03 2010-12-22 NovelMed Therapeutics, Inc. Anti-properdin antibodies
US9676842B2 (en) 2008-03-03 2017-06-13 Novelmed Therapeutics, Inc. Anti-properdin antibodies
US9926366B2 (en) 2012-10-04 2018-03-27 Novelmed Therapeutics, Inc. Methods of treating a hemolytic disorder comprising administering anti-properdin antibodies

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1999061471A2 (en) * 1998-05-29 1999-12-02 Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Human transmembrane proteins

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1999061471A2 (en) * 1998-05-29 1999-12-02 Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Human transmembrane proteins

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2262831A1 (en) * 2008-03-03 2010-12-22 NovelMed Therapeutics, Inc. Anti-properdin antibodies
EP2262831A4 (en) * 2008-03-03 2012-07-25 Novelmed Therapeutics Inc Anti-properdin antibodies
US9676842B2 (en) 2008-03-03 2017-06-13 Novelmed Therapeutics, Inc. Anti-properdin antibodies
US9926366B2 (en) 2012-10-04 2018-03-27 Novelmed Therapeutics, Inc. Methods of treating a hemolytic disorder comprising administering anti-properdin antibodies

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2003212475A1 (en) 2003-09-16
WO2003074726A3 (en) 2004-12-09
AU2003212475A8 (en) 2003-09-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1434796A2 (en) Secreted proteins
EP1326972A2 (en) Transporters and ion channels
EP1409655A2 (en) Immunoglobulin superfamily proteins
WO2003070902A2 (en) Receptors and membrane-associated proteins
WO2003004615A2 (en) Secreted proteins
WO2002034783A2 (en) Transmembrane proteins
WO2004048550A2 (en) Immune response associated proteins
WO2003068943A2 (en) Secreted proteins
EP1436383A2 (en) Secreted proteins
EP1383798A2 (en) Transporters and ion channels
EP1409550A1 (en) Extracellular messengers
EP1444255A2 (en) Vesicle-associated proteins
WO2003025542A2 (en) Immune response associated proteins
EP1423697A2 (en) Secreted proteins
WO2003074726A2 (en) Immune response associated proteins
EP1444254A2 (en) Molecules for disease detection and treatment
EP1294884A2 (en) Secretion and trafficking molecules
WO2004094589A2 (en) Secreted proteins
EP1297014A2 (en) Transporters and ion channels
WO2002040671A2 (en) Immunoglobulin superfamily proteins
WO2004020593A2 (en) Immune response associated proteins
WO2004094623A2 (en) Cell adhesion and extracellular matrix proteins
US20070219353A1 (en) Immune Response Associated Proteins
WO2004081197A2 (en) Immune response associated proteins
WO2004096160A2 (en) Vesicle-associated proteins

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NO NZ OM PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LU MC NL PT SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase
NENP Non-entry into the national phase in:

Ref country code: JP

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Country of ref document: JP